NATIONAL RESEARCH CORP
S-1/A, 1997-09-16
TESTING LABORATORIES
Previous: NATIONAL BEVERAGE CORP, 10-Q, 1997-09-16
Next: NATIONAL RURAL UTILITIES COOPERATIVE FINANCE CORP /DC/, 424B3, 1997-09-16



<PAGE>   1
 
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 16, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33273
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
   
                                   WISCONSIN
    
                        (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
                         INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
 
                                      8732
                          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL
                          CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
 
                                   47-0634000
                      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
                                1033 "O" STREET
                            LINCOLN, NEBRASKA 68508
                                 (402) 475-2525
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                                MICHAEL D. HAYS
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                                1033 "O" STREET
                            LINCOLN, NEBRASKA 68508
                                 (402) 475-2525
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   Copies to:
 
                            BENJAMIN F. GARMER, III
                                FOLEY & LARDNER
                           777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE
                           MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202
                                 (414) 271-2400
                             WILLIAM N. WEAVER, JR.
                            SACHNOFF & WEAVER, LTD.
                             30 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606
                                 (312) 207-1000
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
    
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
   
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
    
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
   
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
    
   
                            ------------------------
    
 
   
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
     MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 16, 1997
    
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,100,000 SHARES
 
                       [NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     Of the 2,100,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 1,250,000 are being
sold by National Research Corporation ("NRC" or the "Company") and 850,000 are
being sold by the Selling Shareholder. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the
Selling Shareholder.
 
   
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price for the
Common Stock will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for
information relating to the determination of the initial public offering price.
The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol NRCI.
    
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
                           -------------------------
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
         AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
            HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
               SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================================
                                                                                                    PROCEEDS TO
                             PRICE TO              UNDERWRITING             PROCEEDS TO               SELLING
                              PUBLIC                DISCOUNT(1)             COMPANY(2)              SHAREHOLDER
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Per Share............              $                       $                       $                       $
Total(3).............            $                       $                       $                       $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the offering payable by the Company estimated
    at $500,000.
 
(3) The Selling Shareholder has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to
    purchase up to an additional 315,000 shares of Common Stock solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If all such shares are
    purchased, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to
    Selling Shareholder will be $       , $       and $       , respectively.
 
     The Common Stock is offered by the several Underwriters when, as and if
delivered to and accepted by them and subject to their right to reject orders in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the certificates for the
Common Stock will be made on or about               , 1997.
 
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY                                    ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.
                                                                INCORPORATED
 
              THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                  , 1997
<PAGE>   3
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (of which this Prospectus is
a part) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not
contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto, certain parts of which have been omitted in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed as part of the Registration Statement. Statements contained in
this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document
referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made
to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto may be inspected without charge at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Room 1024,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of
the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661, and copies of all or any part thereto may be obtained from such
office upon payment of prescribed fees. The Registration Statement, including
the exhibits and schedules thereto, is also available on the Commission's Web
site at http://www.sec.gov.
                            ------------------------
 
     The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements certified by its independent auditors
and quarterly reports containing interim unaudited financial information for the
first three quarters of each year.
                            ------------------------
 
     The NRC logo, the NRC Healthcare Market Guide and map design, the NRC
Listening System and The Report Card are trademarks or registered trademarks of
the Company.
                            ------------------------
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK FOLLOWING THE OFFERING TO COVER A SYNDICATE SHORT POSITION IN THE COMMON
STOCK OR MAINTAIN THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY
BIDS. FOR A DISCUSSION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the financial statements and related notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all information
contained in this Prospectus: (i) assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is not exercised and (ii) gives retroactive effect to an approximately
239.5-for-1 stock dividend paid on September 15, 1997. This Prospectus contains
certain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and
uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as
such because the context of the statement includes words such as the Company
"believes," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "intends" or other words of
similar import. Similarly, statements that describe the Company's future plans,
objectives and goals are also forward-looking statements. The Company's actual
results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those
expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The Company is a leading provider of ongoing survey-based performance
measurement, analysis and tracking services and products to the healthcare
industry. The Company addresses the growing need of healthcare providers and
payers to measure the care outcomes, specifically satisfaction and health
status, of their patients and/or members. NRC has led the industry in developing
tools that enable healthcare organizations to obtain service quality information
necessary to comply with industry and regulatory standards and to improve their
business practices so that they can maximize new member and/or patient
attraction, member retention and profitability.
 
   
     Since its founding 16 years ago, NRC has focused on the information needs
of the healthcare industry. While performance data has always been of interest
to healthcare providers and payers, such information has become increasingly
important to these entities as a result of regulatory, industry and competitive
requirements. In recent years, the healthcare industry has been under
significant pressure from consumers, employers and the government to reduce
costs. Through the implementation of managed care, which currently covers
approximately 61% of all Americans, the rate of growth in healthcare costs has
been substantially reduced. However, the same parties that demanded cost
reductions are now concerned that healthcare service quality is being
compromised under managed care. This concern has created a demand for
consistent, objective performance information by which healthcare providers and
payers can be measured and compared and on which physicians' compensation can,
in part, be based.
    
 
   
     NRC offers three primary types of information services and products. The
NRC Listening System (the "Listening System"), which represented 75.9% of the
Company's total revenues in 1996, is a renewable performance tracking tool for
gathering and analyzing data from survey respondents, which can include
patients, health plan members, physicians and/or employers. The surveys are
customized according to the client's needs and the level at which the client
would like performance to be measured (from enterprise-wide to
physician/caregiver specific), and, in most cases, are personalized to the
services provided to each respondent. Survey results are used by the Company's
clients to (i) identify improvements that can be made to business practices,
(ii) establish physician and other employee compensation, (iii) identify
strengths that can be highlighted in marketing and (iv) comply with industry and
regulatory requirements. The syndicated NRC Healthcare Market Guide (the "Market
Guide"), which represented 10.1% of the Company's total revenues in 1996, is a
stand-alone market information and competitive intelligence source as well as a
comparative performance database. The Market Guide allows the Company's clients
to assess their performance relative to the industry, access best practice
examples and utilize competitive information for marketing purposes. Finally,
NRC performs custom research for its clients, assisting them in the
identification of areas for improvement and the measurement of market issues and
opportunities. Custom research represented 14.0% of the Company's total revenues
in 1996. The Company expects that revenues from the Listening System and the
Market Guide will grow faster than revenues from custom research.
    
 
   
     During 1996, NRC provided services to more than 200 healthcare
organizations, including health maintenance organizations ("HMOs"), integrated
healthcare systems, medical groups and industry regulatory
    
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
bodies. The Company gathered and analyzed over 1,000,000 completed surveys for
these clients in 1996. The Company's current clients include Kaiser
Permanente-Northern California Region ("Kaiser"), the United States Department
of Defense, HealthSouth Corporation, BJC Health System and Mayo Clinic. NRC has
benefited from a high rate of renewable revenues. Specifically, over 80% of the
Company's total billings in each of the last two years was generated from
clients billed in the prior year.
 
   
     NRC increased its revenues from $6.8 million in 1994 to $12.6 million in
1996, a compound annual growth rate of 36.6%. Over this same period, the Company
increased its operating income from $1.7 million to $3.7 million, a compound
annual growth rate of 49.0%. The Company believes that it can continue to grow
rapidly through: (i) expanding the depth and breadth of its current clients'
performance tracking programs, since healthcare organizations are increasingly
interested in gathering performance information at deeper levels of their
organizations and from more of their constituencies, (ii) increasing the
cross-selling of its complementary services and products, (iii) adding new
clients through penetrating the sizeable portion of the healthcare industry that
is not yet conducting performance assessments beyond the enterprise-wide level
or is not yet outsourcing this function and (iv) pursuing acquisitions of, or
investments in, firms providing products, services or technologies that
complement those of the Company.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Shares Offered by the Company........................    1,250,000

Shares Offered by the Selling Shareholder............      850,000

Shares Outstanding Immediately After the Offering....    7,305,000(1)

Use of Proceeds......................................    For general corporate purposes,
                                                         including working capital and possible
                                                         acquisitions of, or investments in,
                                                         complementary businesses, products,
                                                         services or technologies.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol........................    NRCI
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------
   
(1) Excludes (i) 225,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    employee stock options to be granted under the National Research Corporation
    1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan") simultaneously with
    this offering at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public
    offering price, (ii) 505,000 additional shares of Common Stock reserved for
    future issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan and (iii) 30,000 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the National Research
    Corporation Director Stock Plan (the "Director Plan"). See "Management --
    Employee Benefit Plans -- Equity Incentive Plan" and "-- Director
    Compensation."
    
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                       -------------------------------------------   -----------------
                                        1992     1993     1994     1995     1996      1996      1997
                                       ------   ------   ------   ------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues:
    Renewable performance tracking
       services......................  $  454   $  507   $4,420   $6,839   $ 9,569    $4,313    $5,954
    Renewable syndicated product.....     415      435      652      493     1,276       101       444
    Custom and other research........   1,737    1,869    1,683    1,585     1,755       899       552
                                       ------   ------   ------   ------   -------    ------    ------
       Total revenues................   2,606    2,811    6,755    8,917    12,600     5,313     6,950
Operating income.....................     157      511    1,658    2,939     3,682     1,595     2,023
Pro forma net income(1)..............     166      514    1,007    1,828     2,300     1,002     1,272
Pro forma net income per share(1)....                                      $  0.37    $ 0.16    $ 0.20
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(2).....................                                        6,217     6,217     6,217
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JUNE 30, 1997
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                              ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                              ------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................  $2,830      $11,987
Total assets................................................   7,883       17,189
Total debt..................................................      --           --
Total shareholders' equity..................................   2,948       12,254
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(1) From 1984 through July 31, 1994, the Company was a C Corporation. Since
    August 1, 1994, the Company has been an S Corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject to Federal and state income taxes for the five months ended
    December 31, 1994, for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 or for the
    six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. Pro forma net income reflects a pro
    forma tax provision at a combined Federal and state rate of 40% for the
    periods the Company was an S Corporation as if it had been a C Corporation.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations," "S Corporation Termination" and Note 3 to the Company's
    Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(2) Includes 162,265 shares of Common Stock which, had they been issued (at an
    assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share less the
    underwriting discount), would have generated cash sufficient to fund the
    portion of the estimated S Corporation distributions in excess of the
    Company's 1996 net income. See Note 1 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(3) Pro forma as adjusted to (i) give effect to special cash bonuses aggregating
    $1,740,000 to be paid to the named executive officers (as hereinafter
    defined) of the Company other than the Selling Shareholder and to be
    recognized by the Company as a compensation charge in the fourth quarter of
    1997, (ii) reflect S Corporation distributions subsequent to June 30, 1997
    estimated to be $2,654,000, (iii) reflect deferred tax benefits that will
    arise upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, and (iv) give
    effect to the sale of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the
    Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per
    share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. The
    special cash bonuses will reduce the amount otherwise available for
    distribution to the Company's shareholders prior to the termination of its S
    Corporation status upon completion of this offering. Substantially all of
    the after-tax proceeds of these bonuses will be used by the recipients to
    purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. The deferred tax benefits are
    estimated to be approximately $250,000 and will be reflected as a deferred
    tax asset and as a reduction to income tax expense in the statement of
    income upon termination of the Company's S Corporation status, which will
    occur upon the completion of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds," "S
    Corporation Termination," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations" and Notes 1 and 3 to the Company's
    Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      ***
 
   
     The Company was founded in 1981 as a Nebraska corporation and
reincorporated in Wisconsin in September 1997. The principal office of the
Company is located at 1033 "O" Street, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508, and its
telephone number is (402) 475-2525.
    
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking
statements which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These
forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such because the
context of the statement includes words such as the Company "believes,"
"anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "intends" or other words of similar
import. Similarly, statements that describe the Company's future plans,
objectives and goals are also forward-looking statements. The Company's actual
results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those
expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors, including those set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
RELIANCE ON KEY CLIENTS
 
   
     The Company has relied on a limited number of key clients for the majority
of its revenues. In 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company's
largest client, Kaiser, accounted for 40.4% and 34.7%, respectively, of the
Company's total revenues. The Company expects that this client will account for
approximately 30% of total revenues for all of 1997. The Company also expects
that another client, United Healthcare Corporation, which is a primary
contractor (while the Company is a named subcontractor) with the United States
Department of Defense (hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Department
of Defense"), will account for approximately 15% of the Company's total revenues
in 1997. The Company's ten largest clients in 1995, 1996 and the six months
ended June 30, 1997 generated 71.1%, 63.9% and 67.9%, respectively, of the
Company's revenues in each of those periods. No assurances can be given that the
Company will maintain its existing client base, maintain or increase the level
of revenue or profits generated by its existing clients or be able to attract
new clients. Furthermore, the healthcare industry is undergoing significant
consolidation and no assurances can be given that such consolidation will not
cause the Company to lose clients. The loss of one or more of the Company's
large clients or a significant reduction in business from such clients,
regardless of the reason, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
See "Business -- Clients" and "Risk Factors -- Healthcare Industry
Concentration."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON PERFORMANCE TRACKING CONTRACT RENEWALS
 
     In 1996, 75.9% of the Company's total revenues was generated from contracts
for the NRC Listening System, a renewable performance tracking service. The
Company expects that a substantial portion of its revenues for the foreseeable
future will continue to be derived from such contracts. Substantially all such
contracts are renewable annually at the option of the Company's clients,
although a client generally has no minimum purchase commitments thereunder and
the contracts are generally cancelable on short or no notice without penalty. To
the extent that clients fail to renew or defer their renewals from the quarter
anticipated by the Company, the Company's quarterly results may be materially
adversely affected. The Company's ability to secure renewals is dependent upon,
among other things, its ability to gather and analyze performance data in a
consistent, high-quality and timely fashion. In addition, the performance
tracking and market research activities of the Company's clients are affected by
accreditation requirements, enrollment in managed care plans, the level of use
of satisfaction measures in healthcare organizations' overall management and
compensation programs, the size of operating budgets, clients' operating
performance, industry and economic conditions and changes in management or
ownership. As these factors are beyond the Company's control, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its renewal rates. Any
material decline in renewal rates from existing levels would have a material
adverse effect on the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS
 
   
     The Company's operating results have fluctuated from period to period in
the past and will likely fluctuate significantly in the future due to various
factors. There has historically been, and the Company expects that there will
continue to be, fluctuation in the financial results related to the Market
Guide, a product which accounted for 10.1% of the Company's total revenues in
1996. The Company recognizes
    
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
   
revenue when the Market Guides are delivered to the customers pursuant to their
contracts, typically in the third quarter of the year. Substantially all of the
related costs are deferred and subsequently charged to direct expenses
contemporaneously with the recognition of the revenue. A delay in completing and
delivering the Market Guide in a given year, the timing of which is dependent
upon the ability of the Company to access a third-party's respondent panel on a
timely basis, could delay recognition of such revenues and expenses, which could
materially affect operating results for the interim periods. The Company
generally has some incidental sales of the Market Guide subsequent to the
completion of each edition. Revenues and marginal expenses related to such
incidental sales are recognized upon delivery. The profit margin earned on such
revenues is generally higher than that earned on revenues realized from
customers under contract at the time of delivery. In addition, the Company's
operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of other factors,
including the size and timing of orders from clients, client demand for the
Company's services (which, in turn, is affected by factors such as accreditation
requirements, enrollment in managed care plans, operating budgets and clients'
operating performance), the hiring and training of additional staff, postal rate
changes and industry and general economic conditions. Because a significant
portion of the Company's overhead, particularly rent and full-time personnel
expenses, is fixed in the short-term, the Company's results of operations may be
materially adversely affected in any particular quarter if revenues fall below
the Company's expectations. These factors, among others, make it possible that
in some future quarter the Company's operating results may be below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors, which would have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The healthcare information and market research industry is highly
competitive. The Company has traditionally competed both with healthcare
organizations' internal marketing, market research and/or quality improvement
departments which create their own performance measurement tools and with
relatively small specialty research firms which provide survey-based healthcare
market research and/or performance assessment. The Company anticipates that in
the future it may increasingly compete with (i) traditional market research
firms which are significant providers of survey-based, general market research
and (ii) firms which provide services or products that complement healthcare
performance assessments, such as healthcare software or information systems.
Although only a few of these competitors have to date offered survey-based,
healthcare performance measurement and/or market research that competes directly
with the Company's services and products, many of these competitors have
substantially greater financial, information gathering and marketing resources
than the Company and could decide to increase their resource commitments to the
Company's market. There are relatively few barriers to entry into the Company's
market, and the Company expects increased competition in its market, which could
adversely affect the Company's operating results through pricing pressure,
increased client service and marketing expenditures and market share losses,
among other factors. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to
compete successfully against existing or new competitors. See "Business --
Competition."
 
HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY CONCENTRATION
 
     Substantially all of the Company's revenues are derived from clients in the
healthcare industry. As a result, the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations are influenced by conditions affecting this industry,
including changing political, economic, competitive and regulatory influences
that may affect the procurement practices and operation of healthcare providers
and payers. Many Federal and state legislators have announced that they intend
to propose programs to reform the United States healthcare system. These
programs could result in lower reimbursement rates and otherwise change the
environment in which providers and payers operate. In addition, large private
purchasers of healthcare services are placing increasing cost pressure on
providers. Healthcare providers may react to these cost pressures and other
uncertainties by curtailing or deferring purchases, including purchases of the
Company's services and products. Moreover, there has been significant
consolidation of companies in the healthcare industry, a trend which the Company
believes will continue. Consolidation in this industry, including the potential
acquisition of certain of the Company's clients, could adversely affect
aggregate client budgets for the Company's services
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
and products or could result in the termination of a client's relationship with
the Company. The impact of these developments on the healthcare industry is
difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; POSSIBLE ACQUISITIONS
 
     Since inception, the Company's growth has placed significant demands on the
Company's management, administrative, operational and financial resources. In
order to manage its growth, the Company will need to continue to implement and
improve its operational, financial and management information systems and
continue to expand, motivate and effectively manage an evolving workforce. If
the Company's management is unable to effectively manage under such
circumstances, the quality of the Company's services and products, its ability
to retain key personnel and its results of operations could be materially
adversely affected. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company's
business will continue to expand. The Company's growth could be adversely
affected by reductions in clients' spending on performance tracking and market
research, increased competition, pricing pressures and other general economic
and industry trends.
 
     The Company may achieve a portion of its future revenue growth, if any,
through acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or
technologies, although the Company currently has no commitments or agreements
with respect to any such acquisition. The Company's management has no experience
dealing with the issues of product and service, systems, personnel and business
strategy integration posed by acquisitions, and no assurance can be given that
the integration of any possible future acquisitions will be managed without a
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance
that any possible future acquisition will not dilute the Company's earnings per
share. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER
 
   
     Prior to this offering, the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer, Michael D. Hays, beneficially owned 99.3% of the outstanding Common
Stock and upon the closing of this offering he will beneficially own
approximately 70.7% (66.4% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result, he will be able
to control matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of
directors and the approval of significant corporate matters such as change of
control transactions. The effects of such influence could be to delay or prevent
a change of control of the Company unless the terms are approved by such
shareholder. See "Management" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
   
     The Company's future performance will depend to a significant extent upon
the efforts and ability of its key personnel who have expertise in gathering,
interpreting and marketing survey-based performance information for healthcare
markets. Although client relationships are managed at many levels in the
Company, the loss of the services of Michael D. Hays, President and Chief
Executive Officer, or one or more of the Company's other senior managers could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. As of the date of this
Prospectus, the Company maintains $500,000 of key man life insurance on Mr.
Hays. The Company's success will also depend on its ability to hire, train and
retain skilled personnel in all areas of its business. Competition for qualified
personnel in the Company's industry is intense, and many of the companies with
which the Company competes for qualified personnel have substantially greater
financial and other resources than the Company. Furthermore, competition for
qualified personnel can be expected to become more intense as competition in the
Company's industry increases. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to recruit, retain and motivate a sufficient number of qualified personnel
to compete successfully.
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
EXPANSION OF DIRECT SALES FORCE
 
   
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had four sales associates, however, one of
these sales associates was added at the end of the second quarter of 1997. The
Company recently hired another new sales associate and is in the process of
searching for additional sales associates. The Company's plans for future growth
depend in part on its unproven ability to hire, train, deploy, manage and retain
an increasingly large direct sales force. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to develop or manage such a sales force. See "Business --
Sales and Marketing."
    
 
DATA COLLECTION RISKS
 
     The Company's ability to provide timely and accurate performance tracking
and market research to its clients depends on its ability to collect large
quantities of high quality data through surveys and interviews. If receptivity
to the Company's survey and interview methods by respondents declines, or for
some other reason their willingness to complete and return surveys declines, or
if the Company for any reason cannot rely on the integrity of the data it
receives, the Company could be adversely affected. In addition, in the operation
of its business the Company has access to or gathers certain confidential
information such as medical histories on its respondents. As a result, the
Company could be subject to future regulation or potential liability for any
inappropriate disclosure or use of such information. The Company also relies on
a third-party panel of pre-recruited consumer households to produce in a timely
manner annual editions of its Market Guide. If the Company was not able to
continue to use this panel, or the time period in which the Company uses this
panel was altered, and the Company could not find an alternative panel on a
timely, cost competitive basis it could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "Business -- Services and Products."
 
LIMITED PROTECTION OF THE COMPANY'S SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES
 
     The Company's success is in part dependent upon its data collection
process, research methods, data analysis techniques and internal systems and
procedures that it has developed specifically to serve clients in the healthcare
industry. The Company has no patents; consequently, it relies on a combination
of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and employee nondisclosure
agreements to protect its systems and procedures. There can be no assurance that
the steps taken by the Company to protect its rights will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of such rights or that third parties will not independently
develop functionally equivalent or superior systems or procedures. The Company
believes that its systems and procedures and other proprietary rights do not
infringe upon the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no
assurance, however, that third parties will not assert infringement claims
against the Company in the future or that any such claims will not result in
protracted and costly litigation, regardless of the merits of such claims. See
"Business -- Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights."
 
RISKS RELATING TO PERFORMANCE TRACKING AND OTHER SURVEYS
 
     Many healthcare providers, payers and other entities or individuals use the
Company's renewable performance tracking and other healthcare surveys in
promoting and/or operating their businesses and as a factor in determining
physician or employee compensation. Consequently, any errors in the data
received or in the final surveys, as well as the actual results of such surveys,
can have a significant impact on such providers', payers' or other entities'
businesses and on any such individual's compensation. In addition, parties who
have not performed well in the Company's surveys may be dissatisfied with the
results of the surveys or the manner in which the results may be used by
competitors or others. Although any such errors or dissatisfaction with the
results of the surveys or the manner in which the surveys have been used has not
resulted in litigation against the Company, there can be no assurance that the
Company will not face future litigation as a result of a healthcare provider's,
payer's or other entity's or individual's allegation of errors in NRC's surveys
or dissatisfaction with the results thereof.
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
UNSPECIFIED USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The principal purposes of the offering of shares by the Company are to
obtain additional capital, facilitate the Company's access to public equity
markets and enhance the Company's ability to use its Common Stock as
consideration for possible acquisitions and as a means of attracting and
retaining key employees. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale
of shares by the Selling Shareholder. A significant portion of the net proceeds
that the Company will receive from this offering has not been designated for any
specific purpose. As a consequence, the Company's management will have broad
discretion with respect to the use of such proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
EFFECT OF ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
   
     The Company's Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws contain provisions
that, among other things, establish staggered terms for members of the Company's
Board of Directors, place certain restrictions on the removal of directors,
authorize the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series
without shareholder approval and require advance notice for director nominations
and certain other matters to be considered at meetings of shareholders. In
addition, the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (the "WBCL") and the Company's
Articles of Incorporation, among other things, prohibit certain business
combinations with "interested stockholders" and may limit the voting power of
shares of the Company held by any person in excess of 20% of the voting power in
the election of directors. These provisions could have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change of control or the removal of existing
management of the Company, which could adversely affect the market price of the
Company's Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES
 
   
     Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market following this offering could adversely affect the market price for the
Company's Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale
in the public market is limited by restrictions under the Securities Act and
lock-up agreements entered into by the Company and its executive officers and
directors, including all current shareholders. Under those restrictions, subject
to certain specified exceptions, the Company and the holders of such shares have
agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. However, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. may, in
its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion
of the securities subject to such lock-up agreements. As a result of these
restrictions, only the 2,100,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be
freely tradeable on the date of this Prospectus, unless purchased by affiliates
of the Company; an additional 5,205,000 shares will be eligible for sale 180
days after the date of this Prospectus, in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The Company also intends, not earlier than 180 days after the
effective date of this offering, to file a registration statement on Form S-8
covering 730,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Equity
Incentive Plan and the Company also intends to file a registration statement on
Form S-8 covering 30,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
Director Plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; IMMEDIATE AND
SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
   
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial offering price for the Common Stock will be
determined by agreement among the Company, the Selling Shareholder, William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, and may not be
indicative of future market prices. See "Underwriting" for factors to be
considered in determining such offering price. The Common Stock has been
approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market, but there can be no
assurance that there will be an active market following this offering. In
addition, broad market trading and valuation fluctuations have adversely
affected the valuation of healthcare information and market research focused
companies (often unrelated to the operating performance of such companies) and
may adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock. The Common
Stock may be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to variations in
quarterly operating results and other factors, including the evolving business
prospects of the Company, its clients and competitors, changes in the financial
estimates by securities analysts, possible acquisitions, general economic or
market conditions and other events or factors. There can be no assurance that
the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public
offering price. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate
and substantial dilution of book value. See "Dilution."
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,250,000 shares of
Common Stock being offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be
approximately $13,450,000 based upon an assumed initial public offering price of
$12.00 per share after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated
offering expenses. The principal purposes of the offering of shares by the
Company are to obtain additional capital, facilitate the Company's access to
public equity markets and enhance the Company's ability to use its Common Stock
as consideration for possible acquisitions and as a means of attracting and
retaining key employees. Net proceeds from this offering will be available for
general corporate purposes, including the replenishment of working capital used
to distribute S Corporation income to the Company's existing shareholders in
connection with the termination of the Company's S Corporation status and to pay
special cash bonuses to the named executive officers of the Company other than
the Selling Shareholder. See "S Corporation Termination" and Note 8 to the
Company's Financial Statements. A portion of the proceeds may also be used to
acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services or
technologies; however, there are no commitments or agreements with respect to
any such transactions at the present time. Pending use of the net proceeds for
the above purposes, the Company intends to invest such funds in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment-grade obligations.
    
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by
the Selling Shareholder.
 
                           S CORPORATION TERMINATION
 
     From 1984 through July 31, 1994, the Company was a C Corporation. Since
August 1, 1994, the Company has been treated as an S Corporation for Federal and
state income tax purposes under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"). As a result, the income of the Company has been
taxed directly to its shareholders rather than to the Company. Concurrent with
the completion of this offering, the Company's S Corporation election will be
terminated and the Company will be subject to corporate income taxation as a C
Corporation.
 
   
     In connection with the termination of the Company's S Corporation status,
the Company will record a deferred income tax benefit of approximately $250,000
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." This amount will be reflected as a deferred tax
asset and a reduction to income tax expense otherwise incurred in such quarter
and will be recorded upon termination of the Company's S Corporation status,
which will occur upon the completion of this offering. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
Notes 1 and 3 to the Financial Statements.
    
 
   
     Subsequent to June 30, 1997, the Company made S Corporation distributions
of $536,000 to its shareholders. In connection with the termination of the
Company's S Corporation status, the Company will also distribute to its
shareholders approximately $2,118,000, which represents all previously taxed but
undistributed S Corporation income of the Company through December 31, 1996 and
an estimate as to the additional taxable and undistributed income of the Company
generated from January 1, 1997 until completion of this offering. Prior to the
termination of its S Corporation status and the distribution of approximately
$2,118,000 to its shareholders, the Company will pay special cash bonuses
aggregating $1,740,000 to the named executive officers of the Company other than
the Selling Shareholder. Substantially all of the after-tax proceeds of these
bonuses will be used to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. See
"Principal and Selling Shareholders."
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends on its Common Stock
in the foreseeable future. The Company intends to retain all of its future
earnings for use in the expansion and operation of its business. Any future
determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's
results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and such
other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
 
   
     Since its S Corporation election in 1994, the Company has made cash
distributions to its shareholders in amounts necessary to allow the shareholders
to at least pay the Federal and state income taxes on their proportionate shares
of the Company's net income. In connection with the termination of the Company's
S Corporation status, the Company expects to make distributions estimated to be
$2,118,000 to its existing shareholders. Investors purchasing Common Stock in
this offering will not receive any portion of such distribution and the Company
will not make any additional distributions of this kind in the future. See "S
Corporation Termination."
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth as of June 30, 1997: (i) the actual cash and
cash equivalents, total short-term debt and total capitalization of the Company
and (ii) such cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt and capitalization on a
pro forma basis as adjusted to give effect to (a) S Corporation distributions
estimated to be $2,654,000, (b) special cash bonuses aggregating $1,740,000 to
be paid prior to the termination of the Company's S Corporation status to the
named executive officers of the Company other than the Selling Shareholder, (c)
recognition of a $250,000 deferred tax asset in connection with the termination
of the Company's S Corporation status and (d) the sale of 1,250,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (assuming an initial public offering
price of $12.00 per share and after deducting the underwriting discount and
estimated offering expenses) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds," "S Corporation Termination," "Dividend Policy"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JUNE 30, 1997
                                                          ------------------------
                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                          ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                          ------       -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $3,622         $12,770
                                                          ======         =======
Total short-term debt...................................  $   --         $    --
                                                          ======         =======
Total long-term debt....................................  $   --         $    --
                                                          ------         -------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share; 2,000,000
     shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
     actual and pro forma as adjusted...................      --              --
  Common Stock, par value $.001 per share; 20,000,000
     shares authorized; 6,055,000 shares issued and
     outstanding actual; 7,305,000 shares issued and
     outstanding pro forma as adjusted(1)...............       6               7
  Additional paid-in capital............................      --          13,449
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)...............   2,942          (1,202)
                                                          ------         -------
       Total shareholders' equity.......................   2,948          12,254
                                                          ------         -------
          Total capitalization..........................  $2,948         $12,254
                                                          ======         =======
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(1) Excludes (i) 225,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    employee stock options to be outstanding immediately after the offering at
    an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, (ii) 505,000
    additional shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the
    Equity Incentive Plan and (iii) 30,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    future issuance under the Director Plan.
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     The pro forma net tangible book deficit of the Company as of June 30, 1997
was $1.2 million, or $.20 per share of Common Stock (after giving effect to the
S Corporation distributions estimated to be $2,654,000, the special cash bonuses
aggregating $1,740,000 to be paid to the named executive officers other than the
Selling Shareholder and the estimated $250,000 of deferred income tax benefits
arising upon termination of the Company's S Corporation status). See "S
Corporation Termination" and Note 8 to the Company's Financial Statements. Pro
forma net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of the Company's
pro forma tangible net deficit (total liabilities less total tangible assets)
divided by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving
effect to the sale of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock by the Company in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom (after deducting the underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses), the pro forma net tangible book value
as of June 30, 1997 would have been $12.3 million or $1.68 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.88 per share
to existing shareholders of the Company and an immediate dilution of $10.32 per
share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
    
 
   
     Since July 1992, the Company has issued only 18,520 shares of Common Stock
to one officer of the Company, at a weighted average price per share of
approximately $0.08.
    
 
     The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                             <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............             $12.00
  Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share before the
     offering...............................................    $(.20)
  Increase attributable to new investors....................     1.88
                                                                -----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
  offering..................................................               1.68
                                                                         ------
Dilution per share to new investors(1)......................             $10.32
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
(1) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per
    share of Common Stock after this offering from the assumed initial public
    offering price per share.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and with the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and other
financial information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996
and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from, and
are qualified by reference to, the audited financial statements of the Company
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected statement of income data for
the years ended December 31, 1992 and 1993 and the balance sheet data at
December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 are derived from unaudited financial statements
not included herein. The selected statement of income data for the six month
periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 and the balance sheet data at June 30, 1996
and 1997 are derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements, which
have been prepared on the same basis as the Company's audited financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments,
consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and results of operations of the Company.
The results of operations for the period ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative of results for the full fiscal year.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                        ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    JUNE 30,
                                                -----------------------------------------------    ----------------
                                                 1992      1993      1994      1995      1996       1996      1997
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues:
  Renewable performance tracking services...    $  454    $  507    $4,420    $6,839    $ 9,569    $4,313    $5,954
  Renewable syndicated product..............       415       435       652       493      1,276       101       444
  Custom and other research.................     1,737     1,869     1,683     1,585      1,755       899       552
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
      Total revenues........................     2,606     2,811     6,755     8,917     12,600     5,313     6,950
Operating expenses:
  Direct expenses...........................     1,264     1,083     2,967     3,495      5,685     2,327     3,011
  Selling, general and administrative.......     1,149     1,167     2,044     2,364      3,060     1,319     1,837
  Depreciation and amortization.............        36        50        86       119        173        72        79
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
      Total operating expenses..............     2,449     2,300     5,097     5,978      8,918     3,718     4,927
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
Operating income............................       157       511     1,658     2,939      3,682     1,595     2,023
Other income and expenses, net..............         9        12        46       108        152        75        97
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
Income before income taxes..................       166       523     1,704     3,047      3,834     1,670     2,120
Provision for income taxes..................        --         9       114        --         --        --        --
Pro forma income taxes(1)...................        --        --       583     1,219      1,534       668       848
                                                ------    ------    ------    ------    -------    ------    ------
Pro forma net income(1).....................    $  166    $  514    $1,007    $1,828    $ 2,300    $1,002    $1,272
                                                ======    ======    ======    ======    =======    ======    ======
Pro forma net income per share(1)...........                                            $  0.37    $ 0.16    $ 0.20
                                                                                        =======    ======    ======
Weighted average shares outstanding(2)......                                              6,217     6,217     6,217
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            JUNE 30, 1997
                                       DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,   --------------------------------------
                         -----------------------------------------   --------                PRO          PRO FORMA
                         1992     1993     1994     1995     1996      1996     ACTUAL    FORMA(3)     AS ADJUSTED(4)
                         -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   --------   ------   -----------   ---------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital........  $(361)  $   54   $1,358   $1,534   $2,018    $  764    $2,830     $(1,463)        $11,987
Total assets...........    912    1,368    3,539    4,996    6,153     3,880     7,883       4,511          17,189
Total debt.............    117       54        9       --       --        --        --          --              --
Total shareholders'
  equity (deficit).....   (223)     290    1,623    1,830    2,079     1,022     2,948      (1,196)         12,254
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                                   (footnotes on following page)
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
   
- -------------------------
    
   
(1) From 1984 through July 31, 1994, the Company was a C Corporation. Since
    August 1, 1994, the Company has been an S Corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject to Federal and state income taxes for the five months ended
    December 31, 1994, for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 or for the
    six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. Pro forma net income reflects a pro
    forma tax provision at a combined Federal and state rate of 40% for the
    periods the Company was an S Corporation as if it had been a C Corporation.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations," "S Corporation Termination" and Note 3 to the Company's
    Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(2) Includes 162,265 shares of Common Stock which, had they been issued (at an
    assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share less the
    underwriting discount), would have generated cash sufficient to fund the
    portion of the estimated S Corporation distributions in excess of the
    Company's 1996 net income. See Note 1 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(3) As adjusted to reflect (i) special cash bonuses aggregating $1,740,000 to be
    paid to the named executive officers of the Company other than the Selling
    Shareholder and to be recognized by the Company as a compensation charge in
    the fourth quarter of 1997, (ii) S Corporation distributions subsequent to
    June 30, 1997 estimated to be $2,654,000 and (iii) deferred tax benefits
    that will arise upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109. The
    special cash bonuses will reduce the amount otherwise available for
    distribution to the Company's shareholders prior to the termination of its S
    Corporation status upon completion of this offering. Substantially all of
    the after-tax proceeds of these bonuses will be used by the recipients to
    purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. The deferred tax benefits are
    estimated to be approximately $250,000 and will be reflected as a deferred
    tax asset and as a reduction to income tax expense in the statement of
    income upon termination of the Company's S Corporation status, which will
    occur upon completion of this offering. See "S Corporation Termination,"
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations" and Notes 1 and 3 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(4) As adjusted to give effect to the pro forma adjustments described in (3)
    above and to give effect to the sale of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock
    offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial offering price of $12.00
    per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See
    "Use of Proceeds," "S Corporation Termination," "Capitalization,"
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations" and Notes 1 and 3 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations contains trend analysis and other forward-looking
statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The Company's
actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set
forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is a leading provider of ongoing survey-based performance
measurement, analysis and tracking services and products to the healthcare
industry. The Company addresses the growing need of healthcare providers and
payers to measure the care outcomes, specifically satisfaction and health
status, of their patients and/or members. NRC has led the industry in developing
tools that enable healthcare organizations to obtain service quality information
necessary to comply with industry and regulatory standards and to improve their
business practices so that they can maximize new member and/or patient
attraction, member retention and profitability.
 
   
     The Company's historical revenue growth has been primarily the result of
increasing the scope of existing performance tracking projects, undertaking new
projects for existing clients and adding new clients. In each of the last two
years, the Company's billings to clients served in the prior year were at least
80% of total billings. The number of clients billed per year has increased to
210 in 1996 from 154 in 1995. The Company believes substantial opportunities
exist to increase revenues by expanding the depth and breadth of existing
clients' performance tracking programs, increasing the cross selling of the
Company's services and products and adding new clients and pursuing acquisitions
of, or investments in, firms providing products, services or technologies that
complement those of the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company offers three primary types of information services and
products: renewable performance tracking services, a renewable syndicated
product and custom research. In 1996, these categories accounted for 75.9%,
10.1% and 14.0%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues. The Company
expects that revenues from its custom research activities will increase on an
annual basis, but at a lower rate than revenues from its renewable services and
product (i.e., revenues generated pursuant to a service or product whose nature
contemplates continued renewals) because of the Company's increasing focus on
its renewable services and product.
    
 
     The Company's most significant expense is direct expenses, which are
primarily composed of data collection costs such as postage and printing, direct
labor costs (of which the majority are associated with part-time personnel) and
other costs directly attributable to projects.
 
     The Company's renewable performance tracking service, the NRC Listening
System, is a performance tracking tool for gathering and analyzing data from
survey respondents. Such services are provided pursuant to contracts which are
generally renewable annually. Typically, a portion of the project fee is billed
in advance and the remainder is billed periodically over the duration of the
project. Revenues and direct expenses are recognized on a percentage of
completion basis.
 
   
     The Company's renewable nationally syndicated product, the NRC Healthcare
Market Guide, serves as a stand-alone market information and competitive
intelligence source as well as a comparative performance database. Published by
NRC bi-annually from 1988 to 1996 and annually since 1996, this survey is a
comprehensive consumer-based healthcare assessment. Amounts due for the Market
Guide are billed prior to or at delivery. The Company recognizes revenue when
the Market Guides are delivered to the customers pursuant to their contracts,
typically in the third quarter of the year. Substantially all of the related
costs are deferred and subsequently charged to direct expenses contemporaneously
with the recognition of the revenue. The Company generally has some incidental
sales of the Market Guide subsequent to completion of each edition. Revenues and
marginal expenses related to such incidental sales are recognized upon delivery.
The profit margin earned on such revenues is generally higher than that earned
on revenues realized from
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
   
customers under contract at the time of delivery. As a result, the Company's
margins vary throughout the year.
    
 
   
     The Company conducts custom research which measures and monitors market
issues specific to individual healthcare organizations. The majority of the
Company's custom research is performed under contracts which provide for advance
billing of 65% of the total project fee with the remainder due upon delivery.
Revenues and direct expenses are recognized on a percentage of completion basis.
    
 
   
     Prior to termination of its S Corporation status, the Company intends to
pay special cash bonuses aggregating $1,740,000 to its named executive officers
other than the Selling Shareholder. Substantially all of the after-tax proceeds
of these bonuses will be used to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock.
The related compensation charge will be recognized by the Company in the fourth
quarter of 1997. These special cash bonuses will reduce the amount otherwise
available for distribution to the Company's shareholders prior to the
termination of its S Corporation status.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel
and other costs associated with sales, marketing, administration, finance,
information systems, human resources and general management. Selling, general
and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues have decreased as
the Company has spread its infrastructure expenses across its expanding revenue
base. The Company recently hired two new sales associates and is in the process
of searching for additional sales associates. The Company anticipates that its
selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues
might increase slightly in the periods immediately following the hiring of such
new sales associates as their productivity increases. The Company plans to move
to a new leased facility by the end of the first quarter of 1998 to accommodate
its growth. The Company anticipates increased rent and certain one-time costs
associated with such move but does not expect this to significantly increase the
annual selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total
revenues. Depreciation and amortization expenses currently consist of expenses
related to equipment and furniture.
    
 
     From 1984 through July 31, 1994, the Company was a C Corporation. Since
August 1, 1994, the Company has been treated as an S Corporation for Federal and
state income tax purposes. As a result, the Company's income has been taxed
directly to its shareholders rather than to the Company. Concurrent with the
completion of this offering, the Company's S Corporation election will be
terminated and the Company will be subject to corporate income taxation as a C
Corporation. For each of the periods in which the Company was an S Corporation,
the statement of income data reflects a provision for income taxes on a pro
forma basis at a combined Federal and state rate of 40% as if the Company had
been operating as a C Corporation during such periods.
 
   
     In connection with the termination of the Company's S Corporation status,
the Company will record a deferred income tax benefit of approximately $250,000
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
"Accounting for Income Taxes." This amount will be reflected as a deferred tax
asset and a reduction to income tax expense otherwise incurred in such quarter
and will be recorded upon termination of the Company's S Corporation status,
which will occur upon completion of this offering. See "S Corporation
Termination."
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected
statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenues and the
percentage change in such items versus the prior comparable period. The trends
illustrated in the following table may not necessarily be indicative of future
results.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES           PERCENTAGE INCREASE
                                          -------------------------------------           (DECREASE)
                                                                   SIX MONTHS     --------------------------
                                               YEAR ENDED             ENDED                       SIX MONTHS
                                              DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,      1995    1996    1997 OVER
                                          ---------------------   -------------   OVER    OVER    SIX MONTHS
                                          1994    1995    1996    1996    1997    1994    1995       1996
                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   ----------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Revenues:
  Renewable performance tracking
    services............................   65.4%   76.7%   75.9%   81.2%   85.7%   54.8%   39.9%     38.1%
  Renewable syndicated product..........    9.7     5.5    10.1     1.9     6.4   (24.3)  158.7     337.0
  Custom and other research.............   24.9    17.8    14.0    16.9     7.9    (5.9)   10.8    (38.6)
                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
      Total revenues....................  100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0    32.0    41.3      30.8
                                          =====   =====   =====   =====   =====
Operating expenses:
  Direct expenses.......................   43.9    39.2    45.1    43.8    43.3    17.8    62.7      29.4
  Selling, general and administrative...   30.3    26.5    24.3    24.8    26.4    15.7    29.4      39.3
  Depreciation and amortization.........    1.3     1.3     1.4     1.4     1.1    39.1    45.4      10.5
                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
      Total operating expenses..........   75.5    67.0    70.8    70.0    70.8    17.3    49.2      32.5
                                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
Operating income........................   24.5%   33.0%   29.2%   30.0%   29.2%   77.3%   25.3%     26.8%
                                          =====   =====   =====   =====   =====
</TABLE>
    
 
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
    
 
   
     Total revenues. Total revenues increased 30.8% in the first six months of
1997 to $7.0 million from $5.3 million in the first six months of 1996. Revenues
from the Company's renewable performance tracking services increased 38.1% to
$6.0 million in the first six months of 1997 from $4.3 million in the first six
months of 1996 primarily due to an increase in the scope of existing tracking
projects and the number of new projects for existing clients, as well as the
addition of new clients. Revenues from the Company's renewable syndicated
product increased 337.0% to $444,000 in the first six months of 1997 from
$101,000 in the first six months of 1996. Such increase reflects the timing of
releases of new editions of the Market Guide. In the first six months of 1997
the Company was selling its 1996 edition of the Market Guide whereas in the
first six months of 1996 the Company was selling its 1994 edition of the Market
Guide. The Company's custom research revenue decreased 38.6% to $552,000 in the
first six months of 1997 from $899,000 in the first six months of 1996 primarily
due to the start and completion of one large project during the first quarter of
1996.
    
 
   
     Direct expenses. Direct expenses increased 29.4% to $3.0 million in the
first six months of 1997 from $2.3 million in the first six months of 1996.
Direct expenses decreased as a percentage of total revenues to 43.3% in the
first six months of 1997 from 43.8% in the first six months of 1996. The
decrease in direct expenses as a percentage of total revenues was due primarily
to incidental sales of the 1996 edition of the Market Guide in the first six
months of 1997 while the majority of the direct expenses related to this edition
of the Market Guide were expensed upon its completion in the third quarter of
1996.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 39.3% to $1.8 million for the first six months
of 1997 from $1.3 million for the first six months of 1996. This increase was
primarily due to an increase of $83,000 associated with the expansion of the
Company's sales and marketing infrastructure, an increase of $149,000 in
expenses related to enhancements to the Company's dynamic questionnaire
production software and an increase of $130,000 in profit sharing expense.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of total
revenues to 26.4% for the first six months of 1997 from 24.8% for the first six
months of 1996.
    
 
   
     Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased 10.5% to $79,000 in the first six months of 1997 from $72,000 in the
first six months of 1996. Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased as a
percentage of total revenues to 1.1% in the first six months of 1997 from 1.4%
in the first six months of 1996.
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     Total revenues. Total revenues increased 41.3% in 1996 to $12.6 million
from $8.9 million in 1995. Revenues from the Company's renewable performance
tracking services increased 39.9% in 1996 to $9.6 million from $6.8 million in
1995 due primarily to an increase in the scope of existing tracking projects and
the number of new projects for existing clients, as well as the addition of new
clients. Revenues from the Company's renewable syndicated product increased
158.7% to $1.3 million in 1996 from $493,000 in 1995 due to the timing of
releases of new editions of the Market Guide. A new edition of the Market Guide
was published in 1996 but not in 1995 since the Market Guide was published on a
bi-annual basis prior to 1996. Revenues from the Company's custom research
increased 10.8% to $1.8 million in 1996 from $1.6 million in 1995.
 
   
     Direct expenses. Direct expenses increased 62.7% to $5.7 million in 1996
from $3.5 million in 1995. Direct expenses increased as a percentage of total
revenues to 45.1% in 1996 from 39.2% in 1995. The increase in direct expenses as
a percentage of total revenues was due to higher staffing levels in 1996 which
increased labor and payroll expenses by $845,000, increased postage and printing
expenses of $515,000, one-time costs of $122,000 associated with converting the
internal processing of certain surveys to a new image scanning and editing
system, and sales of the Market Guide in 1996 at lower gross margins than sales
in 1995 since a new edition of the Market Guide (with associated costs) was
published in 1996 but not in 1995.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 29.4% to $3.1 million in 1996 from $2.4
million in 1995. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of total revenues to 24.3% in 1996 from 26.5% in 1995. The decrease
in these expenses as a percentage of total revenues reflects the Company's
efforts to spread its general and administrative costs over a higher revenue
base, which were partially offset by an increase in selling and marketing
expenses of $222,000.
    
 
     Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased 45.4% to $173,000 in 1996 from $119,000 in 1995 but remained
relatively constant as a percentage of total revenues at 1.4% and 1.3% in 1996
and 1995, respectively. The aggregate increase was principally due to computer
equipment purchases to improve internal systems to support business growth.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     Total revenues. Total revenues increased 32.0% in 1995 to $8.9 million from
$6.8 million in 1994. Revenues from the Company's renewable performance tracking
services increased 54.8% in 1995 to $6.8 million from $4.4 million in 1994 due
primarily to an increase in the scope of existing tracking projects and the
number of new projects for existing clients, as well as the addition of new
clients. Revenues from the Company's renewable syndicated product decreased
24.3% to $493,000 in 1995 from $652,000 in 1994 due to the timing of releases of
new editions of the Market Guide. A new edition of the Market Guide was produced
in 1994 but not in 1995. Revenues from the Company's custom research decreased
5.9% to $1.6 million in 1995 from $1.7 million in 1994.
 
   
     Direct expenses. Direct expenses increased 17.8% to $3.5 million in 1995
from $3.0 million in 1994. Direct expenses decreased as a percentage of total
revenues to 39.2% in 1995 from 43.9% in 1994. The decrease in direct expenses as
a percentage of total revenues was primarily due to sales of the Market Guide in
1995 at higher gross margins than sales in 1994 since a new edition of the
Market Guide was not published in 1995 but was in 1994.
    
 
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 15.7% to $2.4 million in 1995 from $2.0
million in 1994. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a
percentage of total revenues to 26.5% in 1995 from 30.3% in 1994. The decrease
in these expenses as a percentage of total revenues reflects the Company's
efforts to leverage its general and administrative costs over a higher revenue
base. Selling, general and administrative expenses were unusually high in 1994
due to certain one-time compensation and lease-related charges of $601,000.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
     Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased 39.1% to $119,000 in 1995 from $86,000 in 1994 but remained relatively
constant as a percentage of total revenues at 1.3% in both 1995 and 1994. The
aggregate increase was principally due to computer, printer and mail room
production equipment purchases to improve internal systems to support business
growth.
 
SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
     The following tables set forth unaudited statement of income data for each
of the last eight quarters, as well as the percentage of the Company's total
revenues represented by each item. In management's opinion, this unaudited
information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial
statements and includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the
quarters presented, when read in conjunction with the Company's Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for
the full year or for any future quarter.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          QUARTER ENDED
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,
                                   1995         1995        1996         1996        1996         1996        1997         1997
                                 ---------    --------    ---------    --------    ---------    --------    ---------    --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Renewable performance
    tracking services........     $1,753       $2,409      $2,122       $2,191      $2,320       $2,936      $2,871       $3,083
  Renewable syndicated
    product..................         80           18          82           19         923          252         341          103
  Custom and other
    research.................        407          392         447          452         397          459         228          324
                                  ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------
      Total revenues.........      2,240        2,819       2,651        2,662       3,640        3,647       3,440        3,510
Direct expenses..............        899        1,226       1,132        1,195       1,926        1,432       1,393        1,618
Selling, general and
  administrative.............        539          704         660          659         677        1,064         951          886
Depreciation and
  amortization...............         24           45          36           36          41           60          42           37
                                  ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------
Operating income.............        778          844         823          772         996        1,091       1,054          969
Other income and expenses,
  net........................         25           20          37           38          32           45          45           52
Pro forma income taxes(1)....        321          346         344          324         411          455         440          408
                                  ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------      ------       ------
Pro forma net income(1)......     $  482       $  518      $  516       $  486      $  617       $  681      $  659       $  613
                                  ======       ======      ======       ======      ======       ======      ======       ======
Pro forma net income per
  share(1)...................                              $  .08       $  .08      $  .10       $  .11      $  .11       $  .10
                                                           ======       ======      ======       ======      ======       ======
Weighted average shares
  outstanding(2).............                               6,217        6,217       6,217        6,217       6,217        6,217
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
   
(1) Since August 1, 1994, the Company has been an S Corporation and,
    accordingly, was not subject to Federal and state income taxes for any of
    the quarterly periods presented above. Pro forma net income reflects a pro
    forma tax provision at a combined Federal and state rate of 40% for the
    periods the Company was an S Corporation as if it had been a C Corporation.
    See "S Corporation Termination."
    
 
   
(2) Includes 162,265 shares of Common Stock which, had they been issued (at an
    assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share less the
    underwriting discount), would have generated cash sufficient to fund the
    portion of the estimated S Corporation distributions in excess of the
    Company's 1996 net income. See Note 1 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,    MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,
                                   1995         1995        1996         1996        1996         1996        1997         1997
                                 ---------    --------    ---------    --------    ---------    --------    ---------    --------
<S>                              <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Renewable performance
    tracking services........       78.3%       85.5%        80.0%       82.3%        63.7%       80.5%        83.5%       87.9%
  Renewable syndicated
    product..................        3.6         0.6          3.1         0.7         25.4         6.9          9.9         2.9
  Custom and other
    research.................       18.1        13.9         16.9        17.0         10.9        12.6          6.6         9.2
                                   -----       -----        -----       -----        -----       -----        -----       -----
      Total revenues.........      100.0       100.0        100.0       100.0        100.0       100.0        100.0       100.0
Direct expenses..............       40.1        43.5         42.7        44.9         52.9        39.3         40.5        46.1
Selling, general and
  administrative.............       24.1        25.0         24.9        24.8         18.6        29.2         27.6        25.2
Depreciation and
  amortization...............        1.1         1.6          1.4         1.4          1.1         1.6          1.2         1.1
                                   -----       -----        -----       -----        -----       -----        -----       -----
Operating income.............       34.7%       29.9%        31.0%       28.9%        27.4%       29.9%        30.7%       27.6%
                                   =====       =====        =====       =====        =====       =====        =====       =====
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
     The Company's operating results have fluctuated from period to period in
the past and will likely fluctuate significantly in the future due to various
factors. There has historically been, and the Company expects that there will
continue to be, fluctuation in the financial results related to the Market
Guide, a product which accounted for 10.1% of the Company's total revenues in
1996. See "-- Overview." In addition, the Company's operating results may
fluctuate as a result of a variety of other factors, including the size and
timing of orders from clients, client demand for the Company's services and
products (which, in turn, is affected by factors such as accreditation
requirements, enrollment in managed care plans, operating budgets and clients'
operating performance), the hiring and training of additional staff, postal rate
changes and industry and general economic conditions. Because a significant
portion of the Company's overhead, particularly rent and full-time personnel
expenses, is fixed in the short-term, the Company's results of operations may be
materially adversely affected in any particular quarter if revenues fall below
the Company's expectations. These factors, among others, make it possible that
in some future quarter the Company's operating results may be below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors, which would have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Risk
Factors -- Fluctuations in Operating Results."
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's principal source of funds has been cash flow from its
operations. The Company's cash flow has been sufficient to provide funds for
working capital and capital expenditures.
 
   
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6
million and working capital of $2.8 million. Subsequent to June 30, 1997, the
Company made S Corporation distributions of $536,000 to its shareholders and, in
connection with the termination of the Company's S Corporation status, the
Company will also distribute approximately $2.1 million to its existing
shareholders. In addition, the Company intends to pay special cash bonuses
aggregating $1.7 million to its named executive officers other than the Selling
Shareholder in the fourth quarter of 1997 and prior to the termination of the
Company's S Corporation status. See "Use of Proceeds," "S Corporation
Termination" and Note 8 to the Company's Financial Statements.
    
 
   
     During the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company generated $1.5
million of net cash from operating activities as compared to $2.9 million of net
cash generated during the same period in the prior year. The decrease in cash
flow was mainly due to the timing of the collection of a $1.3 million account
receivable in January 1996 and the timing of costs incurred in advance of
billings on certain projects, combined with growth in accounts receivable,
unbilled revenues and deferred revenues.
    
 
     The Company generated $6.3 million of net cash from operating activities
for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to $1.8 million from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase in cash generated
was a result of an increase in the Company's business and, in part, the
collection in January 1996 of a $1.3 million receivable.
 
   
     For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, net cash provided by
investing activities was $938,000 and $490,000, respectively. The increase in
cash provided was primarily due to the maturing of investments available for
sale, which was partially offset by an investment of $232,000 in furniture,
computer equipment and production equipment to meet the expansion of the
Company's business. The Company's investments available-for-sale consist
principally of United States government securities with maturities of twelve
months or less.
    
 
     Net cash used in investing activities increased to $1.2 million from
$15,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995,
respectively, primarily as a result of an increase in investments available for
sale. Furniture, computer equipment and production equipment purchases in these
years were $272,000 and $161,000, respectively. The Company expects to make
additional purchases of equipment as necessary to accommodate any future growth.
 
   
     Net cash used in financing activities was $1.6 million and $2.8 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and was $3.3 million
and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995,
respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for these periods was
primarily the
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
   
result of S Corporation distributions to shareholders. Through June 30, 1997,
the Company paid S Corporation distributions of $1.6 million to its
shareholders. Subsequent to June 30, 1997, the Company paid S Corporation
distributions of $536,000 to its shareholders. In connection with the
termination of the Company's S Corporation status, the Company will also
distribute approximately $2.1 million to its shareholders. See "S Corporation
Termination."
    
 
   
     The Company has budgeted approximately $850,000 for capital expenditures in
1997, to be funded through cash generated from operations. Through June 30,
1997, the Company's capital expenditures were $232,000. The Company expects that
capital expenditures during the remainder of 1997 will be primarily for
leasehold improvements, telecommunications equipment, computer hardware,
production equipment and furniture.
    
 
   
     The Company typically bills clients for projects before they have been
completed. Billed amounts are recorded as billings in excess of costs or
deferred revenue on the Company's financial statements and are recognized as
income when earned. As of June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had
$3.3 million and $2.2 million of deferred revenues, respectively. In addition,
when work is performed in advance of billing, the Company records this work as a
cost in excess of billings or unbilled revenue. At June 30, 1997 and December
31, 1996, the Company had $654,000 and $282,000 of unbilled revenues,
respectively. Substantially all deferred and unbilled revenues will be earned
and billed, respectively, within 12 months of the respective period ends.
    
 
     The Company believes that the net proceeds from the sale of the Common
Stock by the Company in this offering, together with cash flows from operations
and existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet its working capital and
capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Beyond that
time, if the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash flows from
operations and existing cash balances are not sufficient to satisfy its capital
needs, the Company may seek debt or additional equity financing. There can be no
assurance that such financing can be obtained on favorable terms, if at all.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
   
     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement No. 123
establishes a fair value based method of recognizing compensation expense for
stock-based compensation. As permitted by Statement No. 123, the Company expects
to continue to use the intrinsic value based method of recognizing compensation
expense for stock-based compensation to employees. Therefore, for those options
granted with exercise prices equal to fair market value, no compensation charge
will be recognized by the Company in its financial statements. However, the
Company will be required to disclose the pro forma effects of the fair value
based method of measuring compensation expenses on the Company's net income and
net income per share as if that method were adopted in the 1997 annual financial
statements. The Company has not determined the effects its recent stock option
grants will have on the annual disclosures required under Statement No. 123.
    
 
     In February 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share,
which revises the calculation and presentation provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 15 and related interpretations. Statement No. 128
is effective for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 1997. Retroactive
application will be required. The Company believes the adoption of Statement No.
128 will not have a significant effect on its reported earnings per share.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
     The following Business section contains forward-looking statements that
involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could
differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk
Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
     The Company is a leading provider of ongoing survey-based performance
measurement, analysis and tracking services and products to the healthcare
industry. The Company addresses the growing need of healthcare providers and
payers to measure the care outcomes, specifically satisfaction and health
status, of their patients and/or members. NRC has led the industry in developing
tools that enable healthcare organizations to obtain service quality information
necessary to comply with industry and regulatory standards and to improve their
business practices so that they can maximize new member and/or patient
attraction, member retention and profitability.
 
     Since its founding 16 years ago, NRC has focused on the information needs
of the healthcare industry. The Company offers three primary types of
information services and products: renewable performance tracking services, a
renewable syndicated product and custom research. During 1996, NRC provided
services to more than 200 healthcare organizations, including HMOs, integrated
healthcare systems, medical groups and industry regulatory bodies. The Company
gathered and analyzed over 1,000,000 completed surveys for these clients in
1996. The Company's clients include Kaiser, the Department of Defense,
HealthSouth Corporation, BJC Health System and Mayo Clinic. NRC has benefited
from a high rate of renewable revenues. Specifically, over 80% of the Company's
total billings in each of the last two years was generated from clients billed
in the prior year.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
Managed Care
 
     The United States healthcare industry continues to undergo significant
change. During the past decade, escalating costs and the rise in the number of
uninsured Americans brought healthcare reform to the forefront of public debate,
culminating in the Federal government's failed attempt to legislate broad change
in 1994. As a result of consumer, employer and governmental scrutiny, however,
the healthcare industry continues to shift towards a managed care model.
 
   
     Managed care redefines payment structures and relationships between
healthcare payers and providers. In recent years, governmental and market-driven
reform initiatives have produced significant pressures on healthcare providers
to control costs. In the past, the financial risk of healthcare delivery was
principally absorbed by third-party payers, and providers were not focused on
cost containment. Through managed care and provider capitation arrangements, the
economic risk of healthcare delivery is shifting from payers to providers. In
order to manage this risk, providers are being forced to change the way that
they operate and are increasingly focused on measuring and controlling the cost
of delivering care. As managed care's tight rein on costs has kept premium
increases to a minimum, employee benefit managers are gravitating from
traditional fee-for-service plans to managed care plans.
    
 
   
     Managed care enrollment has been increasing rapidly and, according to the
American Association of Health Plans (the "AAHP"), as of December 31, 1995
represented approximately 61% of Americans. This was comprised of approximately
47.5 million members of HMOs, approximately 91.8 million people who are being
serviced by preferred provider organizations ("PPOs") and approximately 13.9
million people who are being serviced by point-of-service ("POS") plans. In
total, there are approximately 700 HMOs, 1,000 PPOs and 500 POS plans in the
United States. According to the AAHP and Sanford C. Bernstein Co., Inc., HMO and
POS plan enrollment grew at a compound annual rate of 10.9% from 1990 to 1995
and enrollment is projected to be 112.5 million by 2000, representing a compound
annual growth rate of 12.9% from 1996 to 2000. Part of the reason for the
expected growth in HMO enrollment is the increasing enrollment of Medicare and
Medicaid beneficiaries in HMOs.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
     These changes in healthcare payment arrangements have caused modifications
in the organizational structures of healthcare providers. Specifically,
physicians, many of whom are financially challenged under a managed care
environment to sustain solo or small group practices, are banding together and
forming medical groups in order to provide more cost-effective service.
According to the American Medical Association, more than 850 medical groups with
at least 25 physicians have been formed to date nationwide. Similarly, in order
to compete for patients while reducing cost structures, many hospitals have
formed integrated healthcare systems that provide services across the care
continuum (inpatient, outpatient, emergency care, home health, rehabilitation,
long-term care, hospice, pharmacy, etc.). Totaling more than 630 in 1996,
according to the St. Anthony's Integrated Health Care 100 Directory, integrated
healthcare systems drive market consolidation to more efficiently manage care
and services. In addition, this source indicates that the number of
organizations affiliated with these integrated healthcare systems has increased
from 5,000 in 1996 to more than 7,300 in 1997.
 
   
     Due to intensified media coverage of and lawmaker attention to possible
managed care abuses, the public has come to recognize that managed care's
reduction in healthcare costs often comes at the "expense" of less patient
choice and potentially lowered healthcare quality. In response, an increasing
amount of healthcare legislation has been proposed and healthcare "watch dog"
organizations have been formed to establish performance standards. Sharing
similar concerns, employers increasingly demand that the health plans with which
they contract deliver high quality medical care, evidenced by contractual
performance guarantees. Facing this quality-minded environment, a growing number
of health plans, health systems and medical groups are soliciting their
customers for feedback on the care and service provided. As a result, healthcare
organizations are increasingly retaining independent performance tracking firms
which serve as credible "scorekeepers."
    
 
Performance Tracking
 
     Industry accrediting bodies, employers and the government are increasingly
demanding ongoing enterprise-wide performance tracking. In order to implement
performance standards, however, healthcare quality must first be defined and
quantified in a consistent and objective manner. The two primary constituencies
in a position to opine on healthcare quality are healthcare practitioners, who
have a clinical orientation, and patients, who have a service orientation.
Because of difficulty in obtaining consistent, comparable clinical data across
physician and patient bases, the healthcare industry has not been able to
develop a uniform approach to measuring clinical outcomes. The industry has,
however, recognized that patient satisfaction can be quantified and therefore
currently represents the most effective means of measuring and comparing
healthcare service quality.
 
   
     The National Committee for Quality Assurance ("NCQA") began accrediting
managed care organizations in 1991 in response to the need for standardized,
objective information about the healthcare quality these organizations provided.
The NCQA, which has accredited more managed care organizations than any other
accrediting body, requires health plans to contract with an independent third
party to conduct a standardized member satisfaction survey on an annual basis.
Data collected from the surveys is then reported as part of the Health Plan
Employer Data and Information Set ("HEDIS"), a collection of performance
indicators created to support employers' review of health plan options. One of
the nation's longest-standing healthcare organization accrediting bodies, The
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (the "Joint
Commission"), also broadened the performance measurement requirements in its
accreditation process in 1997 with its ORYX initiative. In addition, the Health
Care Financing Administration ("HCFA"), the government administrator of Medicare
benefits, mandates that all HMOs providing Medicare benefits evaluate their
senior population's health plan satisfaction and health/functional status on an
annual basis. Finally, during 1997 state legislators across the country have
introduced several hundred managed care bills and 16 states have passed
comprehensive consumer-rights bills covering a number of managed-care issues.
    
 
   
     Influenced by consumers, employers, accrediting bodies, competitive factors
and the government, approximately 99% of HMOs, 96% of hospitals and 80% of PPOs
currently measure satisfaction according to the AAHP and the American Hospital
Association. The Company believes that most of these organizations are measuring
satisfaction only at the enterprise-wide level. Due to competitive pressures,
however, healthcare
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
organizations are increasingly seeking ways to affect positive change in their
organizations by "drilling down" their performance tracking from enterprise-wide
levels to more discreet levels. To identify where change and quality
improvements are needed, healthcare organizations must go beyond enterprise-wide
level performance tracking to narrower performance tracking at the departmental
level and ultimately at the individual physician/caregiver level. Departmental
level measurement reflects the historical practice of hospitals, in particular,
using static, mass produced questionnaires for each service point (inpatient,
emergency room, outpatient, etc.). This approach shows how each department is
doing and may support quality improvement but, given the merging of services
within integrated healthcare systems, most industry departmental measurement
does not provide a uniform means to gather data and then apply information to
effect system-wide improvements.
 
   
     In contrast, physician/caregiver level performance tracking is critical to
learning where improvements are needed and what service issues, when addressed,
will effect the greatest positive change. Since patients' or members'
relationships with their primary care physicians strongly influence satisfaction
and retention, healthcare organizations are increasingly using performance
tracking in physicians' compensation packages to provide incentives for
physicians to maintain and/or improve patient relationships. According to a 1995
survey in the New England Journal of Medicine, 36% of managed care plans use
patient satisfaction as a component in their physician compensation packages.
Finally, other healthcare information providers are measuring outcomes of care
measures such as cost, utilization and appropriateness of care at the
physician/caregiver level, perpetuating the trend toward more
physician/caregiver level measurement. While the Company believes that less than
one-half of healthcare organizations are currently tracking patient satisfaction
at the physician/caregiver level, the Company believes that the healthcare
organizations that are not tracking satisfaction at this level are currently
considering the potential benefits of doing so.
    
 
THE NRC SOLUTION
 
   
     The Company addresses healthcare organizations' growing need to track their
performance at the enterprise-wide, departmental and physician/caregiver levels.
The Company has led the industry in developing tools that enable its clients to
collect, in an unobtrusive manner, a substantial amount of comparative service
quality information in order to analyze and improve their practices to maximize
new member and/or patient attraction, member retention and profitability. NRC's
performance assessments offer the tangible measurement of health service quality
currently demanded by consumers, employers, industry accreditation organizations
and lawmakers.
    
 
     The Company's innovative solutions respond to managed care's redefined
relationships among consumers, employers, payers and providers. While many
vendors exclusively use static, mass produced questionnaires, NRC also utilizes
its dynamic data collection process to create a personalized questionnaire that
evaluates service issues specific to each respondent's specific healthcare
experience. The flexibility of the Company's data collection process allows
healthcare organizations to add timely, market driven questions relevant to
matters such as industry performance mandates, employer performance guarantees
and internal quality improvement initiatives. In addition, the Company's dynamic
data collection process is used to assess core service factors relevant to all
healthcare respondent groups (patients, members, employers, employees,
physicians, etc.) and to all service points of a healthcare system (inpatient,
emergency room, outpatient, home health, rehabilitation, long-term care,
hospice, pharmacy, etc.). As differentiated from others in the marketplace, the
Company can gather data through fewer, more efficient questionnaires as opposed
to other firms' multiple questionnaires that often bombard the same respondents.
 
     NRC offers three primary types of information services and products. The
NRC Listening System is a renewable performance tracking tool for gathering and
analyzing data from survey respondents. The Company has the capacity to measure
performance beyond the enterprise-wide level and has the ability and experience
to determine key performance indicators at the department and individual
physician/caregiver measurement levels, where the Company's services can best
guide the efforts of its clients to improve quality and enhance their market
position. The syndicated Market Guide, a stand-alone market information and
competitive intelligence source as well as a comparative performance database,
allows the Company's clients to assess their performance relative to the
industry, to access best practice examples and to utilize competitive
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
information for marketing purposes. The Company's custom research enables NRC's
clients to conduct specific studies in order to identify areas of improvement
and measure market issues and opportunities. Recognizing the increasing
applications for self-reported healthcare assessments, NRC works with its
clients to integrate satisfaction measurement into various areas of their
businesses, including physician compensation. As the Company partners with its
clients, it seeks to enhance relationships throughout the healthcare
organization and thereby both broaden and deepen the scope of its projects.
 
BUSINESS STRENGTHS
 
   
     The Company believes the following factors have been of principal
importance in achieving its current position as a leading provider of ongoing
survey-based performance measurement, analysis and tracking services and
products to the healthcare industry.
    
 
     Leadership Position. The Company, over its 16-year history, has established
its position as an innovative leader of survey-based, renewable healthcare
performance tracking. NRC's client partnerships with leading healthcare payers
and providers exemplify the Company's leadership position. NRC's client base
includes Kaiser, the Department of Defense, HealthSouth Corporation, BJC Health
System and Mayo Clinic. In addition, industry bodies shaping the direction of
healthcare performance tracking have sought NRC's expertise. For example, the
Company served as a technical advisor to the NCQA during its development of a
standardized satisfaction measurement process and also tracks the Joint
Commission's own service performance by measuring satisfaction levels of those
healthcare organizations undergoing the Joint Commission's accreditation
process.
 
     Healthcare Focus. The Company devotes all of its resources to the
healthcare industry and that industry's evolving performance information needs.
This focus allows NRC to deliver high quality, survey-based performance
information through its staff of 63 full-time professionals who understand the
complex competitive and industry issues facing healthcare organizations. The
Company believes that its healthcare expertise and experience enhance its
competitive position relative to those market research firms that serve multiple
industries.
 
   
     Service and Product Renewability. The Company has benefited from high
renewal rates. Specifically, in each of the last two years over 80% of the
Company's total billings were generated from clients served in the prior year.
The Company's high renewal rates reflect, in part, competitive factors and
industry mandates which necessitate periodic performance tracking as well as the
use of performance information, which must be updated regularly and which must
be consistent, as a component of physician compensation. The Company believes
its dynamic data collection process, multi-level measurement (enterprise-wide,
departmental and physician/caregiver level) and multi-year comparative data
foster project renewability as healthcare organizations rely on these
capabilities to monitor and improve their performance.
    
 
     NRC's Dynamic Data Collection Process. The Company believes that its
dynamic performance data collection process represents an important competitive
advantage over those performance tracking firms that only use static, mass
produced questionnaires focusing on one point of care (inpatient, outpatient,
emergency room, etc.) regardless of whether they are personalized to each
respondent and his or her unique experience. The Company's dynamic data
collection process offers questionnaire personalization such as patient name,
treating caregiver name, encounter date and, in some cases, exact services
received. This level of personalization enables the Company to realize increased
response rates and identify client service issues needing improvement. NRC's
dynamic data collection process also allows healthcare organizations to add
questions relevant to time, market or organization specific issues. This
approach allows NRC's dynamic data collection process to evolve with healthcare
organizations as they grow and as their performance objectives change as a
result of competitive conditions, industry mandates, employer performance
guarantees and quality improvement initiatives.
 
     Healthcare Market Database and Complementary Services. Over the last 11
years, NRC has developed the healthcare industry's most comprehensive syndicated
database of performance tracking data. The Market Guide enables the Company's
clients to compare their performance results against national and local
benchmarks and thereby facilitate the identification of competitive strengths,
weaknesses and opportunities.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
Representing the views of one in every 650 households across the 48 continental
states, the Market Guide provides name specific performance data on 600 managed
care plans and 2,500 hospitals nationwide and addresses more than 100 industry
issues relevant to healthcare payers, providers and purchasers. The Company
gives its clients "point and click" access to NRC's syndicated assessments,
comparative performance data and industry mandated requirements via its
proprietary NRC Report Card System. Finally, in order to provide its clients
with a full-service performance tracking and market research capability, NRC
also offers its clients custom research services.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company's growth strategy includes the following key elements:
 
   
     Leverage Existing Client Base. The Company believes substantial
opportunities exist to expand the depth and breadth of current clients'
performance tracking programs. During 1996, the Company provided services to
more than 200 healthcare organizations, for which the Company gathered and
analyzed over 1,000,000 completed surveys. The Company believes that since a
majority of its clients do not yet measure performance at either the department
or physician/caregiver level, the average number of surveys per client will
continue to grow as more healthcare organizations take performance tracking
deeper to these levels. This natural measurement progression is emerging as
healthcare organizations seek to effect change that will solidify or improve
their competitive market position and enhance member retention rates.
Furthermore, NRC believes its clients' programs can be broadened through the
addition of comprehensive satisfaction surveys of all the constituencies of a
healthcare plan or provider, including employers, employees, physicians,
patients and/or members. Finally, the Company believes it has the opportunity to
cross-sell complementary services and products to its existing clients because
the Company's comparative database, competitor intelligence and best practice
information can provide added value to its existing clients' current performance
tracking programs.
    
 
   
     Expand Client Base. From 1995 to 1996, the number of clients billed has
increased from 155 to 210. The Company believes that its industry experience and
reputation as a high quality, cost effective performance tracking provider
serving the nation's leading healthcare organizations will enable it to continue
to attract new clients for its services and products. For example, the Company
believes a substantial opportunity exists to penetrate those healthcare
organizations which do not currently measure performance beyond the enterprise-
wide level required by industry mandates or which do not outsource performance
tracking. NRC believes there is also an opportunity to sell its renewable
syndicated product to healthcare providers and payers not previously served by
the Company but whose members' satisfaction is already tracked as part of the
Company's syndicated Market Guide. This database of performance information on
prospective clients and their competitors has historically been an important
point of initial contact for NRC's direct sales force. At the end of 1996, the
Company maintained a small direct sales force of only three people. However, NRC
added a new sales associate at the end of the second quarter of 1997 and another
in the third quarter of 1997 and plans to hire one or more additional sales
associates within the next 12 months. The Company believes this sales force
growth will allow each sales associate to develop more aggressively new clients
in more manageable geographic territories.
    
 
     Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances. The Company believes the
fragmented nature of the healthcare performance tracking industry presents
strategic opportunities for the Company to acquire or align with other
performance information providers. The Company currently intends to explore the
acquisition of, or alliances with, firms providing complementary products,
services or technologies. The Company sees this strategy as a means to expand
its market position, increase its client base and geographic presence and obtain
additional personnel with industry experience. NRC may also pursue possible
industry partnerships or alliances with firms such as financial or clinical
healthcare information companies interested in integrating the Company's
syndicated performance information into their own product portfolios.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
 
     The Company is a leading provider of ongoing survey-based performance
measurement, analysis and tracking services and products to the healthcare
industry, specializing in survey-based assessments designed to monitor care
outcomes including satisfaction and health status. NRC's three primary types of
information services and products are as follows:
 
   
     Renewable Performance Tracking Services. The Listening System is NRC's
state-of-the-art data collection process which provides ongoing, renewable
performance tracking. The Listening System represented 75.9% and 85.7% of the
Company's total revenue in 1996 and the first six months of 1997, respectively.
This performance tracking program efficiently coordinates and centralizes an
organizations' satisfaction monitoring, thereby establishing a uniform
methodology and survey instrument needed to obtain valid performance information
and improve quality. Using the industry mandated method of mail-based data
collection, this assessment process monitors satisfaction across healthcare
respondent groups (patients, members, employers, employees, physicians, etc.)
and service settings (inpatient, emergency room, outpatient, etc.). Rather than
be limited to only static, mass produced questionnaires that provide limited
flexibility and performance insights, NRC's proprietary software generates
individualized questionnaires, which include personalization such as patient
name, treating caregiver name, encounter date and, in most cases, the services
received. This personalization enhances the response rates and the relevance of
performance data. Flexible and responsive to healthcare organizations changing
information needs, NRC creates personalized questionnaires that evaluate service
issues specific to each respondent's specific healthcare experience and include
questions that address core service factors throughout a healthcare
organization.
    
 
   
     As differentiated from other competitors, the Company gathers data through
one efficient questionnaire as opposed to multiple questionnaires that often
bombard the same respondents. As a result, the Company's renewable performance
tracking programs and data collection process (i) realize higher response rates,
obtain data more efficiently, and thereby provide healthcare organizations with
more feedback, (ii) eliminate oversurveying (where one respondent receives
multiple surveys) and (iii) allow healthcare organizations to adapt
questionnaire content to address management objectives and to assess quality
improvement programs or other timely marketplace issues. Recognizing that
performance programs must do more than just measure satisfaction, NRC has
developed a one-page reporting format called the NRC Action Plan that provides a
basis on which to make improvements. NRC Action Plans show healthcare
organizations which service factors their customer groups value, which have the
greatest impact on satisfaction levels and how their performance in relationship
to these key indicators changes over time.
    
 
   
     Renewable Syndicated Product. The Company's renewable nationally syndicated
product, the NRC Healthcare Market Guide, serves as a stand-alone market
information and competitive intelligence source as well as a comparative
performance database. This product accounted for 10.1% and 6.4% of the Company's
revenue in 1996 and the first six months of 1997, respectively. Since the
Company currently sells this product to less than 5% of the nation's healthcare
providers, the Company believes there is substantial opportunity to further
penetrate this market. Published by NRC bi-annually from 1988 to 1996 and
annually since 1996, this survey, which is the largest of its kind, asks
consumers via a pre-recruited third-party panel, members of which are sent
Market Guide questionnaires to complete, to evaluate their health plans, health
systems, physicians/ caregivers and personal health status. Representing the
views of one in every 650 households across every county in the continental
United States, the Market Guide provides name specific performance data on 600
managed care plans and 2,500 hospitals nationwide and addresses more than 100
data items relevant to healthcare payers, providers and purchasers. Utilizing
this proprietary database, the Company is able to produce reports tailored to
meet individual client's needs. Among the data featured are benchmarks specific
to the NCQA standardized HEDIS Member Satisfaction Survey that compare health
plans on a local, state and/or national level. Similarly, the product's national
name search feature allows a healthcare organization with a national or regional
presence to simultaneously compare the performance of all its sites and pinpoint
where strengths and weaknesses exist. The product's trending capacity details
how the performance of a healthcare organization changes over time. Other data
collected in the Market Guide profile health plan market share, consumers'
health plan decision making factors, physician/caregiver accessibility,
hospital/ healthcare system quality and chronic patient populations. The Company
gives clients easy access to the
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
Market Guide via its CD-ROM-based desktop delivery system -- the Report Card
System. This delivery system allows healthcare professionals to generate reports
in numerous formats to support their decision making.
 
   
     Custom Research. In order to be a sole source provider to its clients, the
Company also conducts custom research that measures and monitors market
characteristics or issues specific to individual healthcare organizations. NRC's
custom research includes consumer recall of promotional and branding campaigns,
consumer response to new service offerings and provider perception of health
plans and healthcare organizations. The Company generally utilizes phone
interviews to collect relevant data for these custom studies. Custom research
accounted for 14.0% and 7.9% of the Company's total revenues in 1996 and the
first six months of 1997, respectively.
    
 
CLIENTS
 
   
     The Company's ten largest clients in 1995, 1996 and the first six months of
1997 accounted for 71.1%, 63.9% and 67.9%, respectively, of the Company's total
revenues in each of those periods. The Company's largest client, Kaiser,
accounted for 43.7%, 40.4% and 34.7% of the Company's total revenues in 1995,
1996 and the first six months of 1997, respectively, and the Company expects
that this client will account for approximately 30% of its total revenues for
all of 1997. The Company, as a named subcontractor, also expects that the
Department of Defense, through a primary contractor, United Healthcare
Corporation, will account for more than 10% of total revenues in 1997. Overall,
the Company served more than 150 and 200 healthcare organizations in 1995 and
1996, respectively, and the Company believes substantial opportunities exist to
further penetrate its existing clients as well as to expand its client base. The
Company's clients include the following:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             HEALTH PLANS                     INTEGRATED HEALTHCARE SYSTEMS
             ------------                     -----------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
</TABLE>
 
Aetna Dental                              BJC Health System
Empire Blue Cross and Blue Shield         HealthSouth Corporation
Kaiser                                    Jewish Hospital Healthcare Services
MEDICAL GROUPS                            OTHER
Healthcare Partners Medical Group         American Hospital Association
Mayo Clinic                               Department of Defense
Ochsner Medical Institutions              Joint Commission
 
     Examples of the Company's client relationships, which represent the nature
of the Company's services and performance measurement solutions, are set forth
below:
 
   
     Health Plan Multi-Level Measurement. One of the nation's largest HMOs began
working with the Company four years ago to assess the satisfaction of its
members and patients. The project's first phase approached this measurement from
an enterprise-wide level -- how the HMO is performing in its West Coast
marketplace -- and at the department level -- examining the performance of each
of its owned medical centers and medical practices. From its original contract,
the Company has substantially expanded the scope of services provided to this
client by drilling down to the physician level. As a result, the number of
questionnaires processed by the Company on behalf of this client in 1996 was
150% greater than the number processed in 1994. This continuous measurement
allows the HMO to monitor the physician-patient relationship in terms of key
market issues such as access (including wait time, days to appointment and
doctor choice) and care dynamics (including familiarity with health history,
effective listening, understandable explanations of procedures, etc.) With the
aid of the Company, the HMO is able to internally disseminate detailed physician
"report cards" or performance reports that provide feedback to physicians and
management, allowing them to improve the physician-patient relationship. This
HMO uses the individual physician's scores in its physician compensation and
bonus structures.
    
 
   
     Integrated Healthcare System Measurement. More than seven years ago, the
Company began a performance measurement program for a Midwestern hospital
covering inpatient, outpatient and emergency room services. The Company's
dynamic data collection process facilitated expanded client surveying as the
hospital led local market consolidation, culminating in its current status as a
16-hospital health system. The
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
   
Company utilizes a survey instrument assessing performance not only of acute
care services historically measured for the system but also of services added to
the healthcare system such as long-term care, home health, occupational
medicine, mental health and hospice. The Company's ability to measure
simultaneously issues specific to each service point as well as core service
factors (also found on employee and physician surveys) pertinent throughout the
organization enables the health system to monitor performance and identify
improvement opportunities at the department and enterprise-wide levels. The
Company's long-term relationship with the health system has fostered a highly
valued measurement system championed by top management and used in conjunction
with continuous quality improvement processes. To create enterprise-wide
accountability, satisfaction results are used as a component within executives'
incentive programs and staff performance appraisals. The Company collected data
specific to the client's organizational objectives which the client was able to
utilize in establishing incentives to influence positive behavior. The Company's
tracking program can seamlessly respond to the client's specific information
needs for tracking management objectives and quality initiatives by adding
questions, service points assessed and reporting formats.
    
 
   
     Medical Group Performance Measurement Leveraging Market Position. The
Company's physician/caregiver level performance measurement and database of
industry comparables provided the information solution a Southern-based medical
group needed to efficiently address performance improvement opportunities and
enhance its market position. The medical group, prior to its nine-year
relationship with the Company, used an internally created tool to analyze
physician and practice performance. However, because other local medical groups
used different satisfaction instruments, the medical group could not fulfill its
need to compare its scores with those of other local physicians. The Company's
solution involved questionnaires tailored to the unique information needs of the
group's practices and also included "core" questions represented in the
Company's comparative database. Implemented across the group's more than 450
physicians in 45 specialties and subspecialties, the Company's performance
system allowed physicians and clinics to determine whether their performance was
worse than, the same as or better than colleagues in similar specialities
locally, as well as nationwide. These benchmarks and best-practice examples have
allowed the group to capitalize on strengths and address weaknesses identified
by the Company's measurement system. The Company's data supported a marketing
campaign emphasizing the group's very high "overall quality of care" score
compared to other physicians in its market. In addition, the Company assisted
the group in leveraging its access scores by conducting a custom community study
that quantified patients' access expectations (how long was an acceptable office
wait time, days to appointment, etc.). Knowing what patients wanted and how the
group compared to other local practices, the Company helped the group identify
where resources should be allocated to improve patient experiences and service
ratings.
    
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
     The Company has generated the majority of its revenues from client
renewals, supplemented by its internal marketing efforts and a limited sales
force. In order to increase geographic penetration, NRC added one sales
associate to its existing three person sales force at the end of the second
quarter of 1997 and another in the third quarter of 1997. These new sales
associates will direct NRC's sales efforts from Nashville and Atlanta. The
Company is also in the process of searching for additional sales associates. As
compared to the typical industry practice of compensating salespeople with
relatively high base pay and a relatively small sales commission, NRC
compensates its sales associates with relatively low base pay and a relatively
high, per sale commission. The Company believes this compensation structure
provides incentives to its sales associates to surpass sales goals and increases
the Company's ability to attract top quality sales associates. The average
healthcare/market research industry experience of the Company's sales associates
is 8.75 years.
    
 
     Numerous marketing efforts support the direct sales force's new business
generation and project renewal initiatives. NRC conducts an annual direct
marketing campaign around scheduled trade shows, including leading industry
conferences such as the National Managed Healthcare Congress and American
Association of Health Plans' Institute. NRC uses this lead generation mechanism
to track the effectiveness of marketing efforts and add generated leads to its
database of current and potential client contacts. In addition, NRC plans to
implement a telemarketing sales strategy to qualify the highest quality
potential leads. Finally, the Company's public relations program includes (i) an
ongoing presence in leading industry trade press and in the mainstream press;
(ii) public speaking at strategic industry conferences; (iii) monthly
"Perspectives on
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
   
Performance" articles (which are in-depth discussions of performance tracking
applications, trends and policies) sent to current clients and top prospects;
(iv) fostering relationships with key industry constituencies (HCFA, Joint
Commission and NCQA); and (v) an annual Quality Leaders award program
recognizing top-ranking HMOs and health systems in approximately 100 markets.
The Company is also co-authoring an industry manual with renowned researcher
John E. Ware, Ph.D., of the New England Medical Center's Health Institute.
    
 
     The Company's integrated marketing activities facilitate its ongoing
receipt of project requests-for-proposals as well as direct sales force
initiated prospect contact. The sales process typically spans a 90-day period
encompassing the identification of a healthcare organization's information
needs, the education of prospects on NRC solutions (via proposals, in-person
sales presentations and on-line product demonstrations) and the closing of the
sale. The Company's sales cycle varies depending on the particular product or
service being marketed and the size of the potential project.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The healthcare information and market research industry is highly
competitive. The Company has traditionally competed both with healthcare
organizations' internal marketing, market research and/or quality improvement
departments which create their own performance measurement tools and with
relatively small specialty research firms which provide survey-based healthcare
market research and/or performance assessment. The Company anticipates that in
the future it may increasingly compete with (i) traditional market research
firms which are significant providers of survey-based, general market research
and (ii) firms which provide services or products that complement healthcare
performance assessments, such as healthcare software or information systems.
Although only a few of these competitors have to date offered survey-based,
healthcare market research that competes directly with the Company's services
and products, many of these competitors have substantially greater financial,
information gathering and marketing resources than the Company and could decide
to increase their resource commitments to the Company's market. There are
relatively few barriers to entry into the Company's market, and the Company
expects increased competition in its market, which could adversely affect the
Company's operating results through pricing pressure, increased marketing
expenditures and market share losses, among other factors. There can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to compete successfully against
existing or new competitors. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
     The Company believes the primary competitive factors within its market
include quality of service, timeliness of delivery, service uniqueness,
credibility of provider, industry experience and price. NRC believes that its
industry leadership position, exclusive focus on the healthcare industry,
dynamic questionnaire, syndicated Market Guide and comparative performance
database, and its relationships with leading healthcare payers and providers
position the Company to compete in this market.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
     The Company's success is in part dependent upon its data collection
process, research methods, data analysis techniques and internal systems and
procedures that it has developed specifically to serve clients in the healthcare
industry. The Company has no patents; consequently, it relies on a combination
of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and employee nondisclosure
agreements to protect its systems and procedures. There can be no assurance that
the steps taken by the Company to protect its rights will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of such rights or that third parties will not independently
develop functionally equivalent or superior systems or procedures. The Company
believes that its systems and procedures and other proprietary rights do not
infringe upon the proprietary rights of third parties. There can be no
assurance, however, that third parties will not assert infringement claims
against the Company in the future or that any such claims will not result in
protracted and costly litigation, regardless of the merits of such claims. See
"Risk Factors -- Limited Protection of the Company's Systems and Procedures."
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     As of July 1, 1997, the Company employed a total of 64 persons on a
full-time basis. In addition, as of such date the Company had 160 part-time
associates primarily in its survey operations, representing approximately 101
full-time equivalent employees. None of the Company's employees are represented
by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers its relationship
with its employees to be excellent.
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company's headquarters is located in approximately 25,000 square feet
of leased office space in Lincoln, Nebraska. This facility houses all the
capabilities necessary for NRC's survey programming, printing and distribution;
telephone interviewing; data processing, analysis and report generation;
marketing; and corporate administration. The lease on this facility is on a
month to month basis. The Company plans to move to an approximately 35,000
square foot new leased facility by the end of the first quarter of 1998 to
accommodate its growth. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is not subject to any material pending litigation.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
   
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
    
 
   
     The following table sets forth information, as of the date of this
Prospectus, regarding the officers and directors of the Company.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                AGE                              POSITIONS
             ----                ---                              ---------
<S>                              <C>   <C>
Michael D. Hays................  42    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jona S. Raasch.................  38    Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
Patrick E. Beans...............  40    Vice President, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Sharon Flaherty................  50    Vice President-Sales, Marketing and Client Services
Daniel Bernard.................  47    Vice President-Information Systems
</TABLE>
    
 
     Michael D. Hays has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as
a director since he founded the Company in 1981. Mr. Hays has more than 23 years
of experience in the healthcare and survey-based research industries.
 
   
     Jona S. Raasch has served as Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
since September 1988. Ms. Raasch has more than 17 years of experience in the
healthcare and survey-based research industries.
    
 
   
     Patrick E. Beans has served as the principal financial officer since he
joined the Company in August 1994. Mr. Beans was elected Vice President,
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer in August 1997. Immediately prior to this
offering, Mr. Beans will be elected as a director. From June 1993 until joining
the Company, Mr. Beans was the finance director for the Central Interstate
Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission, a five-state compact developing a
low-level radioactive waste disposal plan. From 1979 to 1988 and from June 1992
to June 1993, he practiced as a certified public accountant.
    
 
     Sharon Flaherty joined the Company in December 1996 and serves as Vice
President-Sales, Marketing and Client Services. From 1972 until joining the
Company, Ms. Flaherty held various positions with Kaiser Foundation Health Plan,
Inc. and its affiliates, an HMO, including the last three years (from May 1993
to June 1996) as President of Kaiser Foundation Health Plan of Texas.
 
   
     Daniel Bernard has served as Vice President-Information Systems since he
joined the Company in 1986. Mr. Bernard has more than 24 years of experience in
the healthcare and survey-based research industries.
    
 
   
     Executive officers of the Company are elected by, and serve at the
discretion of, the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors currently consists
of one director and Mr. Beans will be elected a director immediately prior to
this offering. The Company intends to name at least two additional directors,
who will be independent directors, within 60 days of the completion of this
offering to serve with Mr. Hays and Mr. Beans. Mr. Hays, as a director and the
Company's principal shareholder, and Mr. Beans, as a director, will determine
who the two additional directors will be. The Company's Articles of
Incorporation and By-Laws divide the Board of Directors into three classes. The
directors serve staggered terms of three years, with the members of one class
being elected in any year, as follows: (i) one director has been designated as a
Class I Director and will serve until the 1998 annual meeting; (ii) Patrick E.
Beans will be designated as a Class II Director and will serve until the 1999
annual meeting; (iii) Michael D. Hays and one other director have been
designated as Class III Directors and will serve until the 2000 annual meeting;
and in each case until their respective successors are duly elected and
qualified. There are no family relationships between any directors or executive
officers of the Company.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Directors who are executive officers of the Company receive no compensation
for service as members of either the Board of Directors or committees thereof.
Directors who are not executive officers of the Company will be paid an annual
retainer and a fee for each committee meeting attended, the amounts of which
will be
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
determined within 60 days of the completion of this offering. Additionally,
directors will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses associated with
attending meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof.
 
   
     Pursuant to the Director Plan, each director who is not an employee of the
Company will receive 40% of his or her annual retainer in cash and the remaining
60% in shares of Common Stock, and will receive an annual grant of an option to
purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock. The options will have an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and will
vest one year after the grant date.
    
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
     The Board of Directors established standing Audit and Compensation
Committees in August 1997. The Audit Committee is responsible for recommending
to the Board of Directors the appointment of independent auditors, approving the
scope of the annual audit activities of the auditors, approving the audit fee
payable to the auditors and reviewing audit results. It is expected that within
60 days of the completion of this offering the Board of Directors will appoint
the members of the Audit Committee, which will consist of three directors,
including two independent directors. The Compensation Committee reviews and
recommends to the Board of Directors the compensation structure for the
Company's directors, officers and other managerial personnel, including salary
rates, participation in any incentive compensation and benefit plans, fringe
benefits, non-cash perquisites and other forms of compensation, and administers
the Equity Incentive Plan. It is expected that within 60 days of the completion
of this offering the Board of Directors will appoint the members of the
Compensation Committee, which will consist of two independent directors.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
   
     The Company will not have an active Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors until the two independent directors are named. As a result, Michael D.
Hays was, and, until such directors are named, he and Patrick E. Beans will be,
responsible for fixing the compensation to be paid to the executive officers of
the Company.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
compensation paid to, earned by or awarded to the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and the Company's only other executive officers whose total cash
compensation exceeded $100,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The
persons named in the table are sometimes referred to herein as the "named
executive officers."
    
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                           ----------------------    ALL OTHER
           NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR    SALARY       BONUS      COMPENSATION
           ---------------------------              ----    ------       -----      ------------
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>
Michael D. Hays...................................  1996   $140,000   $ 70,000(1)    $1,523(2)
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Jona S. Raasch....................................  1996     72,472    117,290(3)     1,167(4)
  Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
Patrick E. Beans..................................  1996     72,472    117,290(3)     1,167(4)
  Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial
     Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
(1) Discretionary bonus.
 
(2) Premiums for disability insurance paid by the Company for the benefit of Mr.
    Hays.
 
(3) Includes $77,036 awarded in 1996 under the Company's prior annual incentive
    plan, $21,627 paid in 1996 under the Company's prior annual incentive plan
    as a result of awards made in earlier years, $15,407 awarded in 1996 under
    the Company's prior quarterly incentive plan and $3,220 paid in 1996 under
    the
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
   
    Company's prior quarterly incentive plan as a result of an award made in
    1995. Subject to potential forfeiture on termination of employment, awards
    made under the Company's prior annual incentive plan vest and become payable
    in 20% increments following the end of each fiscal year over a five-year
    period. Effective June 30, 1997, the Company terminated its prior annual and
    quarterly incentive plans and currently intends to replace them with a new
    incentive plan, the terms of which have not been established.
    
 
(4) Additional wages paid by the Company when professional development programs
    were attended.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     On July 15, 1994, the Company set forth the terms and conditions of Patrick
E. Beans' employment with the Company in an employment memorandum. Pursuant to
this memorandum, Mr. Beans is entitled to an annual base salary of $70,000 and
is entitled to participate in the Company's incentive plan, the National
Research Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan and a stock option pool or similar
benefit plan (which will be the Equity Incentive Plan). Under this memorandum,
the Company agreed to employ Mr. Beans as its Chief Financial Officer.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Equity Incentive Plan. In August 1997, the Board of Directors adopted, and
the Company's shareholders approved, the Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of
the Equity Incentive Plan is to promote the best interests of the Company and
its shareholders by providing employees of the Company with an opportunity to
acquire an interest in the Company. The Equity Incentive Plan is intended to
promote continuity of management and to provide increased incentive and personal
interest in the welfare of the Company by employees upon whose judgment,
interest and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's business is
dependent.
 
     The Equity Incentive Plan may be administered by a committee of the Board
of Directors consisting of two or more directors or by the entire Board of
Directors. Once the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors (the "Committee") are appointed, the Committee will administer the
Equity Incentive Plan and will have the authority to establish rules for the
administration of the Equity Incentive Plan; to select the employees of the
Company to whom awards will be granted; to determine the types of awards to be
granted to employees and the number of shares covered by such awards; and to set
the terms and conditions of such awards. Prior to such time, the entire Board of
Directors shall perform the functions of the Committee with respect to the
Equity Incentive Plan.
 
   
     Any employee of the Company or of any of its future affiliates, including
any officer or employee-director of the Company or of any of its future
affiliates, is eligible to be granted awards by the Committee under the Equity
Incentive Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the granting to employees
of: (i) stock options, which may be either incentive stock options meeting the
requirements of Section 442 of the Code or non-qualified stock options, (ii)
stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) performance shares and
(v) other stock-based awards and benefits. No awards may be granted under the
Equity Incentive Plan after the date of the Company's annual meeting of
shareholders in the year 2001.
    
 
   
     The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued and sold
under the Equity Incentive Plan is 730,000 shares. The Company expects to grant
options to purchase approximately 225,000 shares of Common Stock simultaneously
with this offering at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public
offering price, of which none are expected to be granted to the named executive
officers. The Company anticipates that options granted to other executive
officers will vest in equal increments over a three-year period and that each of
the other options granted will vest in equal increments over a two-year period.
Consequently, none of such options will be exercisable until one year after the
date of this Prospectus. If any dividend or other distribution,
recapitalization, stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation,
combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock, issuance of
warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other similar
corporate transaction or event effects the shares of Common Stock so that an
adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the
benefits intended to be made available under the Equity Incentive Plan, then the
Committee will have the authority to adjust (i) the
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
number and type of shares subject to the Equity Incentive Plan and which
thereafter may be made the subject of awards, (ii) the number and type of shares
subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) the grant, purchase or exercise price
with respect to an award or may make provision for a cash payment to the holder
of an outstanding award.
 
   
     Profit Sharing Plan. The Company maintains the National Research
Corporation Profit Sharing Plan (the "Profit Sharing Plan"). The Profit Sharing
Plan permits employee before-tax contributions, employee after-tax contributions
and provides for employer incentive matching contributions and employer
discretionary contributions. Substantially all of the Company's employees who
have completed one year of service and attained age 21 become participants in
the Profit Sharing Plan on the first day coinciding with or following the date
on which they satisfy the eligibility criteria. Employee contributions to the
Profit Sharing Plan are 100% vested at the time of contribution. Company
contributions to the Profit Sharing Plan may be, at the Company's option, partly
or fully vested at the time of contribution, with any portion thereof not vested
at the time of contribution vesting in equal increments over a five-year period
starting after two years of service. Vested accounts are distributable upon a
participant's retirement.
    
 
     401(k) Savings Plan. The Company maintains the National Research
Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan, a defined contribution retirement plan with a
cash or deferred arrangement as described in Section 401(k) of the Code (the
"401(k) Savings Plan"). The 401(k) Savings Plan is intended to be qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code. All employees of the Company who have
completed one year of service and attained age 21 are eligible to participate in
the 401(k) Savings Plan on the first day of the month coinciding with or
following the date on which they satisfy the eligibility criteria. The 401(k)
Savings Plan provides that each participant may make elective contributions from
1% to 15% of his or her compensation, subject to statutory limits. The 401(k)
Savings Plan also provides for matching contributions and discretionary
contributions, subject to statutory limits.
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
   
     Under the WBCL and the Company's By-Laws, directors and officers of the
Company are entitled to mandatory indemnification from the Company against
certain liabilities and expenses (a) to the extent such officers or directors
are successful in the defense of a proceeding and (b) in proceedings in which
the director or officer is not successful in the defense thereof, unless (in the
latter case only) it is determined that the director or officer breached or
failed to perform his or her duties to the Company and such breach or failure
constituted: (i) a willful failure to deal fairly with the Company or its
shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer had a
material conflict of interest; (ii) a violation of the criminal law unless the
director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful;
(iii) a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper
personal profit; or (iv) willful misconduct.
    
 
   
     Under the WBCL, directors of the Company are not personally liable to the
Company, its shareholders or any person asserting rights on behalf of the
Company or its shareholders for certain breaches or failures to perform any duty
resulting solely from their status as such directors, except in circumstances
paralleling those in subparagraphs (i) through (iv) outlined above. These
provisions pertain only to breaches of duty by directors as directors and not in
any other corporate capacity, such as officers. As a result of such provisions,
shareholders may be unable to recover monetary damages against directors for
actions taken by them which constitute negligence or gross negligence or which
are in violation of their fiduciary duties, although it may be possible to
obtain injunctive or other equitable relief with respect to such actions. If
equitable remedies are found not to be available to shareholders in any
particular case, shareholders may not have an effective remedy against the
challenged conduct. It is possible, although unlikely, that as a result of these
provisions, directors may not demonstrate the same level of diligence or care
since they are protected by these provisions. The Company believes the
limitations of liability provisions in the Company's By-Laws and under the WBCL
will facilitate the Company's ability to attract and retain qualified 
individuals to serve as directors of the Company.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of Common Stock as of September 15, 1997, and as adjusted to reflect
the sale of the shares offered hereby, by: (i) each of the Company's directors;
(ii) each of the named executive officers; (iii) all directors and all executive
officers as a group; and (iv) each person or other entity known by the Company
to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock. Except as otherwise
indicated in the footnotes, each of the holders has an address in care of the
Company's principal executive offices and has sole voting and investment power
over the shares beneficially owned, subject to any applicable community or
marital property laws.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NUMBER OF SHARES           SHARES         SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                               BENEFICIALLY OWNED          BEING              OWNED AFTER
                                              PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)       OFFERED(2)          OFFERING(1)(2)
                                             ----------------------      ----------      ----------------------
NAME                                            NUMBER        PERCENT                       NUMBER        PERCENT
- ----                                            ------        -------                       ------        -------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
Michael D. Hays............................  6,012,910        99.3%       850,000        5,162,910       70.7%
Jona S. Raasch.............................     42,090           *             --           42,090(3)       *
Patrick E. Beans...........................          0          --             --                0(3)      --
All directors and executive officers as a
  group (4 persons)........................  6,055,000       100.0%       850,000        5,205,000       71.3%
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
*                                                                   Less than 1%
 
   
(1) Based on 6,055,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of September 15,
    1997 and 7,305,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after this
    offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of
    the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    
 
(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase
    315,000 shares of Common Stock from the Selling Shareholder. If the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, upon completion of
    this offering Mr. Hays would beneficially own 4,847,910 shares (or 66.4%).
 
   
(3) In connection with this offering and prior to termination of the Company's S
    Corporation status, the Company intends to pay special cash bonuses
    aggregating $1,740,000 to Ms. Raasch and Mr. Beans in order to allow them to
    purchase shares of Common Stock and align the interests of all the named
    executive officers with the interests of the Company's shareholders.
    Substantially all of the after-tax proceeds of these bonuses will be used by
    Ms. Raasch and Mr. Beans to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
   
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
    
 
   
     Prior to joining the Company in 1996, Sharon Flaherty, Vice
President-Sales, Marketing and Client Services, served as President of Kaiser
Foundation Health Plan of Texas and as a Vice President of Kaiser Foundation
Health Plan, Inc., the parent of Kaiser. Kaiser Permanente-Northern California
Region began its relationship with the Company in 1994 and accounted for 40.4%
of the Company's total revenues in 1996.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $.001, and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par
value $.01.
 
     The following summary of certain provisions of the Common Stock and
Preferred Stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified
in its entirety by, the provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation,
which is included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     There will be 7,305,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving
effect to the sale of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby.
 
     After all cumulative dividends have been paid or declared and set apart for
payment on any shares of Preferred Stock that are outstanding, the Common Stock
is entitled to such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board
of Directors in accordance with applicable law.
 
   
     Except as provided under Wisconsin law and except as may be determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to any series of Preferred
Stock, only the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote for the
election of directors of the Company and on all other matters. Holders of Common
Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held by them on
all matters properly submitted to a vote of shareholders, subject to Section
180.1150 of the WBCL (described below under "Certain Statutory, Articles of
Incorporation and By-Law Provisions"). Shareholders have no cumulative voting
rights, which means that the holders of shares entitled to exercise more than
50% of the voting power are able to elect all of the directors to be elected.
    
 
   
     All shares of Common Stock are entitled to participate equally in
distributions in liquidation, subject to the prior rights of any Preferred Stock
which may be outstanding. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to
subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company. There are no conversion rights,
sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the Common Stock. The
outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the Common Stock to be issued by the
Company in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable, except for
certain statutory liabilities which may be imposed by Section 180.0622(2)(b) of
the WBCL for unpaid employee wages.
    
 
     The transfer agent for the Common Stock is Firstar Trust Company,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     Pursuant to the Company's Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors
has the authority, without further action by the shareholders, to issue up to
2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the
designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating,
optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than
the rights of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors, without shareholder
approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion or other rights that
could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of
Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated
to delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or make removal of
management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock may
have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock, and may
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. At
present, there are no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and the Company has
no plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock.
 
   
CERTAIN STATUTORY, ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
    
 
   
     Section 180.1150 of the WBCL provides that the voting power of shares of
public Wisconsin corporations such as the Company held by any person or persons
acting as a group in excess of 20% of the voting power in the election of
directors is limited to 10% of the full voting power of those shares. This
statutory voting restriction does not apply to shares acquired directly from the
Company or in certain specified transactions or shares for which full voting
power has been restored pursuant to a vote of shareholders.
    
 
   
     Sections 180.1140 to 180.1144 of the WBCL and Article 9 of the Articles of
Incorporation of the Company (collectively, the "Wisconsin Business Combination
Restriction") regulate a broad range of "business combinations" between a
Wisconsin corporation and an "interested stockholder." The Wisconsin Business
Combination Restriction defines a "business combination" to include a merger or
share exchange, sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other
disposition of assets equal to at least 5% of the market value of the stock or
assets of a corporation or 10% of its earning power, issuance of stock or rights
to purchase stock with a market value equal to at least 5% of the outstanding
stock, adoption of a plan of liquidation, and certain other transactions
involving an "interested stockholder." An "interested stockholder" is defined as
a person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% of the voting power
of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation or who is an affiliate or
associate of the corporation and beneficially owned 10% of the voting power of
the then outstanding voting stock within the last three years. The Wisconsin
Business Combination Restriction prohibits a corporation from engaging in a
business combination (other than a business combination of a type specifically
excluded from the coverage of the statute) with an interested stockholder for a
period of three years following the date such person becomes an interested
stockholder, unless the board of directors approved the business combination or
the acquisition of the stock that resulted in a person becoming an interested
stockholder before such acquisition. Business combinations after the three-year
period following the stock acquisition date are permitted only if (a) the board
of directors approved the acquisition of the stock prior to the acquisition
date, (b) the business combination is approved by a majority of the outstanding
voting stock not beneficially owned by the interested stockholder, or (c) the
consideration to be received by shareholders meets certain requirements of the
Wisconsin Business Combination Restriction with respect to form and amount. The
Wisconsin Business Combination Restriction does not currently apply to Michael
D. Hays since it does not apply to the shares of Common Stock currently held by
Mr. Hays and the Board of Directors of the Company approved for purposes of the
Wisconsin Business Combination Restriction any acquisitions (whether by
purchase, gift or otherwise) made by Mr. Hays after September 12, 1997.
    
 
   
     Sections 180.1130 to 180.1133 of the WBCL provide that certain "business
combinations" not meeting specified adequacy-of-price standards must be approved
by a vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by shareholders and
by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by shareholders other than a
"significant shareholder" who is a party to the transaction. The term "business
combination" is defined to include, subject to certain exceptions, a merger or
consolidation of the Company (or any subsidiary thereof) with, or the sale or
other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company to, any
significant shareholder or affiliate thereof. "Significant shareholder" is
defined generally to include a person that is the beneficial owner of 10% or
more of the voting power of the Common Stock.
    
 
   
     Section 180.1134 (the "Wisconsin Defensive Action Restrictions") provides
that, in addition to the vote otherwise required by law or the articles of
incorporation of an issuing public corporation, the approval of the holders of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote is required before such corporation can
take certain action while a takeover offer is being made or after a takeover
offer has been publicly announced and before it is concluded. Under the
Wisconsin Defensive Action Restrictions, shareholder approval is required for
the corporation to (a) acquire more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares at
a price above the market price from any individual or organization that owns
more than 3% of the outstanding voting shares and has held such shares for less
than two years, unless a similar offer is made to acquire all voting shares or
(b) sell or option assets of the corporation which amount to at least 10% of the
market value of the corporation, unless the corporation has at least three
independent directors and a majority of the independent directors vote not to
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
   
have this provision apply to the corporation. The restrictions described in
clause (a) above may have the effect of deterring a shareholder from acquiring
shares of the Company with the goal of seeking to have the Company repurchase
such shares at a premium over the market price.
    
 
   
     Under the Company's Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Board of
Directors of the Company is divided into three classes, with staggered terms of
three years each. Each year the term of one class expires. The Articles provide
that any vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled only by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office, even if less than
quorum. Any director so elected will serve until the next election of the class
for which such director is chosen and until his or her successor is duly elected
and qualified. See "Management -- Executive Officers and Directors."
    
 
   
     The Articles of Incorporation of the Company provide that any director may
be removed from office, but only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least
66 2/3% of all outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.
However, if at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors plus one director vote
to remove a director, such director may be removed without cause by a majority
of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon.
    
 
   
     In addition, the By-Laws of the Company establish a procedure which
shareholders seeking to call a special meeting of shareholders must satisfy.
This procedure involves notice to the Company, the receipt by the Company of
written demands for a special meeting from holders of 10% or more of the issued
and outstanding shares of Common Stock, a review of the validity of such demands
by an independent inspector appointed by the Company and the fixing of the
record and meeting dates by the Board of Directors. In addition, shareholders
demanding such a special meeting must deliver to the Company a written agreement
to pay the costs incurred by the Company in holding a special meeting, including
the costs of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting and the proxy materials
for the solicitation by the Company of proxies for use at such meeting, in the
event such shareholders are unsuccessful in their proxy solicitation.
    
 
   
     The By-Laws of the Company also provide the Board of Directors of the
Company with discretion in postponing shareholder meetings, including, within
certain limits, special meetings of shareholders. Additionally, the President or
the Board of Directors (acting by resolution) may adjourn a shareholder meeting
at any time prior to the transaction of business at such meeting. The By-Laws of
the Company also contain strict time deadlines and procedures applicable to
shareholders seeking to nominate a person for election as a director or to
otherwise bring business before a meeting.
    
 
   
     The foregoing provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation and
By-Laws and the WBCL could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing
a change of control of the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Effect of Anti-Takeover
Provisions."
    
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding an
aggregate of 7,305,000 shares of Common Stock. Of these outstanding shares of
Common Stock, the 2,100,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely
tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 5,205,000 shares of Common Stock
held by existing shareholders are "restricted securities" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares") and will be
subject to the lock-up arrangements described below. Restricted Shares may be
sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption
from registration under Rules 144 or 144(k) promulgated under the Securities
Act, which are summarized below. All of such Restricted Shares have been held in
excess of one year. Sales of the Restricted Shares in the public market, or the
availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock.
 
   
     The Company and its directors and executive officers, including all current
shareholders, have entered into contractual "lock-up" agreements providing that,
except for the granting of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock
under the Director Plan, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant
any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock owned
by them or that could be purchased
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
by them through the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock of the Company
for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior
written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. As a result of these
contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale
under the provisions of Rules 144 and 144(k), the shares subject to lock-up
agreements will not be saleable until 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus. William Blair & Company, L.L.C., in its discretion, may waive the
foregoing restrictions in whole or in part, with or without a public
announcement of such action.
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least one year (including the holding period of any prior owner except an
affiliate of the Company) would be entitled to sell within any three-month
period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (i) one percent
of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (which will equal
73,050 shares immediately after this offering); or (ii) the average weekly
trading volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the
filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k),
a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time
during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years (including the holding period of any
prior owner except an affiliate of the Company), is entitled to sell such shares
without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation
or notice provisions of Rule 144; therefore, unless otherwise restricted,
"144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
 
   
     The preceding description does not give effect to the shares of Common
Stock which may be offered and sold pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan or the
Director Plan. See "Management -- Director Compensation" and "-- Employee
Benefit Plans -- Equity Incentive Plan." The Company intends to file
registration statements under the Securities Act, in the case of the Equity
Incentive Plan not earlier than 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, to
register the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Equity Incentive Plan and
the Director Plan, which shares will be available for sale in the public market,
subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144 for shares held by
affiliates of the Company. In connection with this offering, options to purchase
225,000 shares of Common Stock will be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan
at an exercise price equal to the offering price.
    
 
     Since there has been no public market for the Common Stock prior to this
offering, no predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales
of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of the
Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely
affect the prevailing market price of the Common Stock.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The several Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are acting as
Representatives (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement by and among the
Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters (the "Underwriting
Agreement"), to purchase from the Company and the Selling Shareholder, and the
Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the
respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite each
Underwriter's name in the table below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF
                        UNDERWRITERS                             SHARES
                        ------------                            ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
William Blair & Company, L.L.C..............................
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated..........................
 
                                                                ---------
     Total..................................................    2,100,000
                                                                =========
</TABLE>
 
     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the Common Stock
offered hereby if any is purchased (excluding shares covered by the
over-allotment option granted therein). In the event of a default by any
Underwriter, the Underwriting Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances,
purchase commitments of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be increased or
the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Shareholder
that the Underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock to the public initially
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and
to selected dealers at such price less a concession of not more than $     per
share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession
not in excess of $     per share to certain other dealers. After the public
offering, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by
the Underwriters.
 
     The Selling Shareholder has granted to the Underwriters an option,
exercisable within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
an additional 315,000 shares of Common Stock at the same price per share to be
paid by the Underwriters for the other shares offered hereby. If the
Underwriters purchase any such additional shares pursuant to this option, the
Underwriters will be committed to purchase such additional shares in
approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The
Underwriters may exercise the option only for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the Common
Stock offered hereby.
 
     The Company and its directors and executive officers, including all current
shareholders, have agreed that they will not sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of any Common Stock or any interest therein for a period of 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of William
Blair & Company, L.L.C., except for the Common Stock offered hereby. William
Blair & Company, L.L.C., in its discretion, may waive the foregoing restrictions
in whole or in part, with or without a public announcement of such action. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
     The Company and the Selling Shareholder have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the
Common Stock will be determined by negotiations among the Company and the
Representatives. Among the factors which will be considered in such negotiations
will be the prevailing market conditions, the results of operations of the
Company in recent periods, the market capitalizations and stages of development
of other companies which the Company, the Selling Shareholder and the
Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the
business potential of the Company, the present state of the Company's
development and other factors which may be deemed relevant.
 
     The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters will
not confirm, without client authorization, sales to their client accounts as to
which they have discretionary authority.
 
     Until the distribution of the shares is completed, the rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase shares of Common Stock. As an exception to these
rules, the Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions that
stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions may consist of bids
or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
Common Stock. In addition, if the Representatives over-allot (i.e., if they sell
more shares of Common Stock than are set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus), and thereby create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with this offering, the Representatives may reduce that short
position by purchasing Common Stock in the open market. The Representatives may
also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the
over-allotment option described herein.
 
     The Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters
and selling group members. This means that if the Representatives purchase
shares of the Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters' short
position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they may reclaim the
amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling group members
who sold those shares as part of this offering. In general, purchases of a
security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a syndicate short
position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might
otherwise be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were to
discourage resales of the security by purchasers in the offering. Neither the
Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to
the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above
may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither the Company nor
any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the Representatives will
engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not
be discontinued without notice.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby
will be passed upon for the Company and the Selling Shareholder by Foley &
Lardner, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Sachnoff & Weaver, Ltd., Chicago, Illinois.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of the Company at December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, appearing in
this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement, have been audited by KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included
herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----
<S>                                                             <C>
Independent Auditors' Report................................    F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30,
  1997 and Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1997......    F-3
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994,
  1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996
  and 1997..................................................    F-4
Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended
  December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months
  ended June 30, 1997.......................................    F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
  1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June 30,
  1996 and 1997.............................................    F-6
Notes to Financial Statements...............................    F-7
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   47
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
National Research Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of National Research
Corporation as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related statements of
income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of National Research
Corporation as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Lincoln, Nebraska
June 6, 1997, except as to
note 8 which is as
of August 8, 1997
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   48
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,                      PRO FORMA
                                                -----------------------    JUNE 30,     JUNE 30,
                                                   1995         1996         1997         1997
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                    ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $  934,800   $2,782,212   $3,621,662   $       --
  Investments in marketable debt securities...     587,245    1,476,965      306,779      306,779
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance
     for doubtful accounts of $25,000 in 1995,
     $45,000 in 1996, and $55,000 in 1997.....   2,912,122    1,216,812    2,171,018    2,171,018
  Unbilled revenues...........................      97,334      282,358      653,934      653,934
  Prepaid expenses and other..................      24,610       46,022      628,429      728,929
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total current assets.....................   4,556,111    5,804,369    7,381,822    3,860,660
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Property and equipment:
  Furniture and fixtures......................     173,225      291,514      304,598      304,598
  Computer equipment..........................     409,008      481,055      700,423      700,423
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                   582,233      772,569    1,005,021    1,005,021
  Less accumulated depreciation and
     amortization.............................     310,851      434,937      514,505      514,505
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Net property and equipment...............     271,382      337,632      490,516      490,516
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Cash surrender value of life insurance........     157,872           --           --           --
Other.........................................      10,657       10,657       10,657      160,157
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total assets.............................  $4,996,022   $6,152,658   $7,882,995   $4,511,333
                                                ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......  $  359,988   $  494,614   $  194,100   $  194,100
  Accrued wages, bonuses and profit sharing...     503,755      764,784    1,062,478    1,062,478
  Dividends payable...........................     269,876      359,384           --      772,338
  Billings in excess of revenues earned.......   1,888,154    2,168,026    3,294,856    3,294,856
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total current liabilities................   3,021,773    3,786,808    4,551,434    5,323,772
Bonuses and profit sharing accruals...........     144,684      286,443      383,205      383,205
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total liabilities........................   3,166,457    4,073,251    4,934,639    5,706,977
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.001 par value; authorized
     20,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
     6,055,000 shares.........................       6,055        6,055        6,055        6,055
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized
     2,000,000 shares, no shares issued and
     outstanding..............................          --           --           --           --
  Additional paid-in capital..................          --           --           --           --
  Retained earnings (deficit).................   1,823,510    2,073,352    2,942,301   (1,201,699)
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
     Total shareholders' equity (deficit).....   1,829,565    2,079,407    2,948,356   (1,195,644)
                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Commitments and contingencies
     Total liabilities and shareholders'
       equity.................................  $4,996,022   $6,152,658   $7,882,995   $4,511,333
                                                ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   49
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                             1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Renewable performance tracking
     services...........................  $4,419,564   $6,839,410   $9,568,915   $4,312,747   $5,954,150
  Renewable syndicated product..........     652,192      493,416    1,276,423      101,676      444,312
  Custom and other research.............   1,683,198    1,584,533    1,754,895      899,304      552,116
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total revenues...................   6,754,954    8,917,359   12,600,233    5,313,727    6,950,578
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating expenses:
  Direct expenses.......................   2,967,397    3,494,706    5,685,200    2,327,458    3,010,725
  Selling, general and administrative...   2,043,878    2,364,269    3,060,189    1,319,317    1,837,420
  Depreciation and amortization.........      85,620      119,093      173,148       71,996       79,568
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total operating expenses.........   5,096,895    5,978,068    8,918,537    3,718,771    4,927,713
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Operating income.................   1,658,059    2,939,291    3,681,696    1,594,956    2,022,865
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Other income:
  Interest income.......................      23,579      106,300      125,948       75,297       97,030
  Other, net............................      22,491        1,651       26,484           --           --
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Total other income...............      46,070      107,951      152,432       75,297       97,030
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Income before income taxes.......   1,704,129    3,047,242    3,834,128    1,670,253    2,119,895
Provision for income taxes..............     114,500           --           --           --           --
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Net income.......................  $1,589,629   $3,047,242   $3,834,128   $1,670,253   $2,119,895
                                          ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Pro forma information:
  Net income............................  $1,589,629   $3,047,242   $3,834,128   $1,670,253   $2,119,895
  Pro forma income taxes................     582,796    1,218,897    1,533,651      668,101      847,958
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
       Pro forma net income.............  $1,006,833   $1,828,345   $2,300,477   $1,002,152   $1,271,937
                                          ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
Pro forma net income per share..........                            $     0.37   $     0.16   $     0.20
                                                                    ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares and
  common share equivalents
  outstanding...........................                             6,217,265    6,217,265    6,217,265
                                                                    ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   50
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND
   
                 THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          ADDITIONAL
                                    PREFERRED   COMMON     PAID-IN     TREASURY    RETAINED
                                      STOCK      STOCK     CAPITAL      STOCK      EARNINGS        TOTAL
                                    ---------   -------   ----------   --------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
Balances at December 31, 1993....     $100      $12,642    $ 13,812    $(7,543)   $   270,635   $   289,646
Treasury stock canceled,
  6,134,371 shares...............       --       (6,134)     (1,724)     7,543            315            --
Common stock retired,
  456,019 shares.................       --         (456)    (12,560)        --        (62,066)      (75,082)
Preferred stock retired, 10
  shares.........................     (100)          --          --         --             --          (100)
Common stock issued, 2,886
  shares.........................       --            3         472         --             --           475
Net income.......................       --           --          --         --      1,589,629     1,589,629
Dividends declared, $.01 per
  share..........................       --           --          --         --        (42,797)      (42,797)
                                      ----      -------    --------    -------    -----------   -----------
Balances at December 31, 1994....       --        6,055          --         --      1,755,716     1,761,771
Net income.......................       --           --          --         --      3,047,242     3,047,242
Dividends declared, $.49 per
  share..........................       --           --          --         --     (2,979,448)   (2,979,448)
                                      ----      -------    --------    -------    -----------   -----------
Balances at December 31, 1995....       --        6,055          --         --      1,823,510     1,829,565
Net income.......................       --           --          --         --      3,834,128     3,834,128
Dividends declared, $.59 per
  share..........................       --           --          --         --     (3,584,286)   (3,584,286)
                                      ----      -------    --------    -------    -----------   -----------
Balances at December 31, 1996....       --        6,055          --         --      2,073,352     2,079,407
Net income.......................       --           --          --         --      2,119,895     2,119,895
Dividends declared, $.21 per
  share..........................       --           --          --         --     (1,250,946)   (1,250,946)
                                      ----      -------    --------    -------    -----------   -----------
Balances at June 30, 1997
  (unaudited)....................     $ --      $ 6,055    $     --    $    --    $ 2,942,301   $ 2,948,356
                                      ====      =======    ========    =======    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   51
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                             --------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                1994         1995          1996          1996          1997
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...............................  $1,589,629   $ 3,047,242   $ 3,834,128   $ 1,670,253   $ 2,119,895
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
    net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization..........      85,620       119,093       173,148        71,996        79,568
    Loss on sale of property and
      equipment............................          --            --        32,837            --            --
    Change in assets and liabilities:
      Trade accounts receivable............     (94,234)   (2,355,788)    1,695,310     1,355,034      (954,206)
      Unbilled revenues....................          --       (97,334)     (185,024)           --      (371,576)
      Prepaid expenses and other...........     (23,388)        1,278       (21,412)      (10,259)     (582,407)
      Other receivables....................     246,556            --            --            --            --
      Accounts payable and accrued
         expenses..........................      11,630       128,422       134,626      (113,907)     (300,514)
      Accrued wages, bonuses and profit
         sharing...........................      91,801       449,724       402,788       168,024       394,456
      Billings in excess of revenues
         earned............................     701,589       488,969       279,872      (221,698)    1,126,830
      Increase in cash surrender value of
         life insurance....................     (21,018)      (27,211)           --            --            --
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
           Net cash provided by operating
             activities....................   2,588,185     1,754,395     6,346,273     2,919,443     1,512,046
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment......    (194,330)     (160,923)     (272,235)      (96,396)     (232,452)
  Purchases of securities
    available-for-sale.....................    (733,519)   (1,503,726)   (4,154,720)      (13,961)     (329,871)
  Proceeds from the maturities of
    securities available-for-sale..........          --     1,650,000     3,265,000       600,000     1,500,057
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
           Net cash provided by (used in)
             investing activities..........    (927,849)      (14,649)   (1,161,955)      489,643       937,734
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Dividends paid...........................     (42,797)   (2,709,572)   (3,336,906)   (2,756,338)   (1,610,330)
  Payments on capital leases...............     (41,294)      (12,301)           --        (1,941)           --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...         475            --            --            --            --
  Payments to acquire preferred stock......        (100)           --            --            --            --
  Payments to acquire common stock.........     (45,976)      (29,106)           --            --            --
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
           Net cash used in financing
             activities....................    (129,692)   (2,750,979)   (3,336,906)   (2,758,279)   (1,610,330)
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
           Net increase (decrease) in cash
             and cash equivalents..........   1,530,644    (1,011,233)    1,847,412       650,807       839,450
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
  of period................................     415,389     1,946,033       934,800       934,800     2,782,212
                                             ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period...................................  $1,946,033   $   934,800   $ 2,782,212   $ 1,585,607   $ 3,621,662
                                             ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
  Cash paid for:
    Interest...............................  $    3,947   $       431            --            --            --
                                             ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
    Taxes..................................  $  126,845            --            --            --            --
                                             ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  In 1996, the Company assigned a life insurance policy to its majority shareholder and recorded a dividend of
  $178,236 for the cash surrender value of the life insurance policy.
</TABLE>
    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   52
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND
   
                 THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
    
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
     National Research Corporation (the "Company") is a provider of ongoing
survey-based performance measurement, analysis and tracking services and
products to the healthcare industry. The Company provides market research
services to hospitals and insurance companies on an unsecured credit basis. One
client accounted for 28.9%, 43.7% and 40.4% of total revenues in 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively, and 48.7% and 34.7% of total revenues for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Another client accounted for 23.1%
and 13.6% of total revenues in 1994 and 1995, respectively. A third client
accounted for 14.1 % of the revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The
Company operates in a single industry segment.
    
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   
     Interim Financial Statements -- The financial information as of June 30,
1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 is unaudited and has
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and
includes all adjustments, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair
presentation of the results of operations for the interim periods presented. All
such adjustments are, in the opinion of management, of a normal, recurring
nature.
    
 
   
     Pro Forma Net Income Per Share -- Pro forma net income per share has been
computed assuming that the Company had been taxed as a C corporation for Federal
and state income tax purposes for all periods presented. The weighted average
shares outstanding for 1996 and the first six months of 1996 and 1997 include
the pro forma effect of shares that would have had to have been issued (at an
assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 less the underwriting discount
expense) to generate sufficient cash to fund the portion of the approximately
$5.6 million of estimated S corporation distributions and special cash bonuses
that are in excess of the net income for the year ended December 31, 1996. While
this assumption is being made to calculate the weighted average shares
outstanding for 1996 and the first six months of 1996 and 1997, the Company
plans to use operating cash flows, and not IPO proceeds, to fund the $2.7
million of distributions. The weighted average shares outstanding is calculated
as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED            JUNE 30,
                                                               DECEMBER 31,    ----------------------
                                                                   1996          1996         1997
                                                               ------------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>          <C>
Common stock...............................................     6,055,000      6,055,000    6,055,000
Dilutive effect of assumed IPO shares for distribution.....       162,265        162,265      162,265
                                                                ---------      ---------    ---------
Weighted average common shares and common share equivalents
  outstanding..............................................     6,217,265      6,217,265    6,217,265
                                                                =========      =========    =========

</TABLE>
 
    
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   53
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CONTINUED
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     The Company derives a substantial majority of its operating revenues from
its annually renewable services and products, which include the NRC Listening
System ("Renewable Performance Tracking Services") and the NRC Healthcare Market
Guide ("Renewable Syndicated Product"). Under the NRC Listening System, the
Company provides interim and annual performance tracking to its clients under
annual client service contracts, although such contracts are generally
cancelable on short or no notice without penalty. Through its syndicated NRC
Healthcare Market Guide, the Company publishes healthcare market information to
its clients generally on an annual or (prior to 1996) bi-annual basis. The
Company also derives revenues from custom and other research projects.
 
   
     The Company recognizes revenues from its Renewable Performance Tracking
Services and its custom and other research projects using the percentage of
completion method of accounting. The recognized revenue is the percent of
estimated total revenues that incurred costs to date bear to estimated total
costs after giving effect to estimates of costs to complete based upon most
recent information. Losses expected to be incurred on jobs in progress are
charged to income as soon as such losses are known. Revenues earned on contracts
in progress in excess of billings are classified as a current asset. Amounts
billed in excess of revenues earned are classified as a current liability.
Client projects are generally completed within a twelve-month period.
    
 
   
     Direct costs of producing the Renewable Syndicated Product are deferred.
The Company recognizes revenues and related direct costs for its Renewable
Syndicated Product upon its delivery to clients.
    
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment is stated at cost. Major expenditures to purchase
property or to substantially increase useful lives of property are capitalized.
Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. When assets
are retired or otherwise disposed of, their costs and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and resulting gains or losses are
included in income.
 
     The Company provides for depreciation and amortization of property and
equipment using annual rates which are sufficient to amortize the cost of
depreciable assets over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 7 years. The
Company uses accelerated methods of depreciation and amortization over estimated
useful lives of 5 to 7 years for furniture and fixtures and 3 to 5 years for
computer equipment.
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     All marketable securities held by the Company at December 31, 1995 and 1996
were classified as available-for-sale and recorded at cost, which approximates
market value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax
effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from income and are
reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity until realized.
Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are
determined on a specific-identification basis. Fair values are estimated based
on quoted market prices.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
   
     Effective August 1, 1994, the Company, with consent of its shareholders,
elected under the Internal Revenue Code to be an S corporation. In lieu of
corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on
their proportionate share of the Company's taxable income. Therefore, no
provision or liability for Federal income taxes has been included in these
financial statements for the five months ended December 31, 1994, for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, or for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997.
    
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   54
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CONTINUED
     The Company will adopt Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
(SFAS No. 109) (see also note 4) in the quarter ending September 30, 1997, upon
successful completion of its initial public offering ("IPO"). Deferred income
taxes are provided for temporary differences between tax and financial reporting
bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates under SFAS No. 109.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
 
(2) INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE DEBT SECURITIES
 
     The carrying value for available-for-sale securities by major security type
is shown below. Amortized cost approximates fair value.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ---------------------    JUNE 30,
                                                               1995        1996         1997
                                                             --------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>          <C>
Debt securities:
  U.S. Treasury securities.................................  $243,776   $       --    $305,576
  Obligations of other U.S. agencies.......................   342,361    1,475,752          --
                                                             --------   ----------    --------
                                                              586,137    1,475,752     305,576
Other......................................................     1,108        1,213       1,203
                                                             --------   ----------    --------
          Total............................................  $587,245   $1,476,965    $306,779
                                                             ========   ==========    ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     There were no sales of marketable securities in advance of scheduled
maturities available-for-sale during 1994, 1995, 1996 or for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. All marketable debt securities have stated
maturities of one year or less.
    
 
(3) INCOME TAXES AND PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense for the seven months ended July 31, 1994 consisted of
the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Federal.....................................................  $ 99,000
State.......................................................    15,500
                                                              --------
                                                              $114,500
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
     For the seven months ended July 31, 1994, there were no deferred income
taxes.
 
     Income tax expense for the seven months ended July 31, 1994 differed from
that computed by applying U.S. Federal income tax statutory rates to income
before income taxes of $247,139. The reasons for this difference are shown
below:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Computed "expected" income tax expense......................  $ 84,000
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit..............    10,200
Nondeductible portion of meals and entertainment expense....     2,700
Officer life insurance......................................     3,800
Other, net..................................................    13,800
                                                              --------
                                                              $114,500
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   55
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(3) INCOME TAXES AND PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES, CONTINUED
     The accompanying financial statements of income reflect a provision for
income taxes on a pro forma basis, at a combined rate of 40 percent (Federal
statutory rate of 34 percent plus estimated state rate, net of Federal benefit,
of 6 percent) as if the Company was liable for Federal and state income taxes as
a taxable corporate entity throughout the periods presented.
 
     The components of the provision for pro forma income taxes are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                         ----------------------------------   -------------------
                                           1994        1995         1996        1996       1997
                                         --------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Federal................................  $466,237   $  975,118   $1,226,921   $534,481   $678,366
State..................................   116,559      243,779      306,730    133,620    169,592
                                         --------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
     Pro forma income taxes............  $582,796   $1,218,897   $1,533,651   $668,101   $847,958
                                         ========   ==========   ==========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The primary temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets are
accrued liabilities not currently deductible for income tax purposes. Pro forma
deferred tax assets of approximately $250,000 will be recorded upon completion
of the Company's IPO (see also note 4). Based upon the historical earnings of
the Company, management believes it is more likely than not that the assets will
be realized. The effects of this deferred tax benefit have been given effect as
if the S Corporation status were terminated in the unaudited June 30, 1997 pro
forma balance sheet.
    
 
   
     In connection with the termination of its S Corporation status, the Company
expects to distribute approximately $2,654,000 of retained earnings subsequent
to June 30, 1997, and as a final distribution to S Corporation shareholders. The
effects of this distribution have been given effect as if the distribution had
already occurred in the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 1997.
    
 
(4) COMMON STOCK
 
   
     The Company is planning to file a registration statement on Form S-1 for an
IPO of the Company's common stock. In connection with its IPO, the Company plans
to reincorporate in Wisconsin and pay a stock dividend of approximately
239.5-to-1, which has been given retroactive effect in the accompanying
financial statements. In connection with the reincorporation, the Company plans
to increase its authorized common stock from 100,000 shares to 20,000,000 shares
and authorize up to 2,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.
    
 
(5) LEASES
 
   
     The Company leases office space for a monthly base rental payment plus
maintenance and utilities. The lease expired on April 30, 1997. Rental expense
during 1994, 1995 and 1996 was $176,448, $168,417 and $183,118, respectively,
and $88,117 and $113,833 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense on
the statements of income.
    
 
(6) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
   
     During 1995, the Company established a qualified defined contribution
profit-sharing plan covering substantially all employees with a minimum service
of 1,000 hours and one year of service except for highly compensated employees
covered by nonqualified profit sharing plans. Employer contributions, which are
discretionary, vest to participants at a rate of 20% per year. Total
profit-sharing expense was $48,989 and $75,229 in 1995 and 1996, respectively,
and no expense was recognized for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   56
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(6) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS, CONTINUED
   
     The Company sponsors nonqualified profit sharing bonus and incentive plans
for employees and members of executive management of the Company. Certain
bonuses under the executive management incentive plan are paid over a five-year
period. Expense recorded under these plans was $118,775, $468,052 and $552,832
in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $258,104 and $422,568 for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
(7) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     At December 31, 1994, accrued wages, bonuses and profit sharing included
amounts due to a former minority shareholder in the amount of $29,106 on an
unsecured 3.5% note issued by the Company in conjunction with its redemption of
the former shareholder's stock in the Company. The note was paid in full in
January 1995. Interest expense incurred on this note during 1994 was $431. There
was no interest expense incurred during 1995.
 
(8) SPECIAL BONUS
 
   
     In August 1997, the Company decided to pay special cash bonuses aggregating
$1,740,000 to certain executive officers (other than the selling shareholder)
prior to termination of its S Corporation status. The related compensation
charge will be recognized by the Company in the fourth quarter of 1997. The
effect of this charge has been given effect as if the bonuses had been paid in
the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 1997. These special cash
bonuses will reduce the amount otherwise available for distribution to the
Company's shareholders prior to the termination of its S Corporation status.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   57
             ======================================================
 
     NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING
SHAREHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BY ANYONE
IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PAGE
                                         ----
<S>                                      <C>
Additional Information.................    2
Prospectus Summary.....................    3
Risk Factors...........................    6
Use of Proceeds........................   11
S Corporation Termination..............   11
Dividend Policy........................   12
Capitalization.........................   13
Dilution...............................   14
Selected Financial Data................   15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................   17
Business...............................   24
Management.............................   34
Principal and Selling Shareholders.....   38
Certain Transactions...................   39
Description of Capital Stock...........   39
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........   41
Underwriting...........................   43
Legal Matters..........................   44
Experts................................   44
Index to Financial Statements..........  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                               ------------------
 
     UNTIL                , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS
OFFERING), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
             ======================================================
 
             ======================================================
 
                                2,100,000 SHARES
 
                     [NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                          ---------------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                            , 1997
                          ---------------------------
 
                            WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY
 
                             ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.
                                  INCORPORATED
 
             ======================================================
<PAGE>   58
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                             <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........    $  9,514
NASD filing fee.............................................       3,640
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................      36,000
Blue sky fees and expenses..................................      10,000
Transfer agent expenses and fees............................       6,000
Printing and engraving expenses.............................     100,000
Accountants' fees and expenses..............................      95,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     170,000
Miscellaneous...............................................      69,846
                                                                --------
          Total.............................................    $500,000
                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
   
     All of the above fees, costs and expenses will be paid by the Company.
Other than the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National
Market listing fee, all fees and expenses are estimated.
    
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
   
     Pursuant to the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and the Company's
By-Laws, directors and officers of the Company are entitled to mandatory
indemnification from the Company against certain liabilities and expenses (i) to
the extent such officers or directors are successful in the defense of a
proceeding and (ii) in proceedings in which the director or officer is not
successful in defense thereof, unless (in the latter case only) it is determined
that the director or officer breached or failed to perform his or her duties to
the Company and such breach or failure constituted: (a) a willful failure to
deal fairly with the Company or its shareholders in connection with a matter in
which the director or officer had a material conflict of interest; (b) a
violation of the criminal law unless the director or officer had reasonable
cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful; (c) a transaction from which the
director or officer derived an improper personal profit; or (d) willful
misconduct. The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law specifically states that it
is the public policy of Wisconsin to require or permit indemnification,
allowance of expenses and insurance in connection with a proceeding involving
securities regulation, as described therein, to the extent required or permitted
as described above. Additionally, under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law,
directors of the Company are not subject to personal liability to the Company,
its shareholders or any person asserting rights on behalf thereof for certain
breaches or failures to perform any duty resulting solely from their status as
directors, except in circumstances paralleling those in subparagraphs (a)
through (d) outlined above.
    
 
     Expenses for the defense of any action for which indemnification may be
available may be advanced by the Company under certain circumstances.
 
   
     The indemnification provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and
the Company's By-Laws is not exclusive of any other rights to which a director
or officer may be entitled. The general effect of the foregoing provisions may
be to reduce the circumstances which an officer or director may be required to
bear the economic burden of the foregoing liabilities and expense.
    
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
     The shares issued by the Company or its predecessor, as hereinafter set
forth, have been adjusted to reflect an approximately 239.5-for-1 stock dividend
paid on September 15, 1997.
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   59
 
   
     In connection with the reincorporation of the Company in the State of
Wisconsin in September 1997, the Company (a) was formed as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of its predecessor Nebraska corporation and (b) issued an aggregate
of 6,055,000 shares, on a one-for-one basis, to the two shareholders of its
predecessor corporation, Michael D. Hays and Jona S. Raasch. No underwriters
were engaged in connection with the foregoing issuances. Such issuances were
effected in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for transactions not involving a public
offering.
    
 
   
     On October 25, 1994, the predecessor corporation to the Company issued and
sold 2,886 shares of Common Stock to an employee and director of the predecessor
corporation to the Company for $475.20. No underwriters were engaged in
connection with the foregoing sale. Such sale was effected in reliance upon the
exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
1933 for transactions not involving a public offering.
    
 
   
     Other than as set forth in the preceding paragraphs, the Company has not
sold any securities within the past three years.
    
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are
         filed as part of this Registration Statement.
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules. The financial statement schedules listed
         in the accompanying Financial Statement Schedule Index are filed as
         part of this Registration Statement.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
   
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part
     of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
    
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed a new registration statement relating to the
     securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   60
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lincoln,
and State of Nebraska, on this 15th day of September, 1997.
    
 
                                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
 
                                          By:      /s/ MICHAEL D. HAYS
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      MICHAEL D. HAYS
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                           Officer
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                         DATE
                  ---------                                      -----                         ----
<C>                                                <S>                                  <C>
 
             /s/ MICHAEL D. HAYS                   President, Chief Executive           September 15, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------      Officer and Director (Principal
               Michael D. Hays                     Executive Officer)
 
            /s/ PATRICK E. BEANS                   Vice President, Treasurer,           September 15, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------      Secretary and Chief Financial
              Patrick E. Beans                     Officer (Principal Financial and
                                                   Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   61
 
                       FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FORM S-1
                                                                PAGE
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Statement
  Schedules.................................................    S-2
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............    S-3
</TABLE>
 
     All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not
present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the
schedules, or because the information required is included in the financial
statements and notes thereto.
 
                                       S-1
<PAGE>   62
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
National Research Corporation:
 
     The audits referred to in our report dated June 6, 1997, except as to note
8 which is as of August 8, 1997, included the related financial statement
schedule as of December 31, 1996, and for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1996, included in the registration statement. This
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule
based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Lincoln, Nebraska
June 6, 1997
 
                                       S-2
<PAGE>   63
 
                         NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          BALANCE AT                WRITE-OFFS,    BALANCE
                                                          BEGINNING     BAD DEBT      NET OF       AT END
                                                           OF YEAR      EXPENSE     RECOVERIES     OF YEAR
                                                          ----------    --------    -----------    -------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
  Year ended December 31, 1994........................     $    --      $10,000       $    --      $10,000
  Year ended December 31, 1995........................      10,000       24,100         9,100       25,000
  Year ended December 31, 1996........................     $25,000      $30,764       $10,764      $45,000
</TABLE>
    
 
See accompanying independent auditors' report.
 
                                       S-3
<PAGE>   64
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                        EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -------                       -------------------
<S>       <C>
(1)       Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
(3.1)     Articles of Incorporation of National Research Corporation,
          as amended to date.
(3.2)     By-Laws of National Research Corporation, as amended to
          date.
(5)       Opinion of Foley & Lardner regarding legality of securities
          being offered.
(10.1)    Lease, dated as of             , 1997, between National
          Research Corporation and             .**
(10.2)    National Research Corporation 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.*
(10.3)    National Research Corporation Incentive Plan adopted as of
          October 14, 1994 but terminated in August 1997.*
(10.4)    National Research Corporation Director Stock Plan.
(10.5)    Employment Memorandum, dated as of July 15, 1994, from
          National Research Corporation to Patrick E. Beans.*
(10.6)    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1996, between
          National Research Corporation and Sharon Flaherty.*
(10.7)    Subcontract, dated as of May 9, 1997, as amended, between
          National Research Corporation and United HealthCare
          Corporation.+
(23.1)    Consent of Foley & Lardner (included in Exhibit (5)).
(23.2)    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
(27)      Financial Data Schedule (EDGAR version only).
(99)      Consent of Patrick E. Beans regarding his election to the
          Board of Directors immediately prior to the effective date
          of this Registration Statement.
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------------------
 * Previously filed.
 
** To be filed by amendment.
 
 + Portions of this exhibit have been redacted and are subject to a confidential
   treatment request filed with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange
   Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
   The redacted material is being filed separately with the Securities and
   Exchange Commission.
 
                                       E-1



                                                                Exhibit (3.1)

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION

             The undersigned, acting as the sole incorporator of a
   corporation under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of
   the Wisconsin Statutes, hereby adopts the following articles of
   incorporation for the purpose of forming the corporation herein described
   (the "corporation"):

                                    ARTICLE 1

             The name of the corporation is National Research Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 2

             The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have
   the authority to issue shall be Twenty-Two Million (22,000,000) shares,
   consisting of:  (i) Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares of a class
   designated as "Common Stock," with a par value of $.001 per share; and
   (ii) Two Million (2,000,000) shares of a class designated as "Preferred
   Stock," with a par value of $.01 per share.

             The designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of
   the shares of each class and the authority of the Board of Directors of
   the corporation to establish and to designate series of Preferred Stock
   and to fix variations in the relative rights, preferences and limitations
   as between such series, shall be as set forth herein.

             A.   Preferred Stock.

             (1)  Series and Variations Between Series.  The Board of
   Directors of the corporation is authorized, to the full extent permitted
   under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and the provisions of this
   Section A, to provide for the issuance of the Preferred Stock in series,
   each of such series to be distinctively designated, and to have such
   redemption rights, dividend rights, rights on dissolution or distribution
   of assets, conversion or exchange rights, voting powers, designations,
   preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights,
   if any, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as
   shall be provided by the Board of Directors of the corporation consistent
   with the provisions of this Article 2.

             (2)  Dividends.  Before any dividends shall be paid or set apart
   for payment upon shares of Common Stock, the holders of each series of
   Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate (which
   may be fixed or variable) and at such times as specified in the particular
   series.  The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall have no rights to
   participate with the holders of shares of Common Stock in any distribution
   of dividends in excess of the preferential dividends, if any, fixed for
   such Preferred Stock.

             (3)  Liquidation Rights.  In the event of any voluntary or
   involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the
   holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
   receive out of the assets of the corporation in money or money's worth the
   preferential amount, if any, specified in the particular series for each
   share at the time outstanding together with all accrued but unpaid
   dividends thereon, before any of such assets shall be paid or distributed
   to holders of Common Stock.  The holders of Preferred Stock shall have no
   rights to participate with the holders of Common Stock in the assets of
   the corporation available for distribution to shareholders in excess of
   the preferential amount, if any, fixed for such Preferred Stock.

             (4)  Voting Rights.  The holders of Preferred Stock shall have
   only such voting rights as are fixed for shares of each series by the
   Board of Directors pursuant to this Section A or are provided, to the
   extent applicable, by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.

             B.   Common Stock.

             (1)  Dividends.  Subject to the provisions of this Article 2,
   the Board of Directors of the corporation may, in its sole discretion, out
   of funds legally available for the payment of dividends and at such times
   and in such manner as determined by the Board of Directors, declare and
   pay dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock.

             (2)  Liquidation Rights.  In the event of any voluntary or
   involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation,
   after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of
   Preferred Stock the full preferential amounts, if any, to which they are
   entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be
   entitled to receive pro rata, according to the number of shares held by
   each, the remaining assets of the corporation available for distribution.

             (3)  Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise provided by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, and except as may be determined by the
   Board of Directors with respect to Preferred Stock pursuant to Section A
   of this Article 2, only the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to
   vote for the election of directors of the corporation and for all other
   corporate purposes.  Upon any such vote the holders of Common Stock shall,
   except as otherwise provided by law, be entitled to one vote for each
   share of Common Stock held by them respectively.

             C.   Preemptive Rights.  No holder of shares of any class of
   capital stock of the corporation shall have any preferential or preemptive
   right to acquire unissued shares of capital stock of the corporation or
   securities convertible into such shares or conveying a right to subscribe
   for or acquire shares.

                                    ARTICLE 3

             A.   General Powers, Number, Classification and Tenure of
   Directors.  The general powers, number, classification, tenure and
   qualifications of the directors of the corporation shall be as set forth
   in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of Article III of the By-Laws of the corporation
   (and as such Sections shall exist from time to time).  Such Sections 3.01
   and 3.02 of the By-Laws, or any provision thereof, may only be amended,
   altered, changed or repealed by the affirmative vote of shareholders
   holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting
   power of the then outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of
   the corporation generally possessing voting rights in the election of
   directors, considered for this purpose as a single class; provided,
   however, that the Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by the
   Requisite Vote (as hereinafter defined), may amend, alter, change or
   repeal Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of the By-Laws, or any provision thereof,
   without a vote of the shareholders.  As used herein, the term "Requisite
   Vote" shall mean the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
   directors then in office plus one director, but in no case more than all
   of the directors then in office.

             B.   Removal of Directors.  Any director may be removed from
   office, but only for Cause (as hereinafter defined) by the affirmative
   vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of
   the voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock of the voting
   group of shareholders that elected the director to be removed; provided,
   however, that if the Board of Directors by resolution adopted by the
   Requisite Vote shall have recommended removal of a director, then the
   shareholders may remove such director from office without Cause by a
   majority vote of such outstanding shares.  As used herein, "Cause" shall
   exist only if the director whose removal is proposed (i) has been
   convicted of a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction and such
   conviction is no longer subject to direct appeal or (ii) has been adjudged
   by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable for willful misconduct
   in the performance of his or her duties to the corporation in a matter
   which has a material adverse effect on the business of the corporation and
   such adjudication is no longer subject to direct appeal.

             C.   Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of
   Directors, including a vacancy created by the removal of a director or an
   increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by the affirmative
   vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a
   quorum of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if the vacant
   office was held by a director elected by a voting group of shareholders,
   only the remaining directors elected by that voting group shall fill the
   vacancy.  For purposes of this Article 3, a director elected by directors
   to fill a vacant office pursuant to this Section C shall be deemed to be a
   director elected by the same voting group of shareholders that elected the
   director(s) who voted to fill the vacancy.  Any director elected pursuant
   to this Section C shall serve until the next election of the class for
   which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor
   shall be elected and qualified.

             D.   Amendments.

                  (1)  Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles
   of Incorporation, the provisions of this Article 3 may be amended,
   altered, changed or repealed only by the affirmative vote of shareholders
   holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting
   power of the then outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of
   the corporation generally possessing voting rights in the election of
   directors, considered for this purpose as a single class.

                  (2)  Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provisions in
   the By-Laws of the corporation, whenever the holders of any one or more
   series of Preferred Stock issued by the corporation pursuant to Article 2
   hereof shall have the right, voting separately as a class or by series, to
   elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the
   election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such
   directorships shall be governed by the terms of the series of Preferred
   Stock applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be
   divided into classes unless expressly provided by the terms of the
   applicable series.

                                    ARTICLE 4

             The name and address of the corporation's initial director is:

             Michael D. Hays          1033 "O" Street
                                      Lincoln, Nebraska  68508

                                    ARTICLE 5

             The By-Laws of the corporation may limit the authority of the
   shareholders of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders
   to the fullest extent permitted by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.

                                    ARTICLE 6

             The address of the corporation's initial registered office is
   777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 3800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202-5367. 
   The name of the corporation's initial registered agent at such address is
   F&L Corp., a Wisconsin corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 7

             The name and address of the sole incorporator of the corporation
   is Russell E. Ryba, Foley & Lardner, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee,
   Wisconsin  53202-5367.

                                    ARTICLE 8

             These Articles of Incorporation may be amended solely as
   authorized herein and by law at the time of amendment.

                                    ARTICLE 9

             A.   Business Combinations Within Three Years of the Stock
   Acquisition Date.

             In addition to any affirmative vote otherwise required by law,
   the By-Laws of the corporation, these Articles of Incorporation or the
   terms of any series of Preferred Stock, and except as otherwise expressly
   provided in Section C of this Article 9, the corporation may not engage in
   a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) with an Interested
   Shareholder (as hereinafter defined) for three (3) years after the
   Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date (as hereinafter defined)
   unless the Board of Directors of the corporation has approved by
   resolution, before the Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date,
   that Business Combination or the purchase of Stock (as hereinafter
   defined) made by the Interested Shareholder on that Stock Acquisition
   Date.

             B.   Business Combinations More Than Three Years After the Stock
   Acquisition Date.

             Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section C of this
   Article 9, at any time after the three-year period described in Section A
   of this Article 9, the corporation may engage in a Business Combination
   with an Interested Shareholder but only if, in addition to any affirmative
   vote otherwise required by law, the By-Laws of the corporation, these
   Articles of Incorporation or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock,
   any of the following conditions is satisfied:

             (1)  The Board of Directors of the corporation has approved,
   before the Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date, the purchase
   of Stock made by the Interested Shareholder on that Stock Acquisition
   Date.

             (2)  The Business Combination is approved by the affirmative
   vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding
   Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) not beneficially owned by the
   Interested Shareholder at a meeting called for that purpose.

             (3)  The Business Combination meets all of the following
   conditions:

                  (i)  Holders of all outstanding shares of Stock of the
        corporation not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder
        are each entitled to receive per share an aggregate amount of
        cash and the market value, as of the Consummation Date (as
        hereinafter defined), of noncash consideration at least equal to
        the higher of the following:

                       (a)  The highest of:  the market value per share
             on the Announcement Date (as hereinafter defined) with
             respect to the Business Combination, the market value per
             share on the Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition
             Date, the highest price per share paid by the Interested
             Shareholder, including brokerage commissions, transfer
             taxes and soliciting dealers' fees, for shares of the same
             class or series within the three (3) years immediately
             before and including the Announcement Date of the Business
             Combination or the highest price per share paid by the
             Interested Shareholder, including brokerage commissions,
             transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees, for shares of
             the same class or series within the three (3) years
             immediately before and including the Interested
             Shareholder's Stock Acquisition Date; plus, in each case,
             interest compounded annually from the earliest date on
             which that highest per share acquisition price was paid or
             the per share market value was determined, through the
             Consummation Date, at the rate for one-year U.S. Treasury
             obligations from time to time in effect; less the aggregate
             amount of any cash and the market value, as of the dividend
             payment date, of any noncash dividends paid per share since
             that date, up to the amount of that increase.

                       (b)  The highest preferential amount per share,
             if any, to which the holders of shares of that class or
             series of Stock are entitled upon the voluntary or
             involuntary liquidation of the corporation, plus the
             aggregate amount of dividends declared or due which those
             holders are entitled to before payment of dividends on
             another class or series of Stock, unless the aggregate
             amount of those dividends is included in the preferential
             amount.

                  (ii)  The form of consideration to be received by
        holders of each particular class or series of outstanding Stock
        in the Business Combination is in cash or, if the Interested
        Shareholder holds previously acquired shares of that class or
        series, the same form as the Interested Shareholder previously
        used to acquire the largest number of shares of that class or
        series.

             C.   Excluded Transactions.

             The provisions of this Article 9 shall not apply to any of the
   following:

             (1)  A Business Combination of the corporation with an
   Interested Shareholder if the corporation did not have a class of Voting
   Stock registered or traded on a national securities exchange or registered
   under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
   (the "Exchange Act"), on the Interested Shareholder's Stock Acquisition
   Date.

             (2)  A Business Combination of the corporation with an
   Interested Shareholder which became an Interested Shareholder
   inadvertently, if the Interested Shareholder satisfies both of the
   following:

                  (i)  As soon as practicable divests itself of a
        sufficient amount of the Voting Stock of the corporation so that
        the Interested Shareholder is no longer the beneficial owner of
        at least 10% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock
        of the corporation, or a Subsidiary of the corporation (as
        hereinafter defined).

                  (ii)  Would not at any time within the three (3) years
        before the Announcement Date with respect to the Business
        Combination in question have been an Interested Shareholder
        except for the inadvertent acquisition.

             D.   Definitions.

             For the purposes of this Article 9:

             (1)  "Affiliate" shall mean a person that directly, or
   indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by
   or is under common control with a specified person.

             (2)  "Announcement Date" shall mean the date of the first public
   announcement of a final, definitive proposal for a Business Combination.

             (3)  "Associate" of a person shall mean any of the following:

                  (i)  A corporation or organization of which the person
        is an officer, director or partner or is the beneficial owner of
        at least 10% of any class of Voting Stock.

                  (ii)  A trust or other estate in which the person has
        a substantial beneficial interest or as to which the person
        serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity.

                  (iii)  Individually, or with or through any of the
        person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly has
        the right to vote the Stock pursuant to a written or unwritten
        agreement, arrangement or understanding, except that a person is
        not the Beneficial Owner of Stock under this subsection if the
        agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote that Stock
        arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in
        response to a proxy or consent solicitation made in accordance
        with the applicable regulations under the Exchange Act and is
        not reportable under the report required under 17 CFR 240.13d-
        1(1)(a) or a comparable or successor report.

                  (iv)  Has a written or unwritten agreement,
        arrangement or understanding with another person that is
        directly or indirectly a Beneficial Owner, or whose Affiliates
        or Associates are direct or indirect Beneficial Owners, of the
        Stock, if the agreement, arrangement or understanding is for the
        purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing of or voting the Stock,
        unless the voting is pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent
        described in subsection (iii) above.

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is not the direct or indirect
   Beneficial Owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer
   which is made by that person or an Affiliate or Associate of that person
   until the tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange.

             (5)  "Business Combination" means any of the following:

                  (i)  A merger or share exchange of the corporation or
        any Subsidiary of the corporation with any of the following:

                       (a)  An Interested Shareholder.

                       (b)  A corporation, whether or not it is an
             Interested Shareholder, which is, or after a merger or
             share exchange would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an
             Interested Shareholder.

                  (ii)  A sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge,
        transfer or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of
        transactions, to or with an Interested Shareholder or an
        Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder of assets of
        the corporation or a Subsidiary of the corporation if those
        assets meet any of the following conditions:

                       (a)  Have an aggregate market value equal to at
             least 5% of the aggregate market value of all the assets,
             determined on a consolidated basis, of the corporation.

                       (b)  Have an aggregate market value equal to at
             least 5% of the aggregate market value of all the
             outstanding Stock of the corporation.

                       (c)  Represent at least 10% of the earning power
             or income, determined on a consolidated basis, of the
             corporation.

                  (iii)  The issuance or transfer by the corporation or
        a Subsidiary of the corporation, in one transaction or a series
        of transactions, of any Stock of the corporation or a Subsidiary
        of the corporation if all of the following conditions are
        satisfied:

                       (a)  The stock has an aggregate market value
             equal to at least 5% of the aggregate market value of all
             of the outstanding Stock of the corporation.

                       (b)  The Stock is issued or transferred to an
             Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an
             Interested Shareholder, except for Stock of the corporation
             or such Subsidiary issued or transferred pursuant to the
             exercise of warrants, rights or options to purchase such
             Stock offered, or a dividend paid, or distribution made,
             proportionately to all holders of Stock of the corporation.

                  (iv)  The adoption of a plan or proposal for the
        liquidation or dissolution of the corporation which is proposed
        by, on behalf of, or pursuant to a written or unwritten
        agreement, arrangement or understanding with, an Interested
        Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
        Shareholder.

                  (v)  Any of the following, if the direct or indirect
        effect is to increase the proportionate share of the outstanding
        Stock of a class or series of securities convertible into Voting
        Stock of the corporation or a Subsidiary of the corporation
        beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder of an Affiliate
        or Associate of the Interested Shareholder, unless the increase
        is the result of immaterial changes due to fractional share
        adjustment:

                       (a)  A reclassification of securities, including,
             without limitation, a stock split, stock dividend or other
             distribution of Stock in respect of Stock, or reverse stock
             split.

                       (b)  A recapitalization of the corporation.

                       (c)  A merger or share exchange of the
             corporation with a Subsidiary of the corporation.

                       (d)  Any other transaction, whether or not with,
             into or involving the Interested Shareholder, which is
             proposed by, on behalf of, or pursuant to a written or
             unwritten agreement, arrangement or understanding with, the
             Interested Shareholder or an Affiliate or Associate or the
             Interested Shareholder.

                  (vi)  Receipt by an Interested Shareholder or an
        Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder of the
        direct or indirect benefit of a loan, advance, guarantee, pledge
        or other financial assistance or a tax credit or other tax
        advantage provided by or through the corporation or any
        Subsidiary of the corporation, unless the Interested Shareholder
        receives the benefit proportionately as a holder of Stock of the
        corporation.

             (6)  "Consummation Date" means the date of consummation of a
   Business Combination.

             (7)  "Control", "controlled by" or "under common control with"
   means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
   cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether
   through the ownership of Voting Stock, except as provided in the next
   sentence, by contract, or otherwise.  "Control" of a corporation is not
   established for purposes of this Article 9 if a person, in good faith and
   not for the purpose of circumventing this Article 9, holds voting power as
   an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more
   beneficial owners who do not individually or as a group have control of
   the corporation.  For purposes of this Article 9, a person's beneficial
   ownership of at least 10% of the voting power of a corporation's
   outstanding Voting Stock creates a presumption that the person has control
   of the corporation.

             (8)  (i)  "Interested Shareholder," with respect to the
        corporation, means a person other than the corporation or a
        Subsidiary of the corporation that meets any of the following
        conditions:

                       (a)  Is the beneficial owner of at least 10% of
             the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the
             corporation.

                       (b)  Is an Affiliate or Associate of the
             corporation and at any time within three (3) years
             immediately before the date in question was the beneficial
             owner of at least 10% of the voting power of the then
             outstanding Voting Stock of the corporation.

                  (ii)  For the purpose of determining whether a person
        is an Interested Shareholder, the number of shares of Voting
        Stock of the corporation considered outstanding includes shares
        beneficially owned by the person but does not include any other
        unissued shares of Voting Stock of the corporation which may be
        issuable pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding,
        or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or
        otherwise.

             (9)  "Stock" means any of the following:

                  (i)  Shares, stock or similar security, certificate of
        interest, participation in a profit sharing agreement, voting
        trust certificate, or certificate of deposit for any of the
        items described herein.

                  (ii)  Security which is convertible, with or without
        consideration, into stock, or any warrant, call or other option
        or privilege of buying stock, or any other security carrying a
        right to acquire, subscribe to or purchase stock.

             (10)  "Stock Acquisition Date", with respect to any person,
   means the date that that person first becomes an Interested Shareholder of
   the corporation.

             (11)  "Subsidiary of the corporation" shall mean any other
   corporation of which Voting Stock having a majority of the votes entitled
   to be cast is owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation.

             (12)  "Voting Stock" means capital stock of a corporation
   entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

             E.   Determination of Market Value.

             For purposes of this Article 9, the market value of Stock or
   other property other than cash or Stock is determined as follows:

             (1)  In the case of Stock generally, by:

                  (i)  The highest closing sale price during the thirty
        (30) days immediately before the date in question of a share of
        that class or series of Stock on the composite tape for stocks
        listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if that class or
        series of Stock is not quoted on the composite tape or if that
        class or series of Stock is not listed on the New York Stock
        Exchange, on the principal U.S. securities exchange registered
        under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
        Nasdaq National Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, or any
        similar system then in use, on which that class or series of
        Stock is listed.

                  (ii)  If that class or series of Stock is not listed
        on an exchange or system described above, the highest closing
        bid quotation for a share of that class or series of Stock
        during the thirty (30) days immediately before the date in
        question on The Nasdaq Stock Market, or any similar system then
        in use.

             (2)  In the case of property other than cash or Stock (except
   for Stock not traded as provided above), the fair market value of the
   property or Stock on the date in question as determined in good faith by
   the Board of Directors of the corporation.

             F.   Fiduciary Obligations.

             Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed to
   relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed
   by law.

             G.   Amendment.

             Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of
   Incorporation or any provision of law that might permit a lesser vote or
   no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any
   particular class or series of the capital stock required by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law, these Articles of Incorporation or the terms of
   any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of shareholders
   holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting
   power of the then outstanding Voting Shares, voting as a single class,
   shall be required to amend, alter, change, repeal, or adopt any provision
   inconsistent with this Article 9.

                                   ARTICLE 10

             Sections 180.1130 to 180.1134 and 180.1150 of the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law as in effect on the date hereof, and as such
   Sections may be amended from time to time, shall apply to this corporation
   as if it were an "issuing public corporation" subject to such Sections. 
   Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation,
   the provisions of this Article 10 may be amended, altered, changed or
   repealed only by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least
   sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the then
   outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the corporation
   generally possessing voting rights in the election of directors,
   considered for this purpose as a single class.






                                                                  Exhibit 3.2


                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION
                            (a Wisconsin corporation)


                               ARTICLE I.  OFFICES

             1.01.  Principal and Business Offices.  The corporation may have
   such principal and other business offices, either within or without the
   State of Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the
   business of the corporation may require from time to time.

             1.02.  Registered Office.  The registered office of the
   corporation required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be
   maintained in the State of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical
   with the principal office in the State of Wisconsin, and the address of
   the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of
   Directors or by the registered agent.  The business office of the
   registered agent of the corporation shall be identical to such registered
   office.

                            ARTICLE II.  SHAREHOLDERS

             2.01.  Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders
   (the "Annual Meeting"), commencing with the Annual Meeting in 1998, shall
   be held on the second Wednesday in April of each year, or at such other
   time and date as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.  In
   fixing a meeting date for any Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors may
   consider such factors as it deems relevant within the good faith exercise
   of its business judgment.  At each Annual Meeting, the shareholders shall
   elect that number of directors equal to the number of directors in the
   class whose term expires at the time of such meeting.  At any such Annual
   Meeting, only other business properly brought before the meeting in
   accordance with Section 2.14 of these by-laws may be transacted.  If the
   election of directors shall not be held on the date designated herein, or
   fixed as herein provided, for any Annual Meeting, or any adjournment
   thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a
   special meeting of shareholders (a "Special Meeting") as soon thereafter
   as is practicable.

             2.02.  Special Meetings.  

             (a)  A Special Meeting may be called only by (i) the President,
   (ii) the Secretary or (iii) the Board of Directors and shall be called by
   the President upon the demand, in accordance with this Section 2.02, of
   the holders of record of shares representing at least 10% of all the votes
   entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the Special
   Meeting.

             (b)  In order that the corporation may determine the
   shareholders entitled to demand a Special Meeting, the Board of Directors
   may fix a record date to determine the shareholders entitled to make such
   a demand (the "Demand Record Date").  The Demand Record Date shall not
   precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date
   is adopted by the Board of Directors and shall not be more than ten days
   after the date upon which the resolution fixing the Demand Record Date is
   adopted by the Board of Directors. Any shareholder of record seeking to
   have shareholders demand a Special Meeting shall, by sending written
   notice to the Secretary of the corporation by hand or by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors
   to fix a Demand Record Date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in
   all events within ten days after the date on which a valid request to fix
   a Demand Record Date is received, adopt a resolution fixing the Demand
   Record Date and shall make a public announcement of such Demand Record
   Date.  If no Demand Record Date has been fixed by the Board of Directors
   within ten days after the date on which such request is received by the
   Secretary, the Demand Record Date shall be the 10th day after the first
   date on which a valid written request to set a Demand Record Date is
   received by the Secretary.  To be valid, such written request shall set
   forth the purpose or purposes for which the Special Meeting is to be held,
   shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly
   authorized proxies or other representatives), shall bear the date of
   signature of each such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and
   shall set forth all information about each such shareholder and about the
   beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the request is made
   that would be required to be set forth in a shareholder's notice described
   in paragraph (a) (ii) of Section 2.14 of these by-laws.

             (c)  In order for a shareholder or shareholders to demand a
   Special Meeting, a written demand or demands for a Special Meeting by the
   holders of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at
   least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be
   considered at the Special Meeting must be delivered to the corporation. 
   To be valid, each written demand by a shareholder for a Special Meeting
   shall set forth the specific purpose or purposes for which the Special
   Meeting is to be held (which purpose or purposes shall be limited to the
   purpose or purposes set forth in the written request to set a Demand
   Record Date received by the corporation pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
   Section 2.02), shall be signed by one or more persons who as of the Demand
   Record Date are shareholders of record (or their duly authorized proxies
   or other representatives), shall bear the date of signature of each such
   shareholder (or proxy or other representative), and shall set forth the
   name and address, as they appear in the corporation's books, of each
   shareholder signing such demand and the class and number of shares of the
   corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such
   shareholder, shall be sent to the Secretary by hand or by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be received by the
   Secretary within seventy days after the Demand Record Date.

             (d)  The corporation shall not be required to call a Special
   Meeting upon shareholder demand unless, in addition to the documents
   required by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02, the Secretary receives a
   written agreement signed by each Soliciting Shareholder (as defined
   below), pursuant to which each Soliciting Shareholder, jointly and
   severally, agrees to pay the corporation's costs of holding the Special
   Meeting, including the costs of preparing and mailing proxy materials for
   the corporation's own solicitation, provided that if each of the
   resolutions introduced by any Soliciting Shareholder at such meeting is
   adopted, and each of the individuals nominated by or on behalf of any
   Soliciting Shareholder for election as a director at such meeting is
   elected, then the Soliciting Shareholders shall not be required to pay
   such costs.  For purposes of this paragraph (d), the following terms shall
   have the meanings set forth below:

                  (i)  "Affiliate" of any Person (as defined herein) shall
        mean any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control
        with such first Person.

                  (ii) "Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to such
        term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
        1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

                  (iii) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm,
        corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, trust,
        unincorporated organization or other entity.

                  (iv) "Proxy" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
        in Rule 14a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

                  (v)  "Solicitation" shall have the meaning assigned to such
        term in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

                  (vi) "Soliciting Shareholder" shall mean, with respect to
        any Special Meeting demanded by a shareholder or shareholders, any of
        the following Persons:

                       (A)  if the number of shareholders signing the
             demand or demands of meeting delivered to the corporation
             pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is ten or
             fewer, each shareholder signing any such demand;

                       (B)  if the number of shareholders signing the
             demand or demands of meeting delivered to the corporation
             pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 is more than
             ten, each Person who either (I) was a Participant in any
             Solicitation of such demand or demands or (II) at the time
             of the delivery to the corporation of the documents
             described in paragraph (c) of this Section 2.02 had engaged
             or intended to engage in any Solicitation of Proxies for
             use at such Special Meeting (other than a Solicitation of
             Proxies on behalf of the corporation); or

                       (C)  any Affiliate of a Soliciting Shareholder,
             if a majority of the directors then in office determine,
             reasonably and in good faith, that such Affiliate should be
             required to sign the written notice described in paragraph
             (c) of this Section 2.02 and/or the written agreement
             described in this paragraph (d) in order to prevent the
             purposes of this Section 2.02 from being evaded.

             (e)  Except as provided in the following sentence, any Special
   Meeting shall be held at such hour and day as may be designated by
   whichever of the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors shall
   have called such meeting.  In the case of any Special Meeting called by
   the President upon the demand of shareholders (a "Demand Special
   Meeting"), such meeting shall be held at such hour and day as may be
   designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of
   any Demand Special Meeting shall be not more than seventy days after the
   Meeting Record Date (as defined in Section 2.06 hereof); and provided
   further that in the event that the directors then in office fail to
   designate an hour and date for a Demand Special Meeting within ten days
   after the date that valid written demands for such meeting by the holders
   of record as of the Demand Record Date of shares representing at least 10%
   of all the votes entitled to be cast on each issue proposed to be
   considered at the Special Meeting are delivered to the corporation (the
   "Delivery Date"), then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 P.M. local time
   on the 100th day after the Delivery Date or, if such 100th day is not a
   Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day.  In
   fixing a meeting date for any Special Meeting, the President, the
   Secretary or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he or it
   deems relevant within the good faith exercise of his or its business
   judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the action proposed
   to be taken, the facts and circumstances surrounding any demand for such
   meeting, and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an Annual Meeting
   or a Special Meeting for the conduct of related business.

             (f)  The corporation may engage regionally or nationally
   recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as an agent of the
   corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of
   the validity of any purported written demand or demands for a Special
   Meeting received by the Secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the
   inspectors to perform such review, no purported demand shall be deemed to
   have been delivered to the corporation until the earlier of (i) five
   Business Days following receipt by the Secretary of such purported demand
   and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the
   corporation that the valid demands received by the Secretary represent at
   least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast on each issue proposed to
   be considered at the Special Meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph
   (f) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of
   Directors or any shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity
   of any demand, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or
   to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement,
   prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto).

             (g)  For purposes of these by-laws, "Business Day" shall mean
   any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
   institutions in the State of Wisconsin are authorized or obligated by law
   or executive order to close.

             2.03.  Place of Meeting.  The Board of Directors, the President
   or the Secretary may designate any place, either within or without the
   State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting for an Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting.  If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be
   the principal office of the corporation.  Any meeting may be adjourned to
   reconvene at any place designated by vote of the Board of Directors or by
   the President or the Secretary.

             2.04.  Notice of Meeting.  Written notice stating the date, time
   and place of any meeting of shareholders shall be delivered not less than
   ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting (unless a
   different time period is provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law or the articles of incorporation), either personally or by mail, by or
   at the direction of the President or the Secretary, to each shareholder of
   record entitled to vote at such meeting and to such other persons as
   required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  In the event of any
   Demand Special Meeting, such notice of meeting shall be sent not more than
   thirty days after the Delivery Date.  If mailed, notice pursuant to this
   Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be effective when deposited in the United
   States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it
   appears on the stock record books of the corporation, with postage thereon
   prepaid.  Unless otherwise required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law or the articles of incorporation of the corporation, a notice of an
   Annual Meeting need not include a description of the purpose for which the
   meeting is called.  In the case of any Special Meeting, (a) the notice of
   meeting shall describe any business that the Board of Directors shall have
   theretofore determined to bring before the meeting and (b) in the case of
   a Demand Special Meeting, the notice of meeting (i) shall describe any
   business set forth in the statement of purpose of the demands received by
   the corporation in accordance with Section 2.02 of these by-laws and (ii)
   shall contain all of the information required in the notice received by
   the corporation in accordance with Section 2.14(b) of these by-laws.  If
   an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is adjourned to a different date,
   time or place, the corporation shall not be required to give notice of the
   new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the
   meeting before adjournment; provided, however, that if a new Meeting
   Record Date for an adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, the corporation
   shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to persons who are shareholders
   as of the new Meeting Record Date.

             2.05.  Waiver of Notice.  A shareholder may waive any notice
   required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the articles of
   incorporation or these by-laws before or after the date and time stated in
   the notice.  The waiver shall be in writing and signed by the shareholder
   entitled to the notice, contain the same information that would have been
   required in the notice under applicable provisions of the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law (except that the time and place of meeting need
   not be stated) and be delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the
   corporate records.  A shareholder's attendance at any Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting, in person or by proxy, waives objection to all of the
   following:  (a) lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless
   the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon arrival
   objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and
   (b) consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within
   the purpose described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder
   objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

             2.06.  Fixing of Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in
   advance a date not less than ten days and not more than seventy days prior
   to the date of an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting as the record date for
   the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at,
   such meeting (the "Meeting Record Date").  In the case of any Demand
   Special Meeting, (i) the Meeting Record Date shall be not later than the
   30th day after the Delivery Date and (ii) if the Board of Directors fails
   to fix the Meeting Record Date within thirty days after the Delivery Date,
   then the close of business on such 30th day shall be the Meeting Record
   Date.  The shareholders of record on the Meeting Record Date shall be the
   shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.  Except as
   provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law for a court-ordered
   adjournment, a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to
   vote at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting is effective for any
   adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new
   Meeting Record Date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a
   date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. 
   The Board of Directors may also fix in advance a date as the record date
   for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to take any other
   action or determining shareholders for any other purpose.  Such record
   date shall be not more than seventy days prior to the date on which the
   particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be
   taken.  The record date for determining shareholders entitled to a
   distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase, redemption
   or other acquisition of the corporation's shares) or a share dividend is
   the date on which the Board of Directors authorizes the distribution or
   share dividend, as the case may be, unless the Board of Directors fixes a
   different record date.

             2.07.  Shareholders' List for Meetings.  After a Meeting Record
   Date has been fixed, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of
   all of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  The list shall
   be arranged by class or series of shares, if any, and show the address of
   and number of shares held by each shareholder.  Such list shall be
   available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two business days
   after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and
   continuing to the date of the meeting, at the corporation's principal
   office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where
   the meeting will be held.  A shareholder or his or her agent may, on
   written demand, inspect and, subject to the limitations imposed by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, copy the list, during regular business
   hours and at his or her expense, during the period that it is available
   for inspection pursuant to this Section 2.07.  The corporation shall make
   the shareholders' list available at the meeting and any shareholder or his
   or her agent or attorney may inspect the list at any time during the
   meeting or any adjournment thereof.  Refusal or failure to prepare or make
   available the shareholders' list shall not affect the validity of any
   action taken at a meeting of shareholders.

             2.08.  Quorum and Voting Requirements; Postponements;
   Adjournments.  

             (a)  Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take
   action on a matter at any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting only if a
   quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter.  If the
   corporation has only one class of stock outstanding, such class shall
   constitute a separate voting group for purposes of this Section 2.08. 
   Except as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, a majority of the votes entitled to be
   cast on the matter shall constitute a quorum of the voting group for
   action on that matter.  Once a share is represented for any purpose at any
   Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, other than for the purpose of objecting
   to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, it is
   considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists for
   the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting
   unless a new Meeting Record Date is or must be set for the adjourned
   meeting.  If a quorum exists, except in the case of the election of
   directors, action on a matter shall be approved if the votes cast within
   the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the
   action, unless the articles of incorporation or the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law requires a greater number of affirmative votes.  Unless
   otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each director to be
   elected shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares
   entitled to vote in the election of directors at an Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting at which a quorum is present.  

             (b)  The Board of Directors acting by resolution may postpone
   and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or Special Meeting;
   provided, however, that a Demand Special Meeting shall be postponed beyond
   the 100th day following the Delivery Date.  Any Annual Meeting or Special
   Meeting may be adjourned from time to time, whether or not there is a
   quorum, (i) at any time, upon a resolution by shareholders if the votes
   cast in favor of such resolution by the holders of shares of each voting
   group entitled to vote on any matter theretofore properly brought before
   the meeting exceed the number of votes cast against such resolution by the
   holders of shares of each such voting group or (ii) at any time prior to
   the transaction of any business at such meeting, by the President or
   pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors.  No notice of the time
   and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.  At any adjourned meeting at which a
   quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted
   which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

             2.09.  Conduct of Meeting.  The President, and in his or her
   absence, a Vice President in the order provided under Section 4.07 of
   these by-laws, and in their absence, any person chosen by the shareholders
   present shall call any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to order and
   shall act as chairperson of the meeting, and the Secretary of the
   corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders,
   but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint
   any other person to act as secretary of the meeting.

             2.10.  Proxies.  At any Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, a
   shareholder may vote his or her shares in person or by proxy.  A
   shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the
   shareholder by signing an appointment form, either personally or by his or
   her attorney-in-fact.  An appointment of a proxy is effective when
   received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation
   authorized to tabulate votes.  An appointment is valid for eleven months
   from the date of its signing unless a different period is expressly
   provided in the appointment form.  Unless otherwise provided, a proxy may
   be revoked at any time before it is voted, either by written notice filed
   with the Secretary or the acting secretary of the meeting or by oral
   notice given by the shareholder to the presiding officer during the
   meeting.  The presence of a shareholder who has filed his or her
   appointment of proxy shall not itself constitute a revocation.  The Board
   of Directors shall have the power and authority to make rules establishing
   presumptions as to the validity and sufficiently of proxies.

             2.11.  Voting of Shares.  

             (a)  Each outstanding share shall be entitled to one vote upon
   each matter submitted to a vote at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting,
   except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or
   classes are enlarged, limited or denied by the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law or the articles of incorporation of the corporation.

             (b)  Shares held by another corporation, if a sufficient number
   of shares entitled to elect a majority of the directors of such other
   corporation is held directly or indirectly by this corporation, shall not
   be entitled to vote at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, but shares
   held in a fiduciary capacity may be voted. 

             2.12.  Action without Meeting.  Any action required or permitted
   by the articles of incorporation or these by-laws or any provision of the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be taken at an Annual Meeting or
   Special Meeting may be taken without a meeting if a written consent or
   consents, describing the action so taken, is signed by all of the
   shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof
   and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the corporate records.

             2.13.  Acceptance of Instruments Showing Shareholder Action.  If
   the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment
   corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in
   good faith, may accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and
   give it effect as the act of a shareholder.  If the name signed on a vote,
   consent, waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a
   shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, may accept the
   vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act
   of the shareholder if any of the following apply:

             (a)  The shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports
   to be that of an officer or agent of the entity.

             (b)  The name purports to be that of a personal representative,
   administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the
   shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status
   acceptable to the corporation is presented with respect to the vote,
   consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (c)  The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or
   trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
   evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (d)  The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
   beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the
   corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder is presented with
   respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment.

             (e)  Two or more persons are the shareholders as co-tenants or
   fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of
   the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all
   co-owners.

   The corporation may reject a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment if
   the Secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation who is
   authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis
   for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the
   signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

             2.14.  Notice of Shareholder Business and Nomination of
   Directors.

             (a)  Annual Meetings.

                  (i)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
        Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be
        considered by the shareholders may be made at an Annual Meeting (A)
        pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting, (B) by or at the
        direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any shareholder of the
        corporation who is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of
        notice provided for in this by-law and who is entitled to vote at the
        meeting and complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
        Section 2.14.

                  (ii) For nominations or other business to be properly
        brought before an Annual Meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause
        (C) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.14, the shareholder must
        have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the
        corporation.  To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be received
        by the Secretary of the corporation at the principal offices of the
        corporation not less than sixty days nor more than ninety days prior
        to the second Wednesday in the month of April; provided, however,
        that in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting is advanced by
        more than thirty days or delayed by more than sixty days from the
        second Wednesday in the month of April, notice by the shareholder to
        be timely must be so received not earlier than the 90th day prior to
        the date of such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of
        business on the later of (x) the 60th day prior to such Annual
        Meeting and (y) the 10th day following the day on which public
        announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such
        shareholder's notice shall be signed by the shareholder of record who
        intends to make the nomination or introduce the other business (or
        his duly authorized proxy or other representative), shall bear the
        date of signature of such shareholder (or proxy or other
        representative) and shall set forth: (A) the name and address, as
        they appear on this corporation's books, of such shareholder and the
        beneficial owner or owners, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or
        proposal is made; (B) the class and number of shares of the
        corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder or
        beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that such
        shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the corporation
        entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or
        by proxy at the meeting to make the nomination or introduce the other
        business specified in the notice; (D) in the case of any proposed
        nomination for election or re-election as a director, (I) the name
        and residence address of the person or persons to be nominated, (II)
        a description of all arrangements or understandings between such
        shareholder or beneficial owner or owners and each nominee and any
        other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to
        which the nomination is to be made by such shareholder, (III) such
        other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder
        as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
        elections of directors, or would be otherwise required to be
        disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange
        Act, including any information that would be required to be included
        in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the nominee
        been nominated by the Board of Directors and (IV) the written consent
        of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a
        director of the corporation if so elected; and (E) in the case of any
        other business that such shareholder proposes to bring before the
        meeting, (I) a brief description of the business desired to be
        brought before the meeting and, if such business includes a proposal
        to amend these by-laws, the language of the proposed amendment, (II)
        such shareholder's and beneficial owner's or owners' reasons for
        conducting such business at the meeting and (III) any material
        interest in such business of such shareholder and beneficial owner or
        owners.

                  (iii)   Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence
        of paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.14 to the contrary, in the
        event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of
        Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public
        announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying
        the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation
        at least seventy days prior to the second Wednesday in the month of
        April, a shareholder's notice required by this Section 2.14 shall
        also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any
        new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by
        the Secretary at the principal offices of the corporation not later
        than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which
        such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

             (b)  Special Meetings.  Only such business shall be conducted at
   a Special Meeting as shall have been described in the notice of meeting
   sent to shareholders pursuant to Section 2.04 of these by-laws. 
   Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made
   at a Special Meeting at which directors are to be elected pursuant to such
   notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or
   (ii) by any shareholder of the corporation who (A) is a shareholder of
   record at the time of giving of such notice of meeting, (B) is entitled to
   vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth
   in this Section 2.14.  Any shareholder desiring to nominate persons for
   election to the Board of Directors at such a Special Meeting shall cause a
   written notice to be received by the Secretary of the corporation at the
   principal offices of the corporation not earlier than ninety days prior to
   such Special Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later
   of (x) the 60th day prior to such Special Meeting and (y) the 10th day
   following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date
   of such Special Meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of
   Directors to be elected at such meeting.  Such written notice shall be
   signed by the shareholder of record who intends to make the nomination (or
   his duly authorized proxy or other representative), shall bear the date of
   signature of such shareholder (or proxy or other representative) and shall
   set forth: (A) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's
   books, of such shareholder and the beneficial owner or owners, if any, on
   whose behalf the nomination is made; (B) the class and number of shares of
   the corporation which are beneficially owned by such shareholder or
   beneficial owner or owners; (C) a representation that such shareholder is
   a holder of record of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at such
   meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to make
   the nomination specified in the notice; (D) the name and residence address
   of the person or persons to be nominated; (E) a description of all
   arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or beneficial
   owner or owners and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming
   such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by
   such shareholder; (F) such other information regarding each nominee
   proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be disclosed in
   solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or would be otherwise
   required to be disclosed, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under
   the Exchange Act, including any information that would be required to be
   included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A had the
   nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors; and (G) the written
   consent of each nominee to be named in a proxy statement and to serve as a
   director of the corporation if so elected.

             (c)  General.

                  (i)  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
        procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 shall be eligible to serve
        as directors.  Only such business shall be conducted at an Annual
        Meeting or Special Meeting as shall have been brought before such
        meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section
        2.14.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to
        determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought
        before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set
        forth in this Section 2.14 and, if any proposed nomination or
        business is not in compliance with this Section 2.14, to declare that
        such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

                  (ii)  For purposes of this Section 2.14, "public
        announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by
        the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national
        news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with
        the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or
        15(d) of the Exchange Act.

                  (iii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
        Section 2.14, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable
        requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
        thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section
        2.14.  Nothing in this Section 2.14 shall be deemed to limit the
        corporation's obligation to include shareholder proposals in its
        proxy statement if such inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the
        Exchange Act.

                        ARTICLE III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

             3.01.  General Powers, Classification and Number.  All corporate
   powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business
   affairs of the corporation managed under the direction of, the Board of
   Directors.  The number of directors of the corporation shall be four (4),
   divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III;
   and such classes shall consist of one (1), one (1) and two (2)
   director(s), respectively.  At the first meeting of shareholders at which
   directors are elected after the date these by-laws are adopted, the
   directors of Class I shall be elected for a term to expire at the first
   Annual Meeting after their election, and until their successors are duly
   elected and qualified, the directors of Class II shall be elected for a
   term to expire at the second Annual Meeting after their election, and
   until their successors are duly elected and qualified, and the directors
   of Class III shall be elected for a term to expire at the third Annual
   Meeting after their election, and until their successors are duly elected
   and qualified.  At each Annual Meeting after the first meeting of
   shareholders at which directors are elected after the date these by-laws
   are adopted, the successors to the class of directors whose terms shall
   expire at the time of such Annual Meeting shall be elected to hold office
   until the third succeeding Annual Meeting, and until their successors are
   duly elected and qualified.

             3.02.  Tenure and Qualifications.  Each director shall hold
   office until the next Annual Meeting in the year in which such director's
   term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected
   and, if necessary, qualified, or until there is a decrease in the number
   of directors which takes effect after the expiration of his or her term,
   or until his or her prior retirement, death, resignation or removal.  A
   director may be removed from office only as provided in the articles of
   incorporation at a meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of
   removing the director, and the meeting notice shall state that the
   purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the
   director.  A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice
   which complies with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to the Board of
   Directors, to the President or to the corporation.  A director's
   resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice
   specifies a later effective date.  Directors need not be residents of the
   State of Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation.  No other
   restrictions, limitations or qualifications may be imposed on individuals
   for service as a director.

             3.03.  Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the Board of
   Directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately
   after the Annual Meeting and each adjourned session thereof.  The place of
   such regular meeting shall be the same as the place of the Annual Meeting
   which precedes it, or such other suitable place as may be announced at
   such Annual Meeting.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution,
   the date, time and place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin,
   for the holding of additional regular meetings of the Board of Directors
   without other notice than such resolution.

             3.04.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
   Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, Secretary
   or any two directors.  The President or Secretary may fix any place,
   either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place for holding
   any special meeting of the Board of Directors, and if no other place is
   fixed the place of the meeting shall be the principal office of the
   corporation in the State of Wisconsin.

             3.05.  Notice; Waiver.  Notice of each meeting of the Board of
   Directors (unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to Section 3.03 of
   these by-laws) shall be given by written notice delivered in person, by
   telegraph, teletype, facsimile or other form of wire or wireless
   communication, or by mail or private carrier, to each director at his
   business address or at such other address as such director shall have
   designated in writing filed with the Secretary, in each case not less than
   forty-eight hours prior to the meeting.  The notice need not describe the
   purpose of the meeting of the Board of Directors or the business to be
   transacted at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be
   effective when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with
   postage thereon prepaid.  If notice is given by telegram, such notice
   shall be deemed to be effective when the telegram is delivered to the
   telegraph company.  If notice is given by private carrier, such notice
   shall be deemed to be effective when delivered to the private carrier. 
   Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to any director of
   the corporation under the articles of incorporation or these by-laws or
   any provision of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, a waiver thereof
   in writing, signed at any time, whether before or after the date and time
   of meeting, by the director entitled to such notice shall be deemed
   equivalent to the giving of such notice. The corporation shall retain any
   such waiver as part of the permanent corporate records.  A director's
   attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to
   him or her of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the
   meeting or promptly upon his or her arrival objects to holding the meeting
   or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or
   assent to action taken at the meeting.

             3.06.  Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law or by the articles of incorporation or these by-
   laws, a majority of the number of directors specified in Section 3.01 of
   these by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at
   any meeting of the Board of Directors.  In the event that there are only
   two directors then in office, a quorum for the transaction of business at
   any meeting of the Board of Directors shall consist of one-third of the
   number of directors specified in Section 3.01 of these by-laws.  Except as
   otherwise provided by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or by the
   articles of incorporation or by these by-laws, a quorum of any committee
   of the Board of Directors created pursuant to Section 3.12 of these by-
   laws shall consist of a majority of the number of directors appointed to
   serve on the committee.  A majority of the directors present (though less
   than such quorum) may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors or any
   committee thereof, as the case may be, from time to time without further
   notice.

             3.07.  Manner of Acting.  The affirmative vote of a majority of
   the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a
   committee thereof at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
   Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, unless the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, the articles of incorporation or these
   by-laws require the vote of a greater number of directors.

             3.08.  Conduct of Meetings.  The President, and in his or her
   absence, a Vice President in the order provided under Section 4.07 of
   these by-laws, and in their absence, any director chosen by the directors
   present, shall call meetings of the Board of Directors to order and shall
   act as chairperson of the meeting.  The Secretary of the corporation shall
   act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors but in the
   absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other
   person present to act as secretary of the meeting.  Minutes of any regular
   or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be prepared and
   distributed to each director.

             3.09.  Vacancies.  Any vacancies occurring in the Board of
   Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of
   directors, shall be filled only as provided in the articles of
   incorporation.  A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date,
   because of a resignation effective at a later date or otherwise, may be
   filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director may not take office
   until the vacancy occurs.

             3.10.  Compensation.  The Board of Directors, irrespective of
   any personal interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable
   compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors
   or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee.  The Board of
   Directors also shall have authority to provide for or delegate authority
   to an appropriate committee to provide for reasonable pensions, disability
   or death benefits, and other benefits or payments, to directors, officers
   and employees and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries
   on account of prior services rendered by such directors, officers and
   employees to the corporation.

             3.11.  Presumption of Assent.  A director who is present and is
   announced as present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any
   committee thereof created in accordance with Section 3.12 of these by-
   laws, when corporate action is taken, assents to the action taken unless
   any of the following occurs:  (a) the director objects at the beginning of
   the meeting or promptly upon his or her arrival to holding the meeting or
   transacting business at the meeting; (b) the director dissents or abstains
   from an action taken and minutes of the meeting are prepared that show the
   director's dissent or abstention from the action taken; (c) the director
   delivers written notice that complies with the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding
   officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation
   immediately after adjournment of the meeting; or (d) the director dissents
   or abstains from an action taken, minutes of the meeting are prepared that
   fail to show the director's dissent or abstention from the action taken,
   and the director delivers to the corporation a written notice of that
   failure that complies with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law promptly
   after receiving the minutes.  Such right of dissent or abstention shall
   not apply to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

             3.12.  Committees.  The Board of Directors by resolution adopted
   by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the directors then in
   office may create one or more committees, appoint members of the Board of
   Directors to serve on the committees and designate other members of the
   Board of Directors to serve as alternates.  Each committee shall have two
   or more members who shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board of
   Directors, serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  A committee
   may be authorized to exercise the authority of the Board of Directors,
   except that a committee may not do any of the following:  (a) authorize
   distributions; (b) approve or propose to shareholders action that the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law requires to be approved by
   shareholders; (c) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or, unless the
   Board of Directors provides by resolution that vacancies on a committee
   shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the remaining committee
   members, on any Board committee; (d) amend the corporation's articles of
   incorporation; (e) adopt, amend or repeal by-laws; (f) approve a plan of
   merger not requiring shareholder approval; (g) authorize or approve
   reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method
   prescribed by the Board of Directors; and (h) authorize or approve the
   issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the
   designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or
   series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a
   committee to do so within limits prescribed by the Board of Directors. 
   Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in creating the
   committee, a committee may employ counsel, accountants and other
   consultants to assist it in the exercise of its authority.

             3.13.  Telephonic Meetings.  Except as herein provided and
   notwithstanding any place set forth in the notice of the meeting or these
   by-laws, members of the Board of Directors (and any committees thereof
   created pursuant to Section 3.12 of these by-laws) may participate in
   regular or special meetings by, or through the use of, any means of
   communication by which all participants may simultaneously hear each
   other, such as by conference telephone.  If a meeting is conducted by such
   means, then at the commencement of such meeting the presiding officer
   shall inform the participating directors that a meeting is taking place at
   which official business may be transacted.  Any participant in a meeting
   by such means shall be deemed present in person at such meeting. 
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action may be taken at any meeting held
   by such means on any particular matter which the presiding officer
   determines, in his or her sole discretion, to be inappropriate under the
   circumstances for action at a meeting held by such means.  Such
   determination shall be made and announced in advance of such meeting.

             3.14.  Action Without Meeting.  Any action required or permitted
   by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be taken at a meeting of the
   Board of Directors or a committee thereof created pursuant to Section 3.12
   of these by-laws may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by
   all members of the Board or of the committee.  The action shall be
   evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken,
   signed by each director or committee member and retained by the
   corporation.  Such action shall be effective when the last director or
   committee member signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a
   different effective date.

                              ARTICLE IV.  OFFICERS

             4.01.  Number.  The principal officers of the corporation shall
   be a President, the number of Vice Presidents as authorized from time to
   time by the Board of Directors, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each of whom
   shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  Such other officers and
   assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed
   by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may also authorize any
   duly appointed officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant
   officers.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

             4.02.  Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the
   corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected
   annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of
   Directors held after each Annual Meeting of the shareholders.  If the
   election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election
   shall be held as soon thereafter as is practicable.  Each officer shall
   hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected or
   until his or her prior death, resignation or removal.

             4.03.  Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer
   and, unless restricted by the Board of Directors or these by-laws, an
   officer may remove any officer or assistant officer appointed by that
   officer, at any time, with or without cause and notwithstanding the
   contract rights, if any, of the officer removed.  The appointment of an
   officer does not of itself create contract rights.

             4.04.  Resignation.  An officer may resign at any time by
   delivering notice to the corporation that complies with the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law.  The resignation shall be effective when the
   notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later effective date
   and the corporation accepts the later effective date.

             4.05.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any principal office because of
   death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, shall be
   filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term. 
   If a resignation of an officer is effective at a later date as
   contemplated by Section 4.04 of these by-laws, the Board of Directors may
   fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board provides
   that the successor may not take office until the effective date.

             4.06.  President.  The President shall be the principal
   executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the direction of the
   Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the
   business and affairs of the corporation.  The President shall, when
   present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of
   Directors.  He or she shall have authority, subject to such rules as may
   be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such agents and
   employees of the corporation as he or she shall deem necessary, to
   prescribe their powers, duties and compensation, and to delegate authority
   to them.  Such agents and employees shall hold office at the discretion of
   the President.  He or she shall have authority to sign, execute and
   acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, mortgages, bonds,
   stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other documents or
   instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the
   corporation's regular business, or which shall be authorized by resolution
   of the Board of Directors; and, except as otherwise provided by law or the
   Board of Directors, he or she may authorize any Vice President or other
   officer or agent of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such
   documents or instruments in his or her place and stead.  In general he or
   she shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such
   other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to
   time.

             4.07.  The Vice Presidents.  In the absence of the President or
   in the event of the President's death, inability or refusal to act, or in
   the event for any reason it shall be impracticable for the President to
   act personally, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one
   Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board
   of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of
   their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so
   acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
   restrictions upon the President.  Any Vice President may sign, with the
   Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the
   corporation; and shall perform such other duties and have such authority
   as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him or her by the
   President or by the Board of Directors. The execution of any instrument of
   the corporation by any Vice President shall be conclusive evidence, as to
   third parties, of his or her authority to act in the stead of the
   President.

             4.08.  The Secretary.  The Secretary shall:  (a) keep minutes of
   the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors (and of
   committees thereof) in one or more books provided for that purpose
   (including records of actions taken by the shareholders or the Board of
   Directors (or committees thereof) without a meeting); (b) see that all
   notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws
   or as required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law; (c) be custodian
   of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that
   the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of
   which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d)
   maintain a record of the shareholders of the corporation, in a form that
   permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all
   shareholders, by class or series of shares and showing the number and
   class or series of shares held by each shareholder; (e) sign with the
   President, or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the
   corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by
   resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock
   transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general perform all duties
   incident to the office of Secretary and have such other duties and
   exercise such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned
   by the President or by the Board of Directors.

             4.09.  The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall:  (a) have charge and
   custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the
   corporation; (b) maintain appropriate accounting records; (c) receive and
   give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any
   source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the
   corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall
   be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 of these by-
   laws; and (d) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office
   of Treasurer and have such other duties and exercise such other authority
   as from time to time may be delegated or assigned by the President or by
   the Board of Directors.  If required by the Board of Directors, the
   Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her
   duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of
   Directors shall determine.

             4.10.  Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.  There
   shall be such number of Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as
   the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize.  The Assistant
   Secretaries may sign with the President or a Vice President certificates
   for shares of the corporation the issuance of which shall have been
   authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Assistant
   Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give
   bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with
   such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The Assistant
   Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such
   duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or
   assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by
   the President or the Board of Directors.

             4.11.  Other Assistants and Acting Officers.  The Board of
   Directors shall have the power to appoint, or to authorize any duly
   appointed officer of the corporation to appoint, any person to act as
   assistant to any officer, or as agent for the corporation in his or her
   stead, or to perform the duties of such officer whenever for any reason it
   is impracticable for such officer to act personally, and such assistant or
   acting officer or other agent so appointed by the Board of Directors or an
   authorized officer shall have the power to perform all the duties of the
   office to which he or she is so appointed to be an assistant, or as to
   which he or she is so appointed to act, except as such power may be
   otherwise defined or restricted by the Board of Directors or the
   appointing officer.

             4.12.  Salaries.  The salaries of the principal officers shall
   be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by a duly
   authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from
   receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a
   director of the corporation.

                      ARTICLE V.  CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS
                      AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

             5.01.  Contracts.  The Board of Directors may authorize any
   officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or
   execute or deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
   corporation, and such authorization may be general or confined to specific
   instances.  In the absence of other designation, all deeds, mortgages and
   instruments of assignment or pledge made by the corporation shall be
   executed in the name of the corporation by the President or one of the
   Vice Presidents and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the
   Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; the Secretary or an Assistant
   Secretary, when necessary or required, shall affix the corporate seal, if
   any, thereto; and when so executed no other party to such instrument or
   any third party shall be required to make any inquiry into the authority
   of the signing officer or officers.

             5.02.  Loans.  No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be
   contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such
   indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by or under the
   authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authorization
   may be general or confined to specific instances.

             5.03.  Checks, Drafts, etc.  All checks, drafts or other orders
   for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued
   in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or
   officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall
   from time to time be determined by or under the authority of a resolution
   of the Board of Directors.

             5.04.  Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise
   employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the
   corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be
   selected by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of
   Directors.

             5.05.  Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation.  Subject
   always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any
   shares or other securities issued by any other corporation and owned or
   controlled by this corporation may be voted at any meeting of security
   holders of such other corporation by the President of this corporation if
   he or she be present, or in his or her absence by any Vice President of
   this corporation who may be present, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of
   the President, or in his or her absence, of any Vice President, it is
   desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in
   respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other corporation
   and owned by this corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in
   the name of this corporation by the President or one of the Vice
   Presidents of this corporation, without necessity of any authorization by
   the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal, if any, or
   countersignature or attestation by another officer.  Any person or persons
   designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this
   corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares
   or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this
   corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by
   this corporation.

             5.06.     No Nominee Procedures.  The corporation has not
   established, and nothing in these by-laws shall be deemed to establish,
   any procedure by which a beneficial owner of the corporation's shares that
   are registered in the name of a nominee is recognized by the corporation
   as a shareholder under Section 180.0723 of the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law.

            ARTICLE VI.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES; TRANSFER OF SHARES

             6.01.  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing
   shares of the corporation shall be in such form, consistent with the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as shall be determined by the Board of
   Directors.  Such certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice
   President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  All
   certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise
   identified.  The name and address of the person to whom the shares
   represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of
   issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. 
   All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be
   canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former
   certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
   canceled, except as provided in Section 6.06 of these by-laws.

             6.02.  Facsimile Signatures and Seal.  The seal of the
   corporation, if any, on any certificates for shares may be a facsimile. 
   The signature of the President or Vice President and the Secretary or
   Assistant Secretary upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the
   certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or a
   registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the
   corporation.

             6.03.  Signature by Former Officers.  The validity of a share
   certificate is not affected if a person who signed the certificate (either
   manually or in facsimile) no longer holds office when the certificate is
   issued.

             6.04.  Transfer of Shares.  Prior to due presentment of a
   certificate for shares for registration of transfer the corporation may
   treat the registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively
   entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to have and
   exercise all the rights and power of an owner.  Where a certificate for
   shares is presented to the corporation with a request to register for
   transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner or any other
   person suffering loss as a result of such registration of transfer if (a)
   there were on or with the certificate the necessary endorsements, and (b)
   the corporation had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has
   discharged any such duty.  The corporation may require reasonable
   assurance that such endorsements are genuine and effective and compliance
   with such other regulations as may be prescribed by or under the authority
   of the Board of Directors.

             6.05.  Restrictions on Transfer.  The face or reverse side of
   each certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of
   any restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such
   shares.

             6.06.  Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates.  The Board of
   Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in
   place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
   corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the
   making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate
   of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of
   a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its
   discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require
   the person requesting such new certificate or certificates, or his or her
   legal representative, to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may
   direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
   corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost,
   stolen or destroyed.

             6.07.  Consideration for Shares.  The Board of Directors may
   authorize shares to be issued for consideration consisting of any tangible
   or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash,
   promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be
   performed or other securities of the corporation.  Before the corporation
   issues shares, the Board of Directors shall determine that the
   consideration received or to be received for the shares to be issued is
   adequate.  The determination of the Board of Directors is conclusive
   insofar as the adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares
   relates to whether the shares are validly issued, fully paid and
   nonassessable. The corporation may place in escrow shares issued in whole
   or in part for a contract for future services or benefits, a promissory
   note, or other property to be issued in the future, or make other
   arrangements to restrict the transfer of the shares, and may credit
   distributions in respect of the shares against their purchase price, until
   the services are performed, the benefits or property are received or the
   promissory note is paid.  If the services are not performed, the benefits
   or property are not received or the promissory note is not paid, the
   corporation may cancel, in whole or in part, the shares escrowed or
   restricted and the distributions credited.

             6.08.  Stock Regulations.  The Board of Directors shall have the
   power and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not
   inconsistent with law as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
   transfer and registration of shares of the corporation.

                               ARTICLE VII.  SEAL

             7.01.  The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal
   for the corporation.

                           ARTICLE VIII.  FISCAL YEAR

             8.01.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be from January
   1 to December 31.

                          ARTICLE IX.  INDEMNIFICATION

             9.01.  Provision of Indemnification.  The corporation shall, to
   the fullest extent permitted or required by Sections 180.0850 to 180.0859,
   inclusive, of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, including any
   amendments thereto (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the
   extent such amendment permits or requires the corporation to provide
   broader indemnification rights than prior to such amendment), indemnify
   its Directors and Officers against any and all Liabilities, and advance
   any and all reasonable Expenses, incurred thereby in any Proceeding to
   which any such Director or Officer is a Party because he or she is or was
   a Director or Officer of the corporation.  The corporation shall also
   indemnify an employee who is not a Director or Officer, to the extent that
   the employee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
   a Proceeding, for all reasonable Expenses incurred in the Proceeding if
   the employee was a Party because he or she is or was an employee of the
   corporation.  The rights to indemnification granted hereunder shall not be
   deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification against
   Liabilities or the advancement of Expenses which a Director, Officer or
   employee may be entitled under any written agreement, Board resolution,
   vote of shareholders, the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or otherwise. 
   The corporation may, but shall not be required to, supplement the
   foregoing rights to indemnification against Liabilities and advancement of
   Expenses under this Section 9.01 by the purchase of insurance on behalf of
   any one or more of such Directors, Officers or employees, whether or not
   the corporation would be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to
   such Director, Officer or employee under this Section 9.01. All
   capitalized terms used in this Article IX and not otherwise defined herein
   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 180.0850 of the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law.

                             ARTICLE X.  AMENDMENTS

             10.01.  By Shareholders.  Except as otherwise provided in the
   articles of incorporation or these by-laws, these by-laws may be amended
   or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by the shareholders at any
   Annual Meeting or Special Meeting at which a quorum is in attendance.

             10.02.  By Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by the
   Wisconsin Business Corporation Law or the articles of incorporation, these
   by-laws may also be amended or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by
   the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of
   directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance;
   provided, however, that the shareholders in adopting, amending or
   repealing a particular by-law may provide therein that the Board of
   Directors may not amend, repeal or readopt that by-law.

             10.03.  Implied Amendments.  Any action taken or authorized by
   the shareholders or by the Board of Directors which would be inconsistent
   with the by-laws then in effect but which is taken or authorized by
   affirmative vote of not less than the number of shares or the number of
   directors required to amend the by-laws so that the by-laws would be
   consistent with such action shall be given the same effect as though the
   by-laws had been temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only so far,
   as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or authorized.




                                                                  EXHIBIT (5)
                           F O L E Y  &  L A R D N E R

                          A T T O R N E Y S  A T  L A W

   CHICAGO                       FIRSTAR CENTER                     SAN DIEGO
   JACKSONVILLE             777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE           SAN FRANCISCO
   LOS ANGELES           MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202-5367          TALLAHASSEE
   MADISON                  TELEPHONE (414) 271-2400                    TAMPA
   ORLANDO                  FACSIMILE (414) 297-4900         WASHINGTON, D.C.
   SACRAMENTO                                                 WEST PALM BEACH
                              WRITER'S DIRECT LINE


                               September 16, 1997


   National Research Corporation
   1033 "O" Street
   Lincoln, Nebraska  68508

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

             We have acted as counsel for National Research Corporation, a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and the majority shareholder of the
   Company (the "Selling Shareholder") with respect to the preparation of a
   Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement"),
   including the prospectus constituting a part thereof (the "Prospectus"),
   filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
   Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), relating to
   2,100,000 shares of the Company's common stock, $.001 par value ("Common
   Stock"), together with up to 315,000 additional shares of Common Stock
   being registered to cover the over-allotment option granted by the Selling
   Shareholder to the underwriters.

             In connection with our representation, we have examined:  (a)
   the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus; (b) the Articles of
   Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended to date and as
   proposed to be amended immediately prior to the effective date of the
   Registration Statement; (c) resolutions of the Company's Board of
   Directors relating to the authorization of the issuance of certain of the
   securities covered by the Registration Statement; and (d) such other
   proceedings, documents and records as we have deemed necessary to enable
   us to render this opinion.

             Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

             1.   The Company is a corporation validly existing under the
   laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.   The shares of Common Stock covered by the Registration
   Statement that are to be offered and sold by the Company, when the price
   thereof has been determined by action of the Company's Board of Directors
   and when issued and paid for in the manner contemplated in the
   Registration Statement and Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid
   and nonassessable, except with respect to wage claims of, or other debts
   owing to, employees of the Company for services performed, but not
   exceeding six months' service in any one case, as provided in Section
   180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and judicial
   interpretations thereof.

             3.   The shares of Common Stock covered by the Registration
   Statement that are to be offered and sold by the Selling Shareholder are,
   and when sold in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and
   Prospectus will continue to be, validly issued, fully paid and
   nonassessable, except with respect to wage claims of, or other debts owing
   to, employees of the Company for services performed, but not exceeding six
   months' service in any one case, as provided in Section 180.0622(2)(b) of
   the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and judicial interpretations
   thereof.

             We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
   Registration Statement and to the references to our firm therein.  In
   giving our consent, we do not admit that we are "experts" within the
   meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of
   persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

                                      Very truly yours,


                                      FOLEY & LARDNER




                                                              Exhibit (10.4)

                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION

                               DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN


             1.   Purpose.  The purpose of the National Research Corporation
   Director Stock Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the best interests of
   National Research Corporation (the "Company") and its shareholders by
   providing a means to attract and retain competent independent directors
   and to provide opportunities for additional stock ownership by such
   directors which will further increase their proprietary interest in the
   Company and, consequently, their identification with the interests of the
   shareholders of the Company.

             2.   Administration.  The Plan shall be administered by the
   Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
   "Administrator"), subject to review by the Board of Directors (the
   "Board").  The Administrator may adopt such rules and regulations for
   carrying out the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of
   the Company.  The interpretation by the Board of any provision of the Plan
   or any related documents shall be final.

             3.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to adjustment in
   accordance with the provisions of paragraph 7, the total number of shares
   of common stock, $.001 par value, of the Company ("Common Stock")
   available for issuance under the Plan shall be 30,000.  Shares of Common
   Stock to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from
   presently authorized but unissued Common Stock or authorized and issued
   shares of Common Stock reacquired and held as treasury shares, or a
   combination thereof.  In no event shall the Company be required to issue
   fractional shares of Common Stock under the Plan.  Whenever under the
   terms of the Plan a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be
   required to be issued, there shall be paid in lieu thereof one full share
   of Common Stock.

             4.   Eligible Directors.  Each member of the Board who is not an
   employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and who is paid a
   cash retainer fee by the Company for services as a director ("Outside
   Director") shall be eligible to receive shares of Common Stock under the
   Plan.

             5.   Director Grants.

                  (a)  Stock Awards.  Each Outside Director shall
   automatically receive, in lieu of cash, 60% of his or her Annual Retainer
   (as defined below) earned in each calendar year in the form of Common
   Stock.  Such shares of Common Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional
   shares) shall be transferred in accordance with paragraph 5(c) hereof. 
   The term "Annual Retainer" as used herein means the annual retainer
   scheduled to be paid to an Outside Director for the calendar year for
   services on the Board, exclusive of any meeting and committee fees.

                  (b)  Option Awards.  On the date of the Company's first
   annual meeting of shareholders and thereafter on the date of each
   succeeding annual meeting of shareholders of the Company ("Grant Date"),
   an Outside Director, if reelected or retained as an Outside Director at
   such meeting, shall automatically be granted a nonqualified stock option
   to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock.  The option exercise price shall
   be the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share of Common Stock on
   the Grant Date, which shall be payable at the time of exercise in cash,
   previously acquired shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market
   Value or such other forms or combinations of forms as the Board or
   Administrator may approve.  The term "Fair Market Value" as used herein
   shall mean the last sale price of the Common Stock as reported on The
   Nasdaq Stock Market on the last trading day of the applicable pay period.

                  An option may be exercised in whole or in part, from time
   to time commencing one year after the Grant Date (the "Vesting Date"),
   subject to the following limitations:

                       (i)  If an Outside Director's status as an Outside
                  Director of the Company terminates because of death prior
                  to the Vesting Date, the option shall become immediately
                  exercisable in full and may be exercised for a period of
                  three years after the date of death.

                       (ii) If for any reason other than death an Outside
                  Director ceases to be an Outside Director of the Company
                  prior to the "Vesting Date," the option shall be canceled
                  as of the date of such termination.

                       (iii)  If an Outside Director ceases to be an
                  Outside Director of the Company for any reason after the
                  Vesting Date, the option shall expire ten years after the
                  Grant Date, or if earlier, three years after termination of
                  Outside Director status.

                  (c)  Transfer of Shares.  Shares of Common Stock issuable
   to an Outside Director pursuant to paragraph 5(a) shall be transferred to
   such Outside Director at such time or times during the calendar year as
   the cash portion of the Annual Retainer is paid.  The total number of
   shares of Common Stock to be so transferred shall be determined by
   dividing (i) an amount equal to 60% of the Annual Retainer payable during
   the applicable period by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
   Stock on the last business day of such period.  In no event shall the
   Company be required to issue fractional shares.  Whenever under the terms
   of this paragraph 5(c) a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise
   be required to be issued to an Outside Director, an amount in lieu thereof
   shall be paid in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of such fractional
   share.

                  (d)  Termination of Services.  If an Outside Director's
   services as a Board member are terminated before the Vesting Date for any
   reason other than death so that the option is canceled pursuant to
   paragraph 5(b)(ii) hereof, the Outside Director shall receive in cash the
   Annual Retainer such Outside Director would otherwise have been entitled
   to receive for the applicable period in the absence of this Plan.

             6.   Restrictions on Transfer.

                  (a)  Stock Awards.  Shares of Common Stock acquired under
   Section 5(a) of the Plan may not be sold or otherwise disposed of except
   pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act
   of 1933, as amended, or except in a transaction which, in the opinion of
   counsel, is exempt from registration under said Act.  All certificates
   evidencing shares subject to awards to Outside Directors may bear an
   appropriate legend evidencing any such transfer restriction.  All
   dividends and voting rights for shares issued under the Plan shall accrue
   as of the issue date thereof.

                  (b)  Option Awards.  Options granted under the Plan shall
   not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and
   distribution, except that an Outside Director may, to the extent allowed
   by the Board or the Administrator, and in a manner specified by the Board
   or the Administrator, (i) designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise
   the option after the Outside Director's death or (ii) transfer any option.

             7.   Adjustment Provisions.  In the event of any change in the
   Common Stock by reason of a declaration of a stock dividend (other than a
   stock dividend declared in lieu of an ordinary cash dividend), stock
   split, spin-off, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or split-up,
   combination or exchange of shares, or otherwise, the aggregate number of
   shares available under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted in order
   to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be made
   available under the Plan.

             8.   Amendment of Plan.  The Board shall have the right to amend
   the Plan at any time or from time to time in any manner that it may deem
   appropriate; provided, however, that the provisions of paragraph 5 shall
   not be amended more than once every six months, other than to comport with
   changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Employee
   Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules
   thereunder.

             9.   Withholding.  The Company may defer making payments under
   the Plan until satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of
   any federal, state or local income taxes required to be withheld with
   respect to such payment or delivery.  Each Outside Director shall be
   entitled to irrevocably elect to have the Company withhold shares of
   Common Stock having an aggregate value equal to the amount required to be
   withheld.  The value of fractional shares remaining after payment of the
   withholding taxes shall be paid to the Outside Director in cash.  Shares
   so withheld shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the regular business
   day immediately preceding the date such shares would otherwise be
   transferred hereunder.

             10.  Documentation of Awards.  Awards made under the Plan shall
   be evidenced by written agreements or such other appropriate documentation
   as the Board or the Admnistrator may prescribe.  The Board and/or the
   Administrator need not require the execution of any instrument or
   acknowledgement of notice of an award under the Plan, in which case
   acceptance of such award by the respective Outside Director will
   constitute agreement to the terms of the award.

             11.  Governing Law.  The Plan, all awards hereunder, and all
   determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan shall be
   governed by the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin and applicable
   federal law.

             12.  Effective Date and Term of Plan.  The effective date of the
   Plan is ______________, 1997.  The Plan shall terminate on such date as
   may be determined by the Board.






                                                               Exhibit (10.7)

                                   SUBCONTRACT




                                     Between





   __________________________________________________________________________


   United HealthCare Corporation      &         National Research Corporation
   9900 Bren Road East                          1033 O Street
   Minnetonka, Minnesota  55343                 Gold's Galleria
                                                Lincoln, Nebraska  68508





        for services to be performed for the Defense Medical Information
   System/System Integration, Design, Development, Operations and Maintenance
    (D/SIDDOMS - Lot III) in support of the Office of the Assistant Secretary
              of Defense for Health Affairs, Department of Defense.








      This Subcontract is issued in accordance with and is subordinate to:
                       Prime Contract No. DASW01-95-0029.


   <PAGE>

   This subcontract is made as of May 9, 1997 ("Effective Date"), by and
   between United HealthCare Corporation, through its wholly owned subsidiary
   Applied HealthCare Informatics (hereinafter referred to as "UHC") and
   National Research Corporation, Inc. ("Subcontractor").

   Witnesseth that:

   Whereas, UHC has entered into a contract with the U.S. Department of
   Defense to provide services for studies, econometric analysis and modeling
   for the D/SIDDOMS project, Contract No. DASW01-95-0029, (hereinafter
   "Prime Contract"); and

   Whereas, UHC desires to utilize the services of Subcontractor and
   Subcontractor desires to provide certain services as requested by the
   Department of Defense and described herein; and

   Whereas, UHC and Subcontractor executed an agreement entitled Subcontract
   Between United HealthCare Corporation and National Research Corporation,
   effective January 6, 1997; and

   Whereas, UHC and Subcontractor desire to terminate the January 6, 1997
   agreement and execute this agreement in its place;

   Now, therefore, UHC and Subcontractor mutually agree as follows:

   Article 1 - Definitions

             1.1  "Agreement" means this instrument and its Appendices.

             1.2  "UHC Project Manager" means the individual identified in a
   Task Order as being responsible for supervision of work performed pursuant
   to the Task Order.

             1.3  "Delivery Order" means an order executed by the U.S.
   Department of Defense under the Prime Contract and provided to UHC which
   summarizes the contents of both a task statement and technical proposal.

             1.4  "DFARS" means the Department of Defense FAR Supplement
   contained in Title 48, Chapter 2 of the Code of Federal Regulations in
   effect as of the date of this Agreement unless otherwise updated by
   consent of the parties or by law.

             1.5  "FAR" means the Federal Acquisition Regulations contained
   in Title 48 of the Code of Federal Regulations in effect as of the date of
   this Agreement unless otherwise updated by consent of the parties or by
   law.

             1.6  "Prime Contract" means the contract between UHC and the
   U.S. Department of Defense, Contract No. DASW01-95-0029.

             1.7  "Task Order" means any work request issued by UHC to
   Subcontractor in accordance with Article 2 of this Agreement.

   Article 2 - Services to be Performed.

             2.1  Subcontractor shall assist UHC in responding to task
   statements issued under the Prime Contract, including assistance in
   preparing technical and cost proposals.  Subcontractor shall not be
   compensated for these and other services not associated with a special
   Delivery Order issued under the Prime Contract, except as otherwise
   provided in this Agreement or a Task Order.

             2.2  This is an indefinite-quantity subcontract for the supplies
   and services specified.  Subcontractor will deliver or perform, and UHC
   shall be obligated to pay, only as provided in Task Orders issued in
   accordance with this Agreement.  Each Task Order and corresponding
   Delivery Order, which shall together be entitled Delivery Order and Task
   Order Addendum, shall be executed by the parties and attached hereto as an
   Appendix and incorporated in this Agreement.

             2.3  Prior to issuance of a Task Order by UHC, the parties will
   agree upon the contents of the order and the duties to be included
   therein.

             2.4  Task Orders shall be issued to Subcontractor on the basis
   of Prime Contract specifications and, except as otherwise provided herein
   shall be subordinate to the terms, conditions, specifications and
   objectives of the Prime Contract.  Each Task Order issued under this
   Agreement shall require the UHC Project Manager's approval.  Each Task
   Order issued under this Agreement shall be individually and sequentially
   numbered, and shall include the specifications and requirements applicable
   to the Task Order.  Task Orders may not conflict with the terms and
   conditions of this Agreement unless the variance is explicitly stated in
   the Task Order.  In the event of conflict or ambiguity of terms, this
   Agreement shall prevail over the language in the Task Order.

             2.5  Each Task Order assigned under this Agreement shall include
   at least the following information:

             a)   Description of the work to be performed.

             b)   Period of performance of the Task Order.

             c)   Deliverable items schedule.

             d)   The specific labor hours committed to the Task Order, by
                  approved labor category; the names of Key Personnel and
                  their actual job title.  However, for services provided by
                  Subcontractor where catalog or market prices of commercial
                  items are used, this will be listed as deliverables.

             e)   Subcontractor's estimated number of labor hours and total
                  costs for preparation of progress reports and assistance
                  under Article 4.2 of this Agreement.  However, for services
                  provided by Subcontractor where catalog or market prices of
                  commercial items are used, these costs are part of the
                  commercial per unit price.

             f)   The total dollar value of the Task Order.

             g)   Reporting requirements.

             h)   Required participation in oral briefings, to the extent
                  known at the time of issuance of the Task Order.

             2.6  All work performed under this Agreement shall be supervised
   by Subcontractor's Project Manager, under the general technical direction
   of UHC's Project Manager.  UHC will notify Subcontractor of the identity
   of its Project Manager for the project in each Task Order.  Subcontractor
   shall notify UHC in writing of the identity of its Project Manager within
   twenty (20) days of execution of this Agreement, and by prior written
   notice if a new or alternate Project Manager will be appointed during the
   term of this Agreement.

             2.7  UHC may modify a Task Order based on modifications made to
   a Delivery Order issued under the Prime Contract.  UHC shall notify
   Subcontractor in writing of the required modification.  If Subcontractor
   believes a change to a Task Order is necessary, Subcontractor shall notify
   UHC in writing.  If a modification causes an increase or decrease in the
   cost of services to be provided by Subcontractor, UHC will make an
   equitable adjustment consistent with FAR 52.243-2, Alternate I.

             2.8  In the event the Subcontractor anticipates difficulty in
   complying with the Task Order delivery schedule, Subcontractor shall
   immediately notify UHC in writing, giving pertinent details, including the
   date by which it expects to make delivery; provided, however, that this
   date shall be informational only and that receipt thereof shall not be
   construed as a waiver by UHC of any delivery schedule, or any rights or
   remedies provided by law or under this Agreement.

             2.9  Subcontractor must strictly comply with the Limitation of
   Cost clause on cost reimbursement Task Orders and notify UHC in a timely
   fashion if additional funds will be required.  No expenditures beyond the
   ceiling amount will be reimbursed unless specifically authorized by UHC's
   Project Manager.

             2.10 Subcontractor shall promptly notify UHC in writing if it
   has reason to believe that the level of effort or the total cost to UHC of
   work under a Task Order will be either greater or substantially less than
   the amount obligated for that Task Order.  In addition, Subcontractor
   shall promptly notify UHC in writing when the expenditures plus
   outstanding commitments and liabilities allowable under a Task Order have
   reached 75% of the amount obligated under the Task Order, or two months
   prior to exhaustion of the funds, whichever comes first.

             2.11 In performing all services under this Agreement,
   Subcontractor shall use its best efforts to assist UHC in performing the
   requirements of the Prime Contract, including preparation of proposals and
   execution of Task Orders.

   Article 3 - Effective Date and Term of Agreement

             3.1  The services to be performed under this Agreement shall be
   provided during the period of performance set out in each Task Order, or
   until all deliverables required by the Task Order are provided.  If the
   Prime Contract is extended, this Agreement shall be extended for up to 
   two additional years in accordance with Article 3.2 below.

             3.2  This Agreement may be extended for up to two additional 
   one-year periods based upon the options in the Prime Contract.  UHC will
   notify Subcontractor of any extension of the Agreement upon receipt of
   written notification of extension under the Prime Contract.  UHC will
   notify Subcontractor of its receipt of any preliminary written notice of
   intent to extend under the Prime Contract, but will not be committed to an
   extension based on a preliminary notice.  All other terms and conditions
   of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect during any period
   of extension.

             3.3  Any Task Order issued during the effective period of this
   Agreement and not completed within that period shall be completed by
   Subcontractor within the time specified in the Task Order, unless the time
   is extended because of an excusable delay.  This Agreement shall govern
   the Subcontractor's and UHC's rights and obligations with respect to the
   Task Order to the same extent as if the Order were completed during the
   Agreement's effective period.  In the event that optional periods are
   exercised in the Prime Contract, the parties may extend a Task Order
   beyond the original Agreement expiration date.  Such Task Order shall be
   completed within the terms and conditions of the Task Order as written
   prior to the expiration date of the contract year in which it was issued,
   unless specified otherwise in the extended Task Order.

   Article 4 - Reports and Deliverables

             4.1  Monthly Progress Reports.  Subcontractor will provide to
   UHC monthly progress reports that address total work activity under this
   Agreement for the reporting period and address individually each active
   Task Order.  Each report shall include:

             a)   Staff hours expended during the reporting period.  This
                  information shall be provided at two levels:  cumulative,
                  over the entire Agreement reporting period, and
                  individually, by Task Order on a per person, per task
                  basis.  However, for services provided by Subcontractor
                  where catalog or market prices of commercial items are
                  used, this information will be provided on a commercial per
                  unit basis.

             b)   Staff hours remaining, by Task Order.  However, for
                  services provided by Subcontractor where catalog or market
                  prices of commercial items are used, the report shall
                  include remaining unit price information and remaining
                  deliverables.

             c)   Funds expended, overall and by individual Task Order,
                  during the reporting period.

             d)   Funds remaining, by individual Task Order.

             e)   Status of work in progress.

             f)   Problems or constraints encountered during the reporting
                  period and suggested solution(s).

             4.2  Subcontractor shall assist UHC, as required to comply with
   the requirements of Section C-3 of the Prime Contract, in providing
   information for Delivery Order management plans, status reports and cost
   reports.  Subcontractor will, if requested by UHC, participate in
   management reviews and assist in developing the required materials and
   documentation to support review activities.

             4.3  Subcontractor shall participate, as requested by UHC, in
   formal oral briefings as required under the Prime Contract.

             4.4  All reports and other documentation supplied under this
   Agreement will be in compliance with the provisions of the Corporate IM
   Technical Standards, Technical Reference Model, Section J, Attachment 4
   and the DoD Standard 7935A, "Automated Data Systems (ADP) Documentation,"
   dated Oct. 1, 1988, or the most recent current revision.

             4.5  The Subcontractor shall ensure that automated resources and
   procedures be used, whenever possible, to maintain the most cost-effective
   use of Government funds.  All deliverables shall be formatted in Word and
   be available on a 3 1/2 inch IBM compatible diskette if so requested or as
   otherwise specified in the Task Order.  The Subcontractor's software shall
   be capable of producing high quality "camera-ready" copies of
   deliverables.  The Subcontractor's software shall also be capable of
   producing high quality graphics for use in deliverables if necessary.

             4.6  Reports provided under this Agreement shall be considered
   "Technical Data" as defined in the "Rights in Data" clause in the
   Incorporated Provisions (DFARS 252.227-7013).

             4.7  Subcontractor will submit three copies of all reports
   specified in each Task Order, and a camera-ready copy of all deliverable
   draft and final reports, if such reports are called for.

             4.8  All reports, and any other materials as may be required
   under this Agreement or Task Orders, shall be addressed and delivered
   prepaid, unless otherwise directed by UHC, to the following address:

                  Applied HealthCare Informatics
                  United HealthCare Corporation
                  ATTN:  Kathia Kennedy
                  Mail Route MN008-W125
                  PO Box 1459
                  Minneapolis, MN  55440-1459

             4.9  The Subcontractor shall, over the term of this Agreement,
   correct errors in Subcontractor developed software and applicable
   documentation which are discovered by UHC, the Government, any other user
   of the software, or the Subcontractor.  Such corrections shall be made
   within 25 days of the date the Subcontractor is notified that the error
   exists or the date the Subcontractor discovers the error.  Inability of
   the parties to determine the cause of software errors shall be resolved in
   accordance with the Disputes clause in Article 12 of this Agreement, but
   in no event constitutes grounds for delay of error correction beyond the
   time frame specified above.

             4.10 If, during performance of this Agreement, Subcontractor
   provides proprietary information, including intellectual property, which
   is related to this Agreement but has been developed by Subcontractor for
   purposes other than this Agreement, Subcontractor shall clearly identify
   the information as "NRC Proprietary Information."  Such identification
   will not, in and of itself, be determinative of whether the information
   was developed separate from this Agreement or whether it is proprietary to
   the Subcontractor.  The Government will retain rights to all intellectual
   property produced in the course of developing, deploying, conducting and
   reporting the surveys performed pursuant to this Agreement.

             4.11 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subcontract to
   the contrary, Subcontractor's failure to submit required reports when due,
   or failure to perform or deliver require services may, at the discretion
   of UHC, result in withholding of payments under this Agreement, unless
   such failure is beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of
   Subcontractor and is determined by UHC to be an Excusable Delay as defined
   in FAR 52.249-14.  Any failure set out above which is not excused and not
   cured within a period specified by UHC, which must be a minimum of ten
   working days, may be considered a breach and grounds for termination in
   accordance with Article 11 herein.

   Article 5 - Consideration and Payment

             5.1  In consideration of Subcontractor's satisfactory delivery
   of the work specified in any and all Task Orders issued under this
   Agreement, UHC shall reimburse Subcontractor for all allowable costs not
   to exceed the estimated amount for the Task Order.  Funds shall be
   specific to each individual Task Order.  Cost allowability shall be
   determined in accordance with the provisions of the Prime Contract, FAR
   Parts 30 and 31, and applicable provisions incorporated in Article 20 of
   this Agreement.

             5.2  For the services provided by Subcontractor under this
   Agreement, UHC shall reimburse Subcontractor as specified in each Task
   Order.  The billing instructions applicable to each Task Order may be
   specified in each Task Order, and shall supersede any inconsistent billing
   instructions in Appendix B of this Agreement.

             5.3  Rates incurred by the Subcontractor in excess of the
   maximum amount specified in each Task Order for all services provided
   under that Task Order shall not be an allowable cost under this Agreement. 
   The Subcontractor bears the sole risk of any costs exceeding these
   amounts.

             5.4  Subcontractor shall submit to UHC on a monthly basis an
   invoice for each Task Order active in the invoice period.  The invoice
   shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements set out in Appendix
   B, and shall be accompanied by a statement of costs incurred by
   Subcontractor, cumulative expenditures to date, and a statement of the
   original funds in the Task Order and the funds remaining in the Task
   Order.  To the extent that some of this information is already being
   provided by Subcontractor under Article 4 of this Agreement, Subcontractor
   may submit copies of the progress reports instead of providing the
   identical information under this provision.  Subcontractor shall clearly
   identify in the progress reports where the information required by this
   provision is constrained.

             5.5  Subcontractor shall submit to UHC a weekly status report
   outlining activities performed to date and the status of pending and
   future deliverables and tasks.  The status report may be submitted
   electronically via the Internet, or by facsimile.

             5.6  Upon receipt of each invoice submitted by Subcontractor in
   accordance with this Agreement, UHC shall enter on a UHC invoice to be
   submitted to the Government all or such part of the labor, materials and
   indirect costs specified in Subcontractor's invoice that UHC determines to
   be allowable costs, plus the amount of the fixed fee applicable to
   Subcontractor under the Task Order if such fee is invoiced by
   Subcontractor.  Upon receipt of payment from the Government for one or
   more of the items listed on Subcontractor's invoice, UHC shall pay
   Subcontractor within * after the amount is determined to be allowable.

             5.7  UHC reserves the right to have invoices and statements of
   cost audited.  Each payment made to Subcontractor shall be subject to
   reduction for amounts included in the audited invoice which are found by
   the UHC Project Manager, on the basis of an audit, not to constitute
   allowable or allocable cost, including Subcontractor's rates and fees. 
   Any subsequent payment may be reduced for previous overpayment, or
   increased for underpayments.

   Article 6 - Travel and Per Diem

             6.1  UHC will reimburse Subcontractor for the actual,
   reasonable, and necessary costs of local and out of town travel incurred
   in connection with Subcontractor's direct performance under this Agreement
   if the costs are in compliance with the Joint Travel Regulations, are
   approved by UHC in advance and are included in a Task Order.

   Article 7 - Key Personnel

             7.1  Subcontractor shall provide the key personnel identified in
   each Task Order to perform services under this Agreement unless alternate
   personnel are assigned in accordance with this Article.  Prior to
   assigning any alternate personnel, Subcontractor shall submit sufficient
   information to demonstrate that the qualifications of the prospective
   personnel are equal to or better than the qualifications of the personnel
   being replaced.  No substitution will be made without prior approval of
   UHC.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

   Article 8 - Prime Contract

             8.1  Subcontractor shall assume toward UHC all the obligations
   and responsibilities which UHC, by the Prime Contract, assumes toward the
   Government, with respect to any portion of the UHC's supplies or services
   performed or to be performed by the Subcontractor pursuant to this
   Agreement.  The Prime Contract is subject to public law, statutes and
   regulations requiring the "flow-down" of contract terms and conditions to
   Subcontractors.  Any such terms and conditions applicable to
   Subcontractors by reason of law or the Prime Contract, which is
   incorporated herein as Appendix A, shall be applicable to this Agreement. 
   Nothing in this Agreement is intended by the parties to be in conflict
   with any such terms or conditions.

             8.2  The parties agree that this Agreement is subject to the
   provisions of the Prime Contract and is intended to be interpreted
   consistently with the provisions of the Prime Contract.  The parties also
   agree, however, that this Agreement shall not in any way be deemed to
   establish or create a contractual obligation between the Government and
   Subcontractor, and that Subcontractor shall have no privity of contract or
   other access to the Government by reason of this Agreement, unless
   explicitly stated herein.

   Article 9 - Publication and Rights in Data

             9.1  Subcontractor shall not disseminate or publish, except
   within and between Subcontractor and UHC, and as required by the
   Government, any information received or developed under this Agreement or
   contained in the reports to be furnished pursuant to this Agreement,
   without prior written consent from UHC.

             9.2  Title to all source data and materials furnished to UHC or
   the Government, together with all plans, systems analysis and design
   specifications and drawings, completed programs except proprietary
   programs and documentation thereof, reports and listings, all punched
   cards and all other items pertaining to the work and services to be
   performed under Task Orders pursuant to this Agreement, including any
   copyright shall become and remain with the Government upon completion. 
   The Government shall have the full right to use each of these for its
   purposes without compensation or approval on the part of Subcontractor or
   UHC.  The Government shall have access to and the right to make copies of
   the above mentioned items.  Subcontractor shall indicate when proprietary
   programs are included in materials furnished under this Agreement.

             9.3  Subcontractor agrees to grant and does grant, convey and
   reserve to the United States of America a nonexclusive, irrevocable, world
   wide, royalty-free license in all written material, published, printed,
   presented or used in connection with this Agreement, in which
   Subcontractor presently holds a copyright or in the future shall obtain a
   copyright or in which it has the right to issue royalty-free licenses.

             9.4  All software to be provided under this agreement shall be
   delivered with unlimited rights in accordance with the provisions of DoD
   FAR Supplement 252.227-7013, 252.227-7018 and 252.227-7029.

             9.5  If during the term of this Agreement, Subcontractor
   determines that it is more advantageous to UHC and/or the Government to
   incorporate a package, subroutine or module that can not be provided with
   unlimited rights into the system, Subcontractor shall notify UHC in
   writing.  Such notification shall include at a minimum the name of the
   item to be furnished with restricted rights and cost saving or other
   benefits accruing to the Government from its use.  If the parties agree to
   incorporate such software package, subroutine or module into the system
   the Government shall be given at a minimum the following rights:

             a.   Use of the computer software with the computer for which or
   with which it was acquired, including use at any Government installation
   to which the computer may be transferred by the Government;

             b.   Use of the computer software with a backup computer if the
   computer for which or with which it was acquired is inoperative;

             c.   Modify the computer software, or combine it with other
   software, subject to the provision that those portions of the derivative
   software incorporating restricted rights software are subject to the same
   restricted rights;

             If Subcontractor includes any software packages, routines or
   modules developed at Subcontractor's expense in the system without
   identifying it to UHC, all such software shall be considered delivered
   with "unlimited rights".  If the program maintenance of the system is
   dependent on the source code of any such software, the Subcontractor shall
   provide the source code and rights to the source code for the life of the
   system at the time the software and documentation is delivered.

             9.6  If in performing under this Agreement Subcontractor
   requests access to proprietary data of other companies to conduct studies
   and research, it will enter into agreements with the supplying companies
   to protect such data from unauthorized use or disclosure so long as such
   data remains proprietary.  These agreements shall be made available to UHC
   upon request.

             9.7  If in performing under this Agreement Subcontractor is
   given access by UHC or the Government to the proprietary date of UHC or
   the Government or proprietary data of third parties possessed by UHC or
   the Government, Subcontractor agrees to protect such data from
   unauthorized use or disclosure so long as such data remains proprietary. 
   This provision shall survive termination of this Agreement.

   Article 10 - Changes

             10.1 UHC may at any time, by a written order, and without notice
   to the sureties, if any, make changes within the general scope of this
   Agreement.  Any such change shall be in accordance with the terms in the
   Changes clause of the Incorporated Provisions of this Agreement included
   in Appendix A.  However, in order to allow UHC time to complete its
   proposal for adjustment, the Subcontractor must submit its proposal within
   5 days from the date of receipt of the written order unless otherwise
   given an extension in writing by UHC.

   Article 11 - Termination

             11.1 UHC may at any time, by written notice to Subcontractor, 
   terminate this Agreement in whole or in part either because termination
   is determined to be in the best interest of the Government or because
   Subcontractor fails to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. 
   Termination shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
   Prime Contract termination provisions as specified in FAR 52.249-6, and
   incorporated herein in Appendix B, except that:  a) notwithstanding the
   definitions provided in this Agreement, references in the Prime Contract
   termination clause to the Government shall be deemed to mean UHC;
   Contractor shall be deemed to mean Subcontractor; Contracting Officer
   shall be deemed to mean UHC; and b) in order to allow UHC time to complete
   its final termination settlement proposal, Subcontractor shall submit its
   proposal promptly but no later than nine (9) months after the effective
   date of termination unless this period is extended in writing by UHC.

   Article 12 - Disputes

             12.1 The parties shall attempt to resolve any dispute arising
   out of or relating to this subcontract promptly by negotiation between
   executives who have authority to settle the controversy.  Any party may
   give the other party written notice of any dispute not resolved in the
   normal course of business.  Within twenty (20) days after delivery of the
   disputing party's notice, the executives of both parties shall meet at a
   mutually acceptable time and place to attempt to resolve the dispute.  If
   the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of the disputing
   party's notice, or if the parties fail to meet within thirty (30) days,
   either party may initiate further proceedings with respect to the
   controversy or claim as provided hereafter.  All negotiations pursuant to
   this clause are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and
   settlement negotiations for purposes of the rules of evidence.

             12.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in controversy
   arising out of or related to this Subcontract, or the performance or
   breach thereof, shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the
   Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
   obtaining, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise; provided, however,
   that UHC shall not be required to arbitrate any claim, dispute or other
   matter involving a claim by or against a third party or a third party who,
   in the judgment of UHC, is indispensable to a just and equitable
   resolution of the matter or who is alleged to be wholly or partially
   responsible for the matter, unless such third party is subjected to the
   jurisdiction of, and made a party to, the arbitration.  The arbitrators
   are to decide only the issue(s) presented to them and shall have no
   authority to award any punitive damages or exemplary damages or to vary or
   ignore the terms of this agreement, and shall be bound by controlling law. 
   The arbitrators shall be the final judge of the law and the facts.  Their
   decision shall be final and binding.  The award may be modified, set
   aside, or appealed based only upon the standards therefore set forth in
   the Uniform Arbitration Act as that Act is enacted in the State of
   Minnesota.  In addition to such discovery as may be ordered in the
   discretion of the arbitrators, at least thirty (30) days prior to the
   hearing, the parties shall exchange documents relevant to the claims and
   defenses of the parties, a detailed itemization of damages, identification
   of witnesses, and any reports of experts who are expected to testify or,
   if there are not reports, summaries in reasonable detail of their expected
   testimony.

             The parties agree that there is no privity of contract between
   the Government and Subcontractor.  If at any time any controversy should
   arise between UHC and Subcontractor with respect to any matter arising
   under this Subcontract which relates to an act, omission, or decision by
   the Government, and is not a separate dispute between UHC and
   Subcontractor, it is the intention of the parties that the UHC shall be
   liable to Subcontractor to the same extent that the Government is liable
   to UHC, but not to any greater extent.  Subcontractor agrees to allow UHC
   to exhaust the remedies available under the Prime Contract, including
   remedies available for breach of contract, prior to instituting any
   separate action or proceeding.  If a separate action or proceeding is
   instituted prior to the exhaustion of the aforesaid remedies,
   Subcontractor agrees to stay said action or proceeding pending the
   exhaustion of remedies against the Government.  If UHC prosecutes or
   defends a matter against the Government under the terms of the Prime
   Contract, Subcontractor agrees to furnish all documents, certifications,
   statements, witnesses, notices, reports, and information reasonably
   required by UHC for such purposes.

             12.3 The parties agree that, in the event a dispute arises
   concerning performance of any Task Order, performance of work under the
   Task Order will continue according to scheduled dates, at the direction of
   UHC, pending resolution of any arbitration, or other resolution of the
   dispute.  Any arbitration must be initiated within the period of any
   applicable statute of limitations.  The expenses of any arbitration
   proceeding, including compensation to the arbitrators, shall be borne
   equally by the parties.

   Article 13 - Workers' Compensation and Insurance

             The Subcontractor shall maintain the types of insurance and
   coverage listed below:

             TYPE OF INSURANCE                  MINIMUM AMOUNT

        (i)  Worker's Compensation and all      As required by State Law.
             occupational disease.

        (ii) Employer's Liability including
             all occupational disease when 
             not so covered in Workmen's 
             Compensation above.                $100,000 per acc.

        (iii) General Liability (Comprehensive)
             Bodily Injury per occurrence       $500,000

        (iv) Automobile Liability
              (Comprehensive)
                  Bodily Injury per person      $200,000
                  Bodily Injury per occurrence  $500,000
                  Property Damage per accident  $ 20,000

   Article 14 - Service Contract Act

        The Service Contract Act, 41 U.S.C. 351-358, and related regulations,
   are applicable to the Prime Contract and this Agreement.  Subcontractor
   shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the regulations. 
   Subcontractor shall also comply with the Department of Labor Wage
   Determination in Section J-1 of the Prime Contract, which is attached in
   Appendix B of this Agreement.

   Article 15 - Warranty Exclusion and Limitation of Damages

        Except as expressly set forth in writing in this Agreement and except
   for the implied warranty of merchantability, there are no warranties
   expressed or implied.

        In no event will the Subcontractor be liable to UHC for consequential
   damages as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, section 2/715, in
   effect in the District of Columbia as of January 1, 1973, i.e. --
   Consequential damages resulting from the seller's breach include --

        (a)  Any loss resulting from general or particular requirements and
   needs of which the seller at the time of contracting had reason to know
   and which could not reasonably be prevented by cover or otherwise; and

        (b)  Injury to person or property proximately resulting from any
   breach of warranty.

   Article 16 - Exclusive Services

        Subcontractor agrees that it will not agree to perform or perform any
   services in support of the D/SIDDOMS project - Lot III, Contract No.
   DASW01-95-0029 during the term of this Agreement, including any extension
   of the term in accordance with Article 3 herein, in association with any
   other prime contractors awarded a portion of the D/SIDDOMS - Lot III
   contract or their Subcontractors providing support for the Prime Contract. 
   Nothing in this provision is intended by the parties to be in conflict
   with the provisions of FAR 52.203-6:  Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales
   to the Government.

   Article 17 - Assignment

        Subcontractor may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or
   obligations under this Agreement to any entity without the prior written
   consent of UHC.

   Article 18 - Applicable Law

        This Agreement shall be governed and construed in all respects by
   Federal Contract law.  In the event that these laws and decisions do not
   apply to a given issue or dispute, then the laws of the State of Minnesota
   will apply.

   Article 19 - Indemnification

        Subcontractor will indemnify and hold harmless UHC and UHC's
   director, officers and employees from and against claims, liabilities,
   judgments or costs, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of
   the negligence or misconduct of Subcontractor or any of its employees,
   representatives or Subcontractors in the discharge of its or their duties
   under this Agreement.  Subcontractor's obligation under this provision
   includes indemnification for losses resulting from Subcontractor's failure
   to comply with incorporated provisions, including FAR 52.203-3, 52.203-10
   and 52.215.22.

        UHC will indemnify and hold harmless Subcontractor and its directors,
   officers and employees from and against claims, liabilities, judgments or
   costs, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of the negligence
   or misconduct of UHC or any of its employees or representatives in the
   discharge of its or their duties under this Agreement.

   Article 20 - Modification

        Except as specifically provided herein, this Agreement may not be
   altered, amended or modified without a written agreement between the
   parties.

   Article 21 - Incorporated Provisions

        Section I of the Prime Contract incorporates certain clauses by
   reference including, but not limited to, the following clauses.  These
   clauses, as applicable, and as in effect on the date of this Agreement
   except where updated by consent of the parties or law, are incorporated in
   this Agreement by reference with the same force and effect as though
   herein set forth in full.  Subcontractor agrees that is bound to UHC such
   UHC shall be entitled to any performance of the Subcontractor which the
   Government can require of UHC under the incorporated clauses, with respect
   to the supplies and services to be furnished by the Subcontractor under
   this Agreement.

                      Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

   FAR Clauses

   Title                              Reference #     Date

   Definitions                        52.202-1       SEP 1991
   Restrictions on Subcontractor
    Sales to the Government           52.203-6       JUL 1985
   Anti-Kickback Procedures           52.203-7       OCT 1988
   Requirement for Certificate of
    Procurement Integrity -
    Modification                      52.203-9       NOV 1990
   Limitations on Payments to
    Influence Certain Federal
    Transactions                      52.203-12      JAN 1990
   Protecting the Government's
    Interest When                     52.203-6       JUN 1991
   Subcontracting with Contractors
    Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed
    for Debarment Stop-Work Order
    (Alternate I)                     52.212-13      APR 1984
   Examination of Records by
    Comptroller General               52.215-1       FEB 1993
   Audit - Negotiation                52.215-2       FEB 1993
   Subcontractor Cost or Pricing
    Data                              52.215-24      DEC 1991
   Integrity of Unit Prices           52.215-26      APR 1991
   Termination of Defined Benefit
    Pension Plans                     52.215-27      SEP 1989
   Reversion of Adjustment of Plans
    for Postretirement Benefits
    Other than Pension                52.215-39      JUL 1991
   Allowable Cost and Payment         52.216-7       JUL 1991
   Fixed Fee                          52.216-8       APR 1984
   Option to Extend Service           52.217-8       AUG 1989
   Option to Extend the Term of
    the Contract                      52.217-9       MAR 1989
   Utilization of Small Business
    Concerns and small Disadvantaged
    Business Concerns                 52.219-8       FEB 1990
   Small Business and Small
    Disadvantaged Business
    Subcontracting Plan               52.219-9       JAN 1991
   Liquidated Damages - Small
    Business Subcontracting Plan      52.219-16      AUG 1989
   Utilization of Labor Surplus
    Area Concerns                     52.220-3       APR 1984
   Labor Surplus Area Subcontracting
    Program                           52.220-4       APR 1984
   Notice to the Government of Labor
    Disputes                          52.222-1       APR 1984
   Convict Labor                      52.222-3       APR 1984
   Equal Opportunity - Alternate I    52.222-26      APR 1984
   Affirmative Action of Special
    Disabled and Vietnam Era
    Veterans                          52.222-35      APR 1984
   Affirmative Action for Handicapped
    Workers                           52.222-36      APR 1984
   Employment Reports on Special
    Disabled Veterans and Veterans
    of the Vietnam Era                52.222-37      JAN 1988
   Service Contract Act of 1965,
    As Amended                        52.222-41      MAY 1989
   Clean Air and Water                52.223-2       APR 1984
   Drug-Free Workplace                52.223-6       JUL 1990
   Privacy Act Notification           52.224-1       APR 1984
   Privacy Act                        52.224-2       APR 1984
   Restrictions on Certain Foreign
    Purchase                          52.225-11      MAY 1992
   Authorization and Consent          52.227-1       APR 1984
   Notice and Assistance Regarding
    Patent and Copyright
    Infringement                      52.227-2       APR 1984
   Patent Indemnity                   52.227-3       APR 1984
   Insurance - Liability to Third
    Person                            52.228-7       APR 1984
   Cost Accounting Standards          52.230-2       AUG 1992
   Disclosure and Consistency
    of Cost Accounting Practices      52.230-3       AUG 1992
   Consistency in Cost Accounting
    Practices                         52.230-4       AUG 1992
   Administration of Cost Accounting
    Standards                         52.230-5       AUG 1992
   Interest                           52.232-17      JAN 1991
   Limitation of Cost                 52.232-20      APR 1984
   Protest After Award -
    Alternate I                       52.233-3       JUN 1985
   Protection of Government
    Buildings, Equipment, and
    Vegetation                        52.237-2       APR 1984
   Bankruptcy                         52.242-13      APR 1991
   Changes - Cost-Reimbursement -
    Alternate I                       52.243-2       APR 1984
   Subcontracts (Cost-Reimbursement
    and Letter Contracts) -
    Alternate I                       52.244-2       APR 1985
   Competition in Subcontracting      52.244-5       APR 1984
   Government Property (Cost-
    Reimbursement, Time-and-Material,
    or Labor-Hour Contracts)          52.245-5       JAN 1986
   Government Property Furnished "As
    Is"                               52.245-19      APR 1984
   Inspection of Supplies - Cost
    Reimbursement                     52.246-3       APR 1984
   Inspection of Services - Cost
    Reimbursement                     52.246-5       APR 1984
   Limitation of Liability-
    Services                          52.246-25      APR 1984
   Preference for U.S. - Flag Air
    Carriers                          52.247-63      APR 1984
   Preference for Privately Owned
    U.S. - Flag Commercial Vessels
    Alt I                             52.247-64      APR 1984
   Value Engineering                  52.248-1       MAR 1989
   Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)   52.249-6       MAY 1986
   Excusable Delays                   52.249-14      APR 1984

              DoD Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement Clauses

   DoD Clauses

   Title                              Reference #         Date

   Statutory Prohibition on
    Compensation to Department
    of Defense Employees              252.203-7000        DEC 1991
   Special Prohibition on
    Employment                        252.203-7001        APR 1993
   Acquisitions From Subcontractors
    Subject to On-Site Inspection
    Under the Intermediate-Range
    Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty       252.209-7000        DEC 1991
   Pricing Adjustments                252.215-7000        DEC 1991
   Availability of Contractor
    Records                           252.215-7001        DEC 1991
   Small Business and Small
    Disadvantaged Business Sub-
    contracting Plan (DoD Contracts)  252.219-7003        MAY 1994
   Termination                        252.227-7003        AUG 1994
   Rights in Technical Data and
    Computer Software                 252.227-7013        OCT 1988
   Restrictive Markings on Technical
    Data                              252.227-7018        OCT 1988
   Identification of Restricted
    Rights Computer Software          252.227-7019        APR 1988
   Identification of Technical
    Data                              252.227-7029        APR 1988
   Technical Data - Withholding of
    Payment                           252.227-7030        OCT 1988
   Validation of Restrictive
    Markings on Technical Data        252.227-7037        APR 1988
   Supplemental Cost Principles       252.231-7000        DEC 1991
   Penalties for Unallowable Costs    252.231-7001        MAY 1994
   Identification of Uncompensated
    Overtime                          252.237-7019        APR 1994


                                  FIRMR Clauses

   Title                              Reference #         Date

   Notification of Substantial
    Impact on Employment              252.249-7001        DEC 1991
   Privacy or Security Safeguards
    (Oct 90 FIRMR)                    201-39.5202-5       OCT 1990


   UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION


   By:  /s/ Ken H. Roche              By:  /s/ Michael Hayes                  

   Title:    CEO, Applied HealthCare  Title:    CEO, NRC                    

   Date:     4-8-97                   Date:     4-11-97                      


   <PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                                 Prime Contract




                                 AWARD/CONTRACT

   1.   This contract is a rated order under DPAS (15 CFR 350)      Rating

        U

   2.   Contract (Proc. Inst. Ident.) No.

        DASW01-95-D-0029

   3.   Effective Date

        31 MAR 95

   4.   Requisition/Purchase Request/Project No.

        HT0003-1020-0095

   5.   Issued By Code - W74V8H

        DEFENSE SUPPLY SERVICE - WASHINGTON
        5200 Army Pentagon
        Washington, DC  20310-5200

   6.   Administered By (If other than Item 5)  Code - 52401A

        DCMAO Twin Cities
        3001 Metro Drive
        Bloomington, MN  55425-1573

   7.   Name and Address of Contractor (No., Street, city, county, State and
        ZIP Code)
        Vendor ID:  00011849

        UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
        9900 Bren Road East
        Minneapolis, MN  55343

   8.   Delivery

        Other

   9.   Discount for prompt payment

        00.000% 00 Net 030

   10.  Submit Invoices (4 copies unless otherwise specified) to the Address
        Shown in:

        Item:  G-4

   11.  Ship To/Mark For    Code:  HT0003

        DMSSC PRGM OFC INVESTIGATIVE SVC
        5 Skyline Place, Suite 810
        5111 Leesburg Pike
        Falls Church, VA  22041-3201

   12.  Payment will be made by

        DFAS COLUMBUS CENTER
        GATEWAY CONTRACT ACCTG. DIV.
        P.O. Box 192251
        Columbus, OH  43218-2251

   13.  Authority for using other than full and open competition

        [blank]

   14.  Accounting and appropriation Data

        Award Oblig Amt US$ 0.00

   15A. Item No.

   15B. Supplies/Services

        See attached Schedule(s)

   15C. Quantity

   15D. Unit

   15E. Unit Price

   15F. Amount

   15G. Total amount of contract

        $0.00

   16.  Table of Contents

        A    Solicitation/Contract Form         1
        B    Supplies or Services and
              Prices/Costs                      2
        C    Description/Specs./Work Statement  5
        D    Packaging and Marking              10
        E    Inspection and Acceptance          11
        F    Deliveries or Performance          12
        G    Contract Administration Data       14
        H    Special Contract Requirements      17
        I    Contract Clauses                   24
        J    List of Attachments                32

   17.  Contractor's Negotiated Agreement

        [Blank]

   18.  Award

        [Blank]

   19A. Name and Title of Signer 

        Sheila Leatherman

   19B. Name of Contractor

        By:  Sheila Leatherman (Signature of person authorized to sign)

   19C. Date signed

        3/31/95

   20A. Name of Contracting Officer

        Frankye E. Wehmhoner FEW

   20B  United States of America

        Frankye E. Wehmhoner (Signature of Contracting Officer

   20C. Date signed

        3/31/95


               AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT

   1.   Contract ID Code

        [Blank]

   2.   Amendment/Modification No.

        P00002

   3.   Effective Date

        03/30/97

   4.   Requisition/Purchase Req. No.

        HT0003-7027-2527

   5.   Project No. (If applicable)

        [Blank]

   6.   Issued By                Code:  W74V8H

        DEFENSE SUPPLY SERVICE - WASHINGTON
        5200 Army Pentagon
        Room 1D245 Pentagon
        Washington, DC  20310-5200
        Faye D. Harler      FDH(703) 681-9534

   7.   Administered By (If other than Item 6)  Code:  S2401A

        DCMAO TWIN CITIES
        3001 Metro Drive
        Bloomington, MN  55425-1573

   8.   Name and Address of Contractor (No., street, county, State and ZIP
        Code)     Vendor ID:  00011849

        UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
        9900 Bren Road East
        Minnetonka, MN  55343

   9A.  Amendment of Solication No.

        [Blank]

   9B.  Dated (See Item 11)

        [Blank]

   10A. Modification of Contract/Order No.

        DASW01-95-D-0029

   10B. Dated (See Item 13)

        03/02/95

   11.  THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICATIONS

        [Blank]

   12.  Accounting and Appropriation Data (if required)   Mod Obligated
        Amount US $00.00

        No Change

   13.  THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS, IT
        MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.

        A(checked)     THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO:

        D(checked)     OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority): 
        iaw Section I, Article I-2

        E    IMPORTANT Contractor is not, required to sign this document and
                       return ____________ copies to the issuing office.

   14.  DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION 

        Contract noted above in Blk #10A is hereby modified to exercise
        Option Year Two (Months 25-36) beginning 31 MAR 97.

        Section F, Article F-3 TERM OF CONTRACT, is changed to read:
             The term of this contract is from 31 March 1995 through 30 March
             1998, subject to the Government's option to renew in accordance
             with the provisions at Section I, Article I-2.

   15A. Name and Title of Signer

        [Blank]

   15B. Contractor/Offeror

        [Blank]

   16A. Name and Title of Contacting Officer

        Gregory J. Nowak    GJN

   16B. United States of America

        By:  Gregory J. Nowak (Signature of Contracting Officer)

   15C. Date signed

        [Blank]

   16C. Date signed

        21 MAR 97


   DASW01-95-D-0029

   SECTION B - SUPPLIES/SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

   B-1.      SCOPE

   a.   This contract is for the acquisition of services for studies,
   econometric analysis and modeling for the Defense Medical Information
   System/Systems Integration, Design, Development, Operations and
   Maintenance (D/SIDDOMS - LOT III) in support of the Office of the
   Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs {OASD(HA)}.

   b.   All services to be ordered under this contract shall be set forth in
   individual delivery orders.  All delivery orders will be issued in
   accordance with the provisions of Section H, Article H-5.

   c.   The potential maximum estimated amount for all awards for LOT III is
   $25,000,000.00.  The maximum amount allowable under this contract is $     
             for the base year and four option years of the contract.  The
   minimum amount for award for LOT III is $100,000.00 for the base year and
   $100,000.00 per year for any option exercised.

   B-2.      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS - Base Year
             (Months 1 - 12)

    ITEM NO.   DESCRIPTION                             ESTIMATED
                                                         AMOUNT

               Support services for studies,              NSP*
               economic analysis and modeling to
               include documentation, plans &
               review, reports.

    0001                      Total Estimated Cost: $
    0001AA                               Fixed Fee: $
    0001AB     Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee: $3,600,900

   *    Not Separately Priced


   B-3.      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS - Option Year 1
             (Months 13 - 24)

    ITEM NO.   DESCRIPTION                             ESTIMATED
                                                         AMOUNT

               Support services for studies,              NSP*
               economic analysis and modeling to
               include documentation, plans &
               review, reports.

    0002                      Total Estimated Cost: $
    0002AA                               Fixed Fee: $
    0002AB     Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee: $3,909,641

   *    Not Separately Priced

   B-4.      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS - Option Year 2
             (Months 25 - 36)

    ITEM NO.   DESCRIPTION                             ESTIMATED
                                                         AMOUNT

               Support services for studies,              NSP*
               economic analysis and modeling to
               include documentation, plans &
               review, reports.

    0003                      Total Estimated Cost: $
    0003AA                               Fixed Fee: $
    0003AB     Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee: $4,765,078

   *    Not Separately Priced


   B-5.      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS - Option Year 3
             (Months 37 - 48)

    ITEM NO.   DESCRIPTION                             ESTIMATED
                                                         AMOUNT

               Support services for studies,              NSP*
               economic analysis and modeling to
               include documentation, plans &
               review, reports.

    0004                      Total Estimated Cost: $
    0004AA                               Fixed Fee: $
    0004AB     Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee: $5,659,030


   B-6.      SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS - Option Year 4
             (Months 49 - 60)

    ITEM NO.   DESCRIPTION                             ESTIMATED
                                                         AMOUNT

               Support services for studies,              NSP*
               economic analysis and modeling to
               include documentation, plans &
               review, reports.

    0005                      Total Estimated Cost: $
    0005AA                               Fixed Fee: $
    0005AC     Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee: $7,062,962

   *    Not Separately Priced


   B-7.      PAYMENT OF FIXED FEE

        Subject to the withholding provisions to the FAR clauses entitled
   "Allowable Cost and Payment" and "Fixed Fee" of Section I, General
   Provisions, the Contractor at the time of Reimbursement of Allowable Costs
   will be entitled to payment of Fee on the basis of such cost in the same
   ratio as the total is to the estimated cost exclusive of fee. 
   Furthermore, fixed fee will be dependent upon the number of and total cost
   of delivery orders issued in each contract year up to the maximum fee as
   set forth in the schedule.

   SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS


   C-1.      SCOPE

   C-1.1     The Contractor shall provide the necessary personnel, materials,
   facilities and other supplies/services, as may be required to perform
   support services for studies, economic analysis and modeling for the
   Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs
   {OASD(HA)}.

   C-1.2     The services to be provided include work in the following area:

   C-1.2.1   Studies and Analysis -- Support for studies and analyses related
   to the health care econometric and statistical principles.

   C-1.3     All services to be ordered under the resulting contract(s) will
   be ordered by the issuance of Delivery Orders in accordance with the
   provisions of Section I, Articles I-3, I-4, and I-5.  No hardware or
   hardware maintenance services will be procured under this contract other
   than those incidental to the performance of the effort.


   C-2.      Requirements

   C-2.1     Studies and Analysis

   C-2.1.1   Economic Analysis and Modeling - Provide the necessary skills,
   models, tools, policies and procedures to support the on-going analysis
   function of {OASD(HA)} to ensure efficient and effective use of medical
   facilities, staff and services.  This support will include, but not
   limited to, the development and maintenance of models, guidance, policies,
   procedures, studies and detailed analyses in the critical areas of health
   care facilities and services utilization, costs, staffing and patient
   care.


   C-3.      Project Management

   The Contractor shall ensure that a project management approach for
   planning, organizing, managing and reporting staff and task activities is
   in place throughout the period of performance of this contract.

   C-3.1     Program Management - The Contractor shall provide all services
   to effectively plan for, perform, and manage the activities supporting
   this contract.  The following are descriptions of the various categories
   of program management services that are representative, but not
   necessarily inclusive of, activities that the contractor shall be required
   to perform under this task.

   C-3.1.1   Provide Delivery Order Management Plans.  Each plan shall
   describe the technical approach, organizational resources and management
   controls that the Contractor will employ to meet the contract,
   performance, cost and schedule requirements of the Delivery Order and all
   individual project plans associated with each Delivery Order throughout
   the period of performance.  The Contractor shall provide additional
   plans/reports as required.

   C-3.1.2   Provide status reports, cost reports, participate in management
   reviews and develop the required materials and documentation supporting
   review activities.

   C-3.2     Project Planning and Control

   The Contractor shall conduct the project planning and control in
   accordance with the approved Contract Management Plan provided in the
   Contractor's proposal.

   C-3.3     Quality Assurance

   The Contractor shall ensure that a Total Quality Management (TQM) approach
   is implemented and followed throughout the performance period of this
   contract in accordance with the Contractor's proposal.

   C-3.4     Reporting Requirements

   The Contractor shall submit the following reports and other deliverables
   in accordance with delivery schedule in Section F.

   C-3.4.1   Monthly Progress Reports - These reports shall address total
   contract work activity for the reporting period and will individually
   address each active delivery order.  Each report shall include:

             *    Staff hours expended during the reporting period.  This
   information will be provided at two levels:  cumulative, over the entire
   contract reporting period, and individually, by delivery order on a per
   person, per task basis.

             *    Staff hours remaining, by contract and individual delivery
   order.

             *    Contract funds expended, overall and by individual delivery
   order, during the reporting period.

             *    Funds remaining, by individual delivery order.

             *    Status of work in progress.

             *    Problems or constraints encountered during the reporting
   period and suggested solution(s).

   C-3.4.2   Delivery of Reports

   Reports delivered by the Contractor in performance of this contract shall
   be considered "Technical Data" as defined in the applicable "Rights in
   Data" clause of the General Provisions (DFARS 252.227-7013).

             *    Bulky reports shall be mailed by other than first-class
   mail unless the urgency of submission requires use of first-class mail. 
   In this situation, one (1) copy shall be mailed first-class and the
   remaining copies forwarded by less than first-class postage.

             *    The heading of all reports shall contain the following
   information:

                  CONTRACT NUMBER               NAME OF CONTRACTOR

                  CONTRACT EXPIRATION           CONTRACTOR'S PROGRAM
                  DATE AND TOTAL DOLLAR         MANAGER NAME AND PHONE
                  VALUE                         NUMBER

                  SHORT TITLE OF THE CONTRACT   NAME OF CONTRACT
                                                OFFICER'S
                                                REPRESENTATIVE (COR)

                  In addition, for each delivery order:

                  DELIVERY ORDER                CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT
                  NUMBER                        MANAGER NAME AND
                                                PHONE NUMBER

                  DELIVERY ORDER NAME           GOVERNMENT SPONSOR

                  DELIVERY ORDER TOTAL
                  DOLLAR VALUE

   C-3.4.3   Oral Briefings - Formal briefings on any and all aspects of the
   contract and work activities as required by the COR.


   C-4.      Standards

   All documentation supplied under this contract will be in compliance with
   the provisions of the Corporate IM Technical Standards, Technical
   Reference Model, Section J, Attachment 4 and the DoD Standard 7935A,
   "Automated Data Systems (ADP) Documentation," dated 01 OCT 88, or the most
   recent current revision.

   C-5.      Facilities and Support Requirements

   C-5.1     Project Office Location

   The Contractor shall provide a project office within a 15 minute standard
   commuting distance from HSO Headquarter's located in Skyline 6, 5109
   Leesburg Pike, Falls Church VA 22041-3201.  The size and complexity of
   this effort requires that the Contractor's personnel be readily available
   to the Government sponsor.  The Project office shall provide for all day-
   to-day Contractor's staff interaction with their Government sponsors.

   C-5.2     Support Tools and Methods

   The Contractor shall ensure that automated resources and procedures will
   be used, wherever possible, to maintain the most cost-efficient and cost-
   effective use of Government funds.  HSO requires that all deliverables be
   formatted in Wordperfect 5.1 (or current release as determined by the
   Government) and be available on a 5 1/4 inch IBM compatible diskette if so
   requested.  The Contractor's software shall be capable of producing high
   quality "camera-ready" copies of deliverables.  The Contractor's software
   shall also be capable of producing high quality graphics for use in
   contract deliverables if necessary.


   C-6.      INCORPORATION OF TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

        (a)  The Contractor shall furnish the necessary personnel, materials,
   products and other services as specified in the Contractor's technical
   proposal titled Defense Medical Information System/System Integration,
   Design, Development Operations and Maintenance (D/SIDDOMS), dated 1 JUL
   93, 6 JUN 94, 2 DEC 94, and 13 FEB 95, a copy of which is in the
   possession of both parties to this contract.  This proposal is hereby
   incorporated by reference with the same force and effect as if set forth
   in full text.

        (b)  In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this
   contract and the technical proposal, the inconsistency shall be resolved
   by giving precedence in the following order:  (i) the contract (excluding
   the technical proposal); and then (ii) the technical proposal.

        (c)  Section K, "Representations, Certifications and Other Statements
   of Offerors" is hereby incorporated by reference with the same force and
   effect as if stated in full text.

   C-7.      ENGLISH LANGUAGE DOCUMENTATION

        All contractor-prepared material to be furnished under the contract
   shall be written in the English language, and all measurements shall be in
   the English linear measure and avoirdupois weight systems.


   C-8.      CORRECTION OF SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION

        The Contractor shall, over the term of the contract, correct errors
   in contractor developed software and applicable documentation which are
   discovered by the Government, any other user of the software, or the
   contractor.  Such corrections shall be made within 30 days of the date the
   contractor is notified that the error exists or the date the contractor
   discovers the error.  Inability of the parties to determine the cause of
   software errors shall be resolved in accordance with the Disputes clause
   in the General Provisions, but in no event constitutes grounds for delay
   of error correction beyond the time frame specified above.


   SECTION D - PACKAGING AND MARKING


   D-1.      PACKING, PACKAGING AND MARKING

        All items to be delivered under this contract shall be packaged,
   packed and marked to prevent deterioration and damage during shipping,
   handling and storage to insure safe arrival at destination.


   D-2.      CONTAINER MARKING

        Containers shall be clearly marked as follows:

        1.   NAME OF CONTRACTOR
        2.   CONTRACT NO.
        3.   DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS CONTAINED THEREIN
        4.   CONSIGNEE'S NAME AND ADDRESS


   SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE


   E-1.      SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988) FAR
             52.252-1

        This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by
   reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full
   text.  Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text
   available.

   I.   FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

    Title                                      Date      Reference

    Inspection of Supplies-Cost Reimbursement  APR 1984  52.246-3
    Inspection of Services-Cost Reimbursement  APR 1984  52.246-5


   E-2.      MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT (DEC 1991) DOD FARS
             252.246-7000

        At the time of each delivery of supplies or services under this
   contract, the Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the Government a
   Material Inspection and Receiving Report in the manner and to the extent
   required by Appendix F, "Material Inspection and Receiving Report".  (See
   DoD FAR Supplement 246.670).


   E-3.      INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

        Inspection and acceptance of all work performed and/or items
   delivered under this contract shall be accomplished at destination by the
   Contracting Officer's Representative.


   E-4.      INSPECTION OF PROGRESS REPORTS

        The Material Inspection and Receiving Report clause set forth herein
   is applicable only to the final report.


   SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

   F-1.      SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988) FAR
             52.252-1

        This solicitation incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with
   the same force and effect as if they were given in full text.  Upon
   request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

   I.   FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

    TITLE                                      DATE      REFERENCE

    Stop-Work Order (Alternate I)              APR 1984  52.212-13
    F.O.B. Destination                         NOV 1991  52.247-34

   F-2.      TIME OF DELIVERY

        The items to be furnished hereunder shall be delivered in accordance
   with the following schedule:

    ITEM NO.  QUANTITY TIME

      All       All    As specified on individual Delivery Orders

   F-3.      TERM OF CONTRACT

        The term of this contract shall be for a period of one year from the
   date of award, subject to the Government's option to renew in accordance
   with the provision at Section I, Article I-2.


   F-4.      PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

        The contractor shall perform all services to be performed under this
   contract at the Contractor's facility specified in Section K.

        Also, services to be performed under this contract may be specified
   on individual task/delivery orders.


   F-5.      PLACE OF DELIVERY (COR)

        The Contractor shall deliver all items to be delivered under this
   contract, unless otherwise specified in the delivery order to the
   Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) at the locations specified
   below:

                       DMSSC
                       5 Skyline Place, Suite 810
                       5111 Leesburg Pike
                       Falls Church, VA  22041


   F-6.      NOTICE REGARDING LATE DELIVERY

        In the event the Contractor anticipates difficulty in complying with
   the contract delivery schedule, the Contractor shall immediately notify
   the Contracting Officer in writing, giving pertinent details, including
   the date by which it expects to make delivery; PROVIDED, however, that
   this data shall be informational only in character and that receipt
   thereof shall not be construed as a waiver by the Government of any
   contract delivery schedule, or any rights or remedies provided by law or
   under this contract.


   SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA


   G-1.      ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA

        To be provided on each Delivery Order.


   G-2.      PAYMENT

        (a)  The contractor shall complete a form SF 1034, Public Voucher for
   services and forward the voucher to the cognizant Audit Office who, upon
   provisional approval, will forward the invoice to the Disbursing Office
   for payment.  The Contracting Officer's Representative will be furnished a
   copy of all invoices prepared by the contractor.

        (b)  When submitting invoices/vouchers, the Contractor will
   simultaneously forward an information copy to the Payment Office, and will
   so annotate on the Face Sheet of that document.


   G-3.      REMITTANCE ADDRESS

        All payments hereunder shall be made to the Contractor's address
   listed below:


             United HealthCare Corp.
             Corporate Accounting - Mail Route MN12-S222
             PO Box 1459
             Minneapolis, MN  55440-1459


   G-4.      VOUCHERS

        a.   Vouchers, identified by contract number, with supporting
   statements, shall be submitted for review and provisional approval to the
   cognizant audit agency listed below:

             DCAA - Central Region
             Minneapolis Branch Office
             110 South Fourth St., Room 177
             Minneapolis, MN  55401-2216

        b.   One (1) copy of each voucher shall be mailed to the Contracting
   Officer's Representative at the address listed below:

             DMSSC
             5 Skyline Place, Suite 810
             5111 Leesburg Pike
             Falls Church, VA  22041

        c.   IMPORTANT - Only costs for services rendered in accordance with
   CONTRACTING OFFICER approved Delivery Orders will be recognized.  The
   Contractor shall include on all invoices/vouchers, the applicable Delivery
   Order Number(s) for which billing is being submitted and attach to the
   invoice/voucher a signed copy of the appropriate delivery order.


   G-5.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY FOR CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

        The DCMAO - Twin Cities, 3001 Metro Drive, Bloomington, MN 55425-1573
   is hereby designated as the authorized representative of the Contracting
   Officer for purpose of administering this contract in accordance with
   current directives.

   G-6.      CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (COR)

        (a)  The Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) under this
   contract is Brenda Mabrey, Telephone: 703/756-8720 See F-5.

        (b)  The contractor is advised that only the Contracting Officer and
   Administrative Contracting Officer can change or modify the terms or take
   any other action which obligates the Government and then such action must
   be set forth in a formal modification to the contract.  The authority of
   the COR is strictly limited to the specific duties set forth in his/her
   letter of appointment, a copy of which will be furnished the contractor. 
   Contractors who rely on direction from other than the Contracting Officer
   or the Administrative Contracting Officer (or a COR acting within the
   strict limits of his responsibilities as set forth in his/her letter of
   appointment) do so at their own risk and expense as such actions do not
   bind the Government contractually.  Any contractual questions should be
   referred to the Contracting Officer.


   G-7.      CONTRACT MANAGEMENT

        Notwithstanding the contractor's responsibility for total management
   during the performance of this contract, the administration of the
   contract will require maximum coordination between the government and the
   contractor.  The following individuals will be the government points of
   contact during the performance of the contract:

        (i)  Contracting Officer.  All contract administration will be
   effected by the Contracting Officer.  Communications pertaining to
   contractual administrative matters will be addressed to the Contracting
   Officer.  No changes in or deviation from the scope of work shall be
   effected without a written modification to the contract executed by the
   Contracting Officer authorizing such changes.

        (ii) Contracting Officer's Representative.  A Contracting Officer's
   Representative (COR) will be given authority by the Contracting Officer to
   monitor all technical aspects and assist in administering the contract. 
   The type of actions within the purview of the COR's authority are to
   assure that the contractor performs the technical requirements of the
   contract; to perform or cause to be performed inspections necessary in
   connection with performance of the contract; to maintain both written and
   oral communications with the contractor concerning the aspects of the
   contract within his purview; to issue written interpretations of technical
   requirements of government drawings, designs, and specifications; to
   monitor the contractor's performance under the contract and notify the
   contractor and Contracting Officer of any deficiencies observed; and to
   coordinate government furnished property availability and provide for site
   entry of contractor personnel if required.  A letter of designation will
   be issued to the COR with a copy supplied to the contractor, stating the
   responsibilities and the limitations of the COR.  This letter will clarify
   to all parties of this contract the responsibilities which would result in
   changes in cost or price totals or estimates or changes in delivery dates.

        (A)  The COR is not authorized to change any of the terms and
   conditions of this contract.  Changes in the scope of work will be made
   only by the Contracting Officer by properly signed written modification to
   the contract.

        (B)  The COR is not authorized to redelegate his or her authority.

        (C)  The COR is not authorized to initiate acquisition actions by use
   of imprest funds, blanket purchase agreements, or purchase orders, to
   place calls or delivery orders under basic agreements, basic ordering
   agreements, or indefinite delivery type contracts.


   SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS


   H.1.      ALLOWABLE COSTS

        United HealthCare Corp. will be reimbursed at the lower of actual
   costs incurred or the ceiling for the following elements of cost:

                              Base   Opt 1   Opt 2   Opt 3   Opt 4

    (a) Overhead:

    (b) G&A:

    (c) Fringe:                N/A    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A

    (d) Escalation:

        NOTE:  Rates incurred by the Contractor in excess of these ceilings
   shall not be an allowable cost under the contract.  The contractor bears
   the sole risk of any increase in costs resulting from indirect rates
   exceeding these ceilings.


   H-2.      TERMINATION OF OVERSEAS ASSIGNMENT

        If relocation costs for an employee with an overseas assignment have
   been allowed either as an allocable direct or indirect costs, and the
   employee is terminated for just cause prior to the completion of twelve
   (12) months of service in the overseas area, the Contractor shall refund
   or credit to the Government the relocation costs incurred as the result of
   the overseas assignment.


   H-3.      HOME LEAVE

        Home leave for employees under this contract will be in accordance
   with the JTR.  The number of days of home leave shall be consistent with
   the contractor's normal leave policy.  However, this number shall not
   exceed thirty (30) calendar days for an employee.


   H-4.      DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION

        There shall be no dissemination or publication, except within and
   between the Contractor and any subcontractors, of information developed
   under this contract or contained in the reports to be furnished pursuant
   to this contract without prior written approval from the Contracting
   Officer.


   H-5.      DELIVERY ORDER PROCEDURE

        (a)  All work under this contract will be defined by task statements
   developed by the Government.  The task statement will include relevant
   background information, task objective, detailed description of the work
   to be performed, delivery and performance schedule, and place of
   performance.  Any special requirements such as security requirements,
   Government furnished material, and travel will be outlined.  The estimated
   level of effort may be disclosed.  The contractor will be required to
   submit technical and cost proposals by the date required by the
   Government.  The due date will ordinarily be 30 days from the date of
   request.

        (b)  Technical proposals submitted will include offeror's
   understanding of the problem, a detailed work plan, proposed delivery
   schedule and any special assumptions.  A breakout of hours by labor
   category must be included, along with resumes not included in the original
   proposal.

        (c)  Cost proposals must be submitted in a Standard Form 1411 and be
   sufficiently detailed to facilitate an audit if deemed necessary.  The
   proposal must include the following information:

             (1)  Total number of hours required, broken out by category of
   personnel;

             (2)  Any subcontracting or consultants required;

             (3)  Any equipment, materials, or supplies needed that are
   incidental to the performance of the contract;

             (4)  Travel and any other direct costs;

             (5)  Any indirect cost elements, commonly including overhead,
   fringe benefits and General and Administrative expenses and costs
   associated with each, and

             (6)  Profit or fee.

        (d)  Once negotiations are satisfactorily concluded, a delivery order
   will be issued.  This order will summarize the contents of both the task
   statement and the technical proposal and must be executed by the
   Contracting Officer before work may commence.  All provisions of the
   contract will apply including the General Provisions titled indefinite
   Quantity, Ordering and Delivery Order Limitations.  The following specific
   conditions apply:

             (1)  All delivery orders must be accounted for separately.  They
   will ordinarily be of a completion type unless they are for services which
   cannot with certainty be estimated beforehand.  In those cases,
   professional staff hours to be furnished will be set forth.  Whether cost
   reimbursement or fixed price, vouchering procedures set forth in the
   contract will apply.

             (2)  If circumstances warrant, the delivery order may be
   modified.  If the contractor believes a change is necessary, the
   Contracting Officer shall be notified in writing.  No changes may take
   place without approval of the Contracting Officer.

             (3)  The contractor must strictly comply with the Limitation of
   Cost clause on cost reimbursement orders and notify the Government in a
   timely fashion if additional funds will be required.  No expenditures
   beyond the ceiling amount will be reimbursed unless specifically
   authorized by the Contracting Officer.

        e.   In addition to the requirement of notifying the COR, the
   contractor shall also notify the Contracting Officer when the funding will
   expire under the delivery order and when the contractor has reached the
   75% expenditure level or two months prior to funds exhaustion, whichever
   comes first.


   H-6.      INSURANCE SCHEDULE

        The Contractor shall maintain the types of insurance and coverage
   listed below.

    TYPE OF INSURANCE                            MINIMUM AMOUNT

    (i)   Workmen's Compensation and all         As required by
          occupational disease.                  State Law.

    (ii)  Employer's Liability including all     $100,000 per acc.
          occupational disease when not so
          covered in Workmen's Compensation
          above.

    (iii) General Liability (Comprehensive)      $500,000
          Bodily Injury per occurrence

    (iv)  Automobile Liability (Comprehensive)
          Bodily Injury per person               $200,000
          Bodily Injury per occurrence           $500,000
          Property Damage per accident           $ 20,000

   H-7.      ALL ITEMS TO BECOME PROPERTY OF THE GOVERNMENT

        Title to all source data and materials furnished to the government,
   together with all plans, systems analysis and design specifications and
   drawings, completed programs except proprietary programs and documentation
   thereof, reports and listings, all punched cards and all other items
   pertaining to the work and services to be performed under orders pursuant
   to this Contract, including any copyright shall become and remain with the
   government upon completion.  The government shall have the full right to
   use each of these for its purposes without compensation or approval on the
   part of the contractor.  The government shall have access to and the right
   to make copies of the above mentioned items.  All proprietary programs
   shall be indicated as such in individual proposals.

   H-8.      ROYALTY-FREE LICENSE

        In consideration of the sum to be paid to the contractor under this
   contract, the contractor hereby agrees and does grant, convey, and
   reserves to the United States of America a nonexclusive, irrevocable,
   world wide, royalty-free license in all written material, published,
   printed, presented or used in connection with the contract, in which the
   contractor presently holds a copyright or in the future shall obtain a
   copyright therein or in which he has the right to issue royalty-free
   licenses thereto.


   H-9.      CONFORMITY TO LAWS AND REGULATIONS

        The contractor shall be responsible for assuring that employees
   assigned to this contract comply, while overseas with the applicable laws
   and regulations of that country.  In addition, the contractor shall be
   responsible for assuring that the contractor's employees comply with
   military rules and regulations when employed in areas under the
   jurisdiction of the Commander-in-Chief of the applicable theater.

        In the event that a contractor's employee is barred from continuing
   to perform under the contract for failure to comply with the laws rules
   and regulations described in the foregoing paragraph, any costs incurred
   by the contractor as a result of the removal of the employee or the
   substitution of a replacement employee shall not be allowed.  The
   disallowed costs include relocation costs incurred by the contractor to
   furnish a substitute employee for the overseas assignment unless the
   contractor is obliged in accordance with FAR 31-205-35(d) or under the
   terms of this contract to refund or credit to the Government the
   relocation costs originally incurred to furnish the removed employee for
   the overseas assignment.


   H-10.     COMPUTER PROGRAMMERS AND SYSTEMS ANALYSTS

        (a)  The Department of Labor has determined that computer programmers
   and systems analysts are not in the learned professions for purposes of an
   exemption from the Service Contract Labor Standards Act, 41 U.S.C.
   Sections 351-358, as amended.  This determination is published at 29
   C.F.R. Section 541.302(h).

        (b)  Therefore, the Service Contract Act must be included in this
   contract unless the contractor can provide signed certifications and
   supporting evidence acceptable to the Contracting Officer that all
   computer programmers and systems analysts (including trainees) whose
   services will be acquired under this contract are either:

             (i)  Engaged in managerial and administrative duties which
   qualify them for exemption under 29 C.F.R. 541.1 or 541.2, or

             (ii) High salaried professional employees as defined in 29
   C.F.R. 541.315.

                  (A)  Compensated on a salary or fee basis at a rate of at
   least $250 per week exclusive of board, lodging, or other facilities, and

                  (B)  Whose primary duty consists of the performance of work
   requiring knowledge of an advanced type in a field of science or learning
   which includes work requiring the constant exercise of discretion and
   judgment.


   H-11.     SOFTWARE RIGHTS

        a.   All software to be provided under this contract shall be
   delivered with unlimited rights in accordance with the provisions of DoD
   FAR Supplement 252.227.7013, 252.227.7018 and 252.227.7029.

        b.   If at any time during the term of the contract, the Contractor
   determines that it is more advantageous to the Government to incorporate a
   package, subroutine or module that can not be provided to the Government
   with unlimited rights into the system, the Contractor shall notify the
   Contracting Officer in writing.  Such notification shall include as a
   minimum, the name of the item to be furnished with Restricted Rights and
   cost saving or other benefits accruing to the Government.

        c.   If the Contractor and the Government mutually agree to
   incorporate such software package, subroutine or module into the system,
   the Government requires that it be given as a minimum the following
   rights:

             (i)   Use computer software with the computer for which or with
   which it was acquired, including use at any Government installation to
   which the computer may be transferred by the Government:

             (ii)  Use computer software with a backup computer if the
   computer for which or with which it was acquired is inoperative:

             (iii) Copy computer programs for safekeeping (archives) or
   backup purposes;

             (iv)  Modify computer software, or combine it with other
   software, subject to the provision that those portions of the derivative
   software incorporating restricted rights software are subject to the same
   restricted rights.

             The contract shall be modified to set forth the software
   restrictions and rights of the Government.  The contractor shall not
   incorporate such software without a written modification to the contract.

        d.   If the Contractor includes any software packages, routines or
   modules developed at the Contractor's expense in the system without
   identifying it to the Contracting Officer, all such software shall be
   considered delivered with "unlimited rights".  If the program maintenance
   of the system is dependent on the source code of any such software, the
   contractor shall provide the source code and rights to the source code for
   the life of the system at the time the software and documentation is
   delivered to the Government.


   H-12.     SPECIAL ACCESS AND COMPETITIVE PROCUREMENT

        a.   Proprietary Data of Third Parties.  In the event the Contractor
   requests access to proprietary data of other companies to conduct studies
   and research under the contract, it will enter into agreements with the
   supplying companies to protect such data from unauthorized use or
   disclosure so long as such data remains proprietary.  These agreements
   shall be made available to the Government upon request of the Contracting
   Officer.

        b.   Proprietary Data Furnished by the Government.  In the event the
   contractor is given access by the Government to the proprietary data of
   the Government or proprietary data of third parties possessed by the
   Government, the Contractor hereby agrees to protect such data from
   unauthorize use or disclosure so long as such data remains proprietary.


   H-13.     KEY PERSONNEL

        The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer prior to making
   any changes in key personnel.  Key personnel are defined as follows:

        a.   personnel identified in the proposal as key individuals to be
   assigned for participation in the performance of the contract;

        b.   personnel whose resumes were submitted with the proposal; or

        c.   individuals which are designated as key personnel by agreement
   of the Government and the Contractor during negotiations.

        The Contractor must demonstrate that the qualifications of
   prospective personnel are equal to or better than the qualifications of
   the personnel being replaced.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing
   provisions, key personnel shall be furnished unless the Contractor has
   demonstrated to the satisfaction of the COR that the qualifications of the
   proposed substitute personnel are equal to or better than the
   qualifications of the personnel being replaced.


   H-14.     CONTRACTOR VISITS

        The Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) will approve and
   coordinate all Contractor visits to a sponsor's agency and other DoD
   agencies necessary for performance under this contract.  All security
   visit requests shall be submitted to the COR for approval.

   SECTION I - GENERAL PROVISIONS

   I-1.      CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988) FAR 52.252-2

        This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the
   same force and effect as if they were given in full text.  Upon request,
   the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

   I.        FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

    Title                                   Date        Reference

    Definitions                             SEP 1991    52.202-1
    Officials Not to Benefit                APR 1984    52.203-1
    Gratuities                              APR 1984    52.203-3
    Covenant Against Contingent Fees        APR 1984    52.203-5
    Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to  JUL 1985    52.203-6
    the Government
    Anti-Kickback Procedures                OCT 1988    52.203-7
    Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or  SEP 1990    52.203-10
    Improper Activity
    Limitations on Payments to Influence    JAN 1990    52.203-12
    Certain Federal Transactions
    Procurement Integrity - Service         SEP 1990    52.203-13
    Contracting
    Protecting the Government's Interest    JUN 1991    52.209-06
    When Subcontracting with Contractors
    Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for
    Debarment
    Examination of Records by Comptroller   FEB 1993    52.215-1
    General
    Audit - Negotiation                     FEB 1993    52.215-2
    Price Reduction for Defective Cost or   JAN 1991    52.215-22
    Pricing Data
    Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data      DEC 1991    52.215-24
    Integrity of Unit Prices                APR 1991    52.215-26
    Termination of Defined Benefit Pension  SEP 1989    52.215-27
    Plans
    Facilities Capital Cost of Money        SEP 1987    52.215-30
    Waiver of Facilities Capital Cost of    SEP 1987    52.215-31
    Money
    Order of Precedence                     JAN 1986    52.215-33
    Reversion of Adjustment of Plans for    JUL 1991    52.215-39
    Postretirement Benefits Other than
    Pension
    Allowable Cost and Payment              JUL 1991    52.216-7
    Fixed Fee                               APR 1984    52.216-8
    Option to Extend Service                AUG 1989    52.217-8
    Utilization of Small Business Concerns  FEB 1990    52.219-8
    and Small Disadvantages Business
    Concerns 
    Small Business and Small Disadvantages  JAN 1991    52.219-9
    Business Subcontracting Plan
    Utilization of Women-Owned Small        AUG 1986    52.219-13
    Businesses
    Liquidated Damages - Small Businesses   AUG 1989    52.219-16
    Subcontracting Plan
    Utilization of Labor Surplus Area       APR 1984    52.220-3
    Concerns
    Labor Surplus Area Subcontracting       APR 1984    52.220-4
    Program
    Notice to the Government of Labor       APR 1984    52.222-1
    Disputes
    Payment for Overtime Premiums (zero)    JUL 1990    52.222-2
    Convict Labor                           APR 1984    52.222-3
    Equal Opportunity - Alternate I         APR 1984    52.222-26
    Equal Opportunity Preaward Clearance    APR 1984    52.222-28
    of Subcontracts
    Notification of Visa Denial             APR 1984    52.222-29
    Affirmative Action for Special          APR 1984    52.222-35
    Disabled and Vietnam Era Veterans
    Affirmative Action for Handicapped      APR 1984    52.222-36
    Workers
    Employment Reports on Special Disabled  JAN 1988    52.222-37
    Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam
    Era
    Service Contract Act of 1965, As        MAY 1989    52.222-41
    Amended
    Statement of Equivalent Rates for       MAY 1989    52.222-42
    Federal Hires
    Service Contract Act (SCA) Minimum      MAY 1989    52.222-47
    Wages and Fringe Benefits
    Clean Air and Water                     APR 1984    52.223-2
    Drug-Free Workplace                     JUL 1990    52.223-6
    Privacy Act Notification                APR 1984    52.224-1
    Privacy Act                             APR 1984    52.224-2
    Restrictions on Certain Foreign         MAY 1992    52.225-11
    Purchases
    Authorization and Consent               APR 1984    52.227-1
    Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent  APR 1984    52.227.2
    and Copyright Infringement
    Patent Indemnity                        APR 1984    52.227-3
    Insurance - Liability to Third Persons  APR 1984    52.228-7
    Consistency in Cost Accounting          AUG 1992    52.230-4
    Practices
    Cost Accounting Standards               AUG 1992    52.230-2
    Administration of Cost Accounting       AUG 1992    52.230-5
    Standards
    Disclosure and Consistency of Cost      AUG 1992    52.230-3
    Accounting Practices
    Limitation on Withholding of Payments   APR 1984    52.232-9
    Interest                                JAN 1991    52.232-17
    Limitation of Cost                      APR 1984    52.232-20
    Assignment of Claims                    JAN 1986    52.232-23
    Prompt payment                          APR 1989    52.232-25
    Electronic Funds Transfer Payment       APR 1989    52.232-28
    Methods
    Disputes                                MAR 1994    52.233-1
    Protest After Award - Alternate I       JUN 1985    52.233-3
    Protection of Government Buildings,     APR 1984    52.237-2
    Equipment, and Vegetation
    Continuity of Services                  JAN 1991    52.237-3
    Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs      APR 1984    52.242-1
    Bankruptcy                              APR 1991    52.242-13
    Changes - Cost-Reimbursement -          APR 1984    52.243-2
    Alternate I
    Subcontracts (Cost-Reimbursement and    APR 1985    52.244-2
    Letter Contracts) - Alternate I
    Competition in Subcontracting           APR 1984    52.244-5
    Government Property (Cost-              JAN 1986    52.245-5
    Reimbursement, Time-and-Material, or
    Labor-Hour Contracts)
    Government Property Furnished "As Is"   APR 1984    52.245-19
    Limitation of Liability-Services        APR 1984    52.246-25
    Preference For U.S.-Flag Air Carriers   APR 1984    52.247-63
    Preference For Privately Owned U.S.-    APR 1984    52.247-64
    Flag Commercial Vessels Alt I
    Value Engineering                       MAR 1989    52.248-1
    Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)        MAY 1986    52.249-6
    Excusable Delays                        APR 1984    52.249-14
    Government Supply Sources               APR 1984    52.251-1

   II.       DOD FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION SUPPLEMENT (48 CFR  CHAPTER
             1) CLAUSES

    Title                                   Date       Reference

    Statutory Prohibition on Compensation   DEC 1991   252.203-7000
    to Department of Defense Employees
    Special Prohibition on Employment       APR 1993   252.203-7001
    Display of DOD Hotline Poster           DEC 1991   252.203-7002
    Control of Government Personnel Work    APR 1992   252.204-7003
    Product
    Provision of Information to             DEC 1991   252.205-7000
    Cooperative Agreement Holders
    Acquisitions From Subcontractors        DEC 1991   252.209-7000
    Subject to On-Site Inspection Under
    the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces
    (INF) Treaty
    Pricing Adjustments                     DEC 1991   252.215-7000
    Availability of Contractor Records      DEC 1991   252.215-7001
    Cost Estimating Systems Requirements    DEC 1991   252.215-7002
    Small Business and Small Disadvantaged  MAY 1994   252.219-7003
    Business Subcontracting Plan (DOD
    Contracts)
    Incentive for Subcontracting With       DEC 1991   252.219-7005
    Small Businesses, Small Disadvantaged
    Businesses, Historically Black
    Colleges and Universities, and
    Minority Institutions
    Rights in Technical Data and Computer   OCT 1988   252.227-7013
    Software
    Termination                             AUG 1994   252.227-7003
    Restrictive Markings on Technical Data  OCT 1988   252.227-7018
    Identification of Restricted Rights.    APR 1988   252.227-7019
    Computer Software
    Identification of Technical Data        APR 1988   252.227-7029
    Technical Data - Withholding of         OCT 1988   252.227-7030
    Payment 
    Data Requirements                       OCT 1988   252.227-7031
    Validation of Restrictive Markings on   APR 1988   252.227-7037
    Technical Data
    Supplemental Cost Principles            DEC 1991   252.231-7000
    Penalties for Unallowable Costs         MAY 1994   252.231-7001
    Certification of Claims and Requests    MAY 1994   252.233-7000
    for Adjustment or Relief
    Identification of Uncompensated         APR 1994   252.237-7019
    Overtime
    Ordering from Government Supply         DEC 1991   252.242-7000
    Sources
    Notification of Substantial Impact on   DEC 1991   252.249-7001
    Employment
    Ordering from Government Supply         DEC 1991   252.251-7000
    Sources

   I-2.      OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT (MAR 1989) FAR 52.217-
             9

        (a)  The Government may extend the term of this contract by written
   notice to the Contractor within 30 days provided, that the Government
   shall give the Contractor a preliminary written notice of its intent to
   extend at least 60 days before the contract expires.  The preliminary
   notice does not commit the Government to an extension.

        (b)  If the Government exercises this option, the extended contract
   shall be considered to include this option provision.

        (c)  The total duration of this contract, including the exercise of
   any options under this clause, shall not exceed 60 months.

   I-3.      ORDERING (APR 1984) FAR 52.216-18

        (a)  Any supplies and services to be furnished under this contract
   shall be ordered by issuance of delivery orders by the individuals or
   activities designated in the Schedule.  Such orders may be issued from the
   effective date of the contract through the end of the contract term
   including all option periods exercised by the Government.

        (b)  All delivery orders are subject to the terms and conditions of
   this contract.  In the event of conflict between a delivery order and this
   contract, the contract shall control.

        (c)  If mailed, a delivery order is considered "issued" when the
   Government deposits the order in the mail.  Orders may be issued orally or
   by written telecommunications only if authorized in the schedule.

   I-4.      DELIVERY-ORDER LIMITATIONS (APR 1984) 52.216-19

        (a)  Minimum order.  When the Government requires supplies or
   services covered by this contract in an amount of less than the stated
   minimum, the Government is not obligated to purchase, nor is the
   Contractor obligated to furnish, those supplies or services under the
   contract.

        (b)  Maximum order.  The Contractor is not obligated to 
   honor -

             (1)  Any order for a single task less than $100,000.00.

             (2)  Any order for a combination of tasks in excess of
                  $150,000.00.

             (3)  A series of orders from the same ordering office within
                  (N/A) days that together call for quantities exceeding the
                  limitation in subparagraph (1) or (2) above.

        (c)  If this is a requirement contract (i.e., includes the
   Requirements clause at subsection 52.216-21 of the Federal Acquisition
   Regulation (FAR)), the Government is not required to order a part of any
   one requirement from the Contractor if that requirement exceeds the
   maximum-order limitations in paragraph (b) above.

        (d)  Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the Contractor
   shall honor any order exceeding the maximum order limitations in paragraph
   (b), unless that order (or orders) is returned to the ordering office
   within five (5) days after issuance, with written notice stating the
   Contractor's intent not to ship the item (or items) called for and the
   reasons.  Upon receiving this notice, the Government may acquire the
   supplies or services from other sources.

   I-5.      INDEFINITE QUANTITY (APR 1984) 52.216-22

        (a)  This is an indefinite-quantity contract for the supplies or
   services specified, and effective for the period stated, in the Schedule. 
   The quantities of supplies and services specified in the Schedule are
   estimates only and are not purchased by this contract.

        (b)  Delivery or performance shall be made only as authorized by
   orders issued in accordance with the Ordering clause.  The Contractor
   shall furnish to the Government, when and if ordered, the supplies or
   services specified in the Schedule up to and including the quantity
   designated in the Schedule as the "maximum".  The Government shall order
   at least the quantity of supplies or services designated in the Schedule
   as the "minimum".

        (c)  Except for any limitations on quantities in the Delivery-Order
   Limitations clause or in the Schedule, there is no limit on the number of
   orders that may be issued.  The Government may issue orders requiring
   delivery to multiple destinations or performance at multiple locations.

        (d)  Any order issued during the effective period of this contract
   and not completed within that period shall be completed by the Contractor
   within the time specified in the order.  The contract shall govern the
   Contractor's and Government's rights and obligations with respect to that
   order to the same extent as if the order were completed during the
   contract's effective period; provided, that the Contractor shall not be
   required to make any deliveries under this contract after the end of the
   contract term to include the end of the last option period exercised by
   the Government.

   I-6.      WARRANTY EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION OF DAMAGES (OCT 90 FIRMR)
             (201-39.5202-6)

        Except as expressly set forth in writing in this agreement and except
   for the implied warranty of merchantability, there are no warranties
   expressed or implied.

        In no event will the contractor be liable to the Government for
   consequential damages as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, section
   2/715, in effect in the District of Columbia as of January 1, 1973, i.e.,
   -- Consequential damages resulting from the seller's breach include --

        (a)  Any loss resulting from general or particular requirements and
   needs of which the seller at the time of contracting had reason to know
   and which could not reasonably be prevented by cover or otherwise; and

        (b)  Injury to person or property proximately resulting from any
   breach of warranty.

   I-7.      PROCUREMENT AUTHORITY (OCT 90 FIRMR) (201-39.5202-3)

        This acquisition is being conducted under an Agency Procurement
   Request (APR) of April 1, 1992, submitted by the Office of the Assistant
   Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs for delegation of GSA's exclusive
   procurement authority for FIP resources, in accordance with FIRMR 201-
   20.205-3 and Bulletin C-5.  The specific GSA DPA number is KMA-92-0311.

   I-8.      PRIVACY OR SECURITY SAFEGUARDS (OCT 90 FIRMR) (201-39.5202-5)

        (a)  The details of any safeguards the contractor may design or
   develop under this contract are the property of the Government and shall
   not be published or disclosed in any manner without the Contracting
   Officer's express written consent.

        (b)  The details of any safeguards that may be revealed to the
   contractor by the Government in the course of performance under this
   contract shall not be published or disclosed in any manner without the
   Contracting Officer's express written consent.

        (c)  The Government shall be afforded full, free, and uninhibited
   access to all facilities, installations, technical capabilities,
   operations, documentation, records, and data bases for the purpose of
   carrying out a program of inspection to ensure continued efficacy and
   efficiency of safeguards against threats and hazards to data security,
   integrity, and confidentiality.

        (d)  If new or unanticipated threats or hazards are discovered by
   either the Government or the contractor, or if existing safeguards have
   ceased to function, the discoveror shall immediately bring the situation
   to the attention of the other party.  Mutual agreement shall then be
   reached on changes or corrections to existing safeguards, or institution
   of new safeguards, with final determination of appropriateness being made
   by the Government.  The Government's liability is limited to an equitable
   adjustment of cost for such changes or corrections, and the Government
   shall not be liable for claims of loss of business, damage to reputation,
   or damages of any other kind arising from discovery of new or
   unanticipated threats or hazards, or any public or private disclosure
   thereof.

   I-9.      AVAILABILITY OF THE "FEDERAL ADP AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
             STANDARDS INDEX" (OCT 90 FIRMR) (201-39.5202-2)

        Copies of the "Federal ADP and Telecommunications Standards Index"
   can be purchased from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Superintendent
   of Documents, Washington, DC 20402.

   I-10.     REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF PROCUREMENT INTEGRITY -
             MODIFICATION (NOV 1990) FAR 52.203-9

        (1)  I _______________ [Name of Certifier] am the officer or employee
   responsible for the preparation of this modification proposal and hereby
   certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, with the exception
   of any information described in this certification, I have no information
   concerning a violation or possible violation of subsection 27(a), (b),
   (d), or (f) of the Office of the Federal Procurement Policy Act, as
   amended* (41 U.S.C. 423), (hereinafter referred to as "the Act"), as
   implemented in the FAR, occurring during the conduct of this procurement
   _________________________________ (contract and modification number).

        (2)  As required by subsection 27(e)(1)(B) of the Act, I further
   certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, each officer,
   employee, agent, representative, and consultant of _____________________
   [Name of Offeror] who has participated personally and substantially in the
   preparation or submission of this proposal has certified that he or she is
   familiar with, and will comply with, the requirements of subsection 27(a)
   of the Act, as implemented in the FAR, and will report immediately to me
   any information concerning a violation or possible violation of
   subsections 27(a), (b), (d), or (f) of the Act, as implemented in the FAR,
   pertaining to this procurement.

        (3)  Violations or possible violations:  (Continue on plain bond
   paper if necessary and label Certificate of Procurement Integrity -
   Modification (Continuation Sheet), ENTER "NONE" IF NONE EXISTS)
   _________________________________________________________________
   _________________________________________________________________
   ______________________________ [Signature of the Officer or employee
   responsible for the modification proposal and date] [Typed name of the
   officer or employee responsible for the modification proposal]
    *Subsections 27(a), (b), and (d) are effective on December 1, 1990. 
   Subsection 27(f) is effective on June 1, 1991.

   THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF AN AGENCY
   OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE, FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT
   CERTIFICATION MAY RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION UNDER TITLE 18,
   UNITED STATES CODE, SECTION 1001.

                             (End of certification)

   I-11.     PREFERENCE FOR LABOR SURPLUS AREA CONCERNS (APR 1984) 52.220-1

        (a)  This acquisition is not a set-aside for labor surplus area (LSA)
   concerns.  However, the offeror's status as such a concern may affect (1)
   entitlement to award in case of tie offers, or (2) offer evaluation in
   accordance with the Buy American clause of this solicitation.  In order to
   determine whether the offeror is entitled to a preference under (1) or (2)
   above, the offeror must identify below, the LSA in which the costs to be
   incurred on account of manufacturing or production (by the offeror or the
   first-tier subcontractors) amount to more than 50% of the contract price.
   __________________________________________________________________________
   __________________________________________________________________________
   _______________________________________________

        (b)  Failure to identify the locations as specified above will
   preclude consideration of the offeror as an LSA concern.  If the offeror
   is awarded a contract as an LSA concern and would not have otherwise
   qualified for award, the offeror shall perform the contract or cause the
   contract to be performed in accordance with the obligations of an LSA
   concern.

                               (End of Provision)

   SECTION J - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS, AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

   J-1. Attachments

        1.   Department of Labor Wage Determination




   Attachment 1


         REGISTRATION OF WAGE          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
         DETERMINATIONS UNDER            EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS
       THE SERVICE CONTRACT ACT             ADMINISTRATION
    by direction of the Secretary       WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
               of Labor                 WASHINGTON, D.C. 20210

    Alan L. Moss   Division of     Wage Determination No.: 94-2103
    Director       Wage            Revision No.:  3
                   Determinations  Date of Last Revision: 12/13/94

   State(s):  Dist. of Col., Maryland, Virginia
                                                                    
   Area:     MARYLAND COUNTIES OF CALVERT, CHARLES, FREDERICK, MONTGOMERY,
             PRINCE GEORGE'S, ST. MARY'S.
             VIRGINIA COUNTIES OF ALEXANDRIA, ARLINGTON, FAIRFAX, FALLS
             CHURCH, FAUQUIER, KING GEORGE, LOUDOUN, PRINCE WILLIAM,
             STAFFORD.
                                                                     

        **   Fringe Benefits Required For All Occupations Included in This
             Wage Determination Follow The Occupational Listing**

    OCCUPATION CODE AND TITLE                         MINIMUM HOURLY
                                                           WAGE
    ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT AND CLERICAL:
    1011      Accounting Clerk I                               $  8.50
    1012      Accounting Clerk II                              $  9.99
    1013      Accounting Clerk III                             $ 11.52
    1014      Accounting Clerk IV                              $ 13.84
    1030      Court Reporter                                   $ 13.22
    1050      Dispatcher, Motor Vehicle                        $ 13.85
    1060      Document Preparation Clerk                       $  9.60
    1090      Duplicating Machine Operator                     $  9.60
    1110      Film/Tape Librarian                              $ 12.88
    1115      General Clerk I                                  $  7.13
    1116      General Clerk II                                 $  8.39
    1117      General Clerk III                                $  9.60
    1118      General Clerk IV                                 $ 12.01
    1120      Housing Referral Assistant                       $ 14.56
    1131      Key Entry Operator I                             $  9.56
    1132      Key Entry Operator II                            $ 10.49
    1191      Order Clerk I                                    $ 11.26
    1192      Order Clerk II                                   $ 12.44
    1220      Order Filler                                     $ 12.08
    1261      Personnel Assistant                              $  8.98
              (Employment) I
    1262      Personnel Assistant                             $  10.38
              (Employment) II
    1263      Personnel Assistant                              $ 12.54
              (Employment) III
    1264      Personnel Assistant                              $ 14.22
              (Employment) IV
    1270      Production Control Clerk                         $ 14.56
    1290      Rental Clerk                                     $ 12.08
    1300      Scheduler, Maintenance                           $ 12.08
    1311      Secretary I                                      $ 12.08
    1312      Secretary II                                     $ 13.22
    1313      Secretary III                                    $ 14.56
    1314      Secretary IV                                     $ 16.13
    1315      Secretary V                                      $ 18.52
    1320      Service Order Dispatcher                         $ 12.08
    1341      Stenographer I                                   $ 13.26
    1342      Stenographer II                                  $ 14.87
    01400     Supply Technician                                $ 16.13
    01420     Survey Worker (Interviewer)                      $ 13.22
    01460     Switchboard Operator-Receptionist                $ 10.03
    01531     Travel Clerk I                                   $  7.36
    01532     Travel Clerk II                                  $  7.95
    01533     Travel Clerk III                                 $  8.52
    01551     Typist I                                         $  9.58
    01552     Typist II                                        $ 10.15
    01611     Word Processor I                                 $ 10.15
    01612     Word Processor II                                $ 12.05
    01613     Word Processor III                               $ 14.25

    AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING:
    03010     Computer Data Librarian                          $ 11.36
    03041     Computer Operator I                              $ 11.36
    03042     Computer Operator II                             $ 12.73
    03043     Computer Operator III                            $ 14.68
    03044     Computer Operator IV                             $ 16.18
    03045     Computer Operator V                              $ 17.12
    030471    Computer Programmer I 1/                         $ 15.74
    03072     Computer Programmer II 1/                        $ 17.68
    03073     Computer Programmer III 1/                       $ 20.40
    03064     Computer Programmer IV 1/                        $ 23.03
    03101     Computer Systems Analyst I 1/                    $ 20.02
    03102     Computer Systems Analyst II 1/                   $ 23.41
    03103     Computer Systems Analyst III 1/                  $ 27.66
    03160     Peripheral Equipment Operator                    $ 11.36

    AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE:
    05005     Automobile Body Repairer,                        $ 17.57
              Fiberglass
    05010     Automotive Glass Installer                       $ 15.72
    05040     Automotive Worker                                $ 15.72
    05070     Electrician, Automotive                          $ 16.66
    05100     Mobile Equipment Servicer                        $ 13.79
    05130     Motor Equipment Metal Mechanic                   $ 17.57
    05160     Motor Equipment Metal Worker                     $ 15.72
    05190     Motor Vehicle Mechanic                           $ 17.57
    05220     Motor Vehicle Mechanic Helper                    $ 12.79
    05250     Motor Vehicle Upholstery Worker                  $ 14.78
    05280     Motor Vehicle Wrecker                            $ 15.72
    05310     Painter, Automotive                              $ 16.66
    05340     Radiator Repair Specialist                       $ 15.72
    05370     Tire Repairer                                    $ 13.79
    05400     Transmission Repair Specialist                   $ 17.57

    FOOD PREPARATION AND SERVICE: 
    07010     Baker                                            $ 10.77
    07041     Cook I                                           $  9.50
    07042     Cook II                                          $ 10.77
    07070     Dishwasher                                       $  6.96
    07100     Food Service Worker                              $  6.96
    07130     Meat Cutter                                      $ 10.77
    07250     Waiter/Waitress                                   $ 7.51

    FURNITURE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR:
    09010     Electrostatic Spray Painter                      $ 16.66
    09040     Furniture Handler                                $ 12.13
    09070     Furniture Refinisher                             $ 16.66
    09100     Furniture Refinisher, Helper                     $ 12.79
    09110     Furniture Repairer, Minor                        $ 14.78
    09130     Upholsterer                                      $ 16.66

    GENERAL SERVICES AND SUPPORT:
    11030     Cleaner, Vehicles                                $  6.96
    11060     Elevator Operator                                $  6.96
    11090     Gardener                                         $  9.50
    11121     Housekeeping Aide I                              $  6.44
    11122     Housekeeping Aide II                             $  7.26
    11150     Janitor                                          $  6.96
    11180     Laborer                                          $  9.71
    11210     Laborer, Grounds Maintenance                     $  7.51
    11240     Maid or Houseman                                 $  6.14
    11270     Pest Controller                                  $ 10.16
    11300     Refuse Collector                                 $  6.96
    11360     Window Cleaner                                   $  7.51

    HEALTH:
    12010     Ambulance Driver                                 $  9.44
    12040     Emergency Medical Technician                     $  9.19
    12070     Licensed Practical Nurse                         $  9.19
    12100     Medical Assistant                                $  8.21
    12130     Medical Laboratory Technician                    $  8.21
    12160     Medical Record Clerk                             $  8.21
    12190     Medical Record Technician                        $ 11.38
    12220     Nursing Assistant                                $  7.32
    12250     Pharmacy Technician                              $ 10.24
    12280     Phlebotomist                                     $  8.21
    12311     Registered Nurse I                               $ 11.38
    12312     Registered Nurse II                              $ 13.93
    12313     Registered Nurse II, Specialist                  $ 13.93
    12314     Registered Nurse III,                            $ 16.85
    12315     Registered Nurse III, Anesthetist                $ 16.85
    12316     Registered Nurse IV                              $ 20.19

    INFORMATION AND ARTS:
    13002     Audiovisual Librarian                            $ 16.30
    13011     Exhibits Specialist I                            $ 14.54
    13012     Exhibits Specialist II                           $ 18.27
    13013     Exhibits Specialist III                          $ 20.24
    13041     Illustrator I                                    $ 14.54
    13042     Illustrator II                                   $ 18.27
    13043     Illustrator III                                  $ 20.24
    13050     Library Technician                               $ 14.54
    13071     Photographer I                                   $ 12.95
    13072     Photographer II                                  $ 14.54
    13073     Photographer III                                 $ 18.27
    13074     Photographer IV                                  $ 20.24
    13075     Photographer V                                   $ 22.26

    LAUNDRY, DRY CLEANING, PRESSING:
    15010     Assembler                                        $  5.69
    15030     Counter Attendant                                $  5.69
    15040     Dry Cleaner                                      $  7.36
    15070     Finisher, Flatwork, Machine                      $  5.69
    15090     Presser,  Hand                                   $  5.69
    15100     Presser, Machine, Dry Cleaning                   $  5.69
    15130     Presser, Machine, Shirts                         $  5.69
    15160     Presser, Machine, Wearing Apparel,               $  5.69
              Laundry
    15190     Sewing Machine Operator                          $  7.95
    15220     Tailor                                           $  8.52
    15250     Washer, Machine                                  $  6.26

    MACHINE TOOL OPERATION AND REPAIR:
    19010     Machine-tool Operator (Toolroom)                 $ 16.66
    19040     Tool and Die Maker                               $ 20.29

    MATERIALS HANDLING AND PACKING:
    21010     Fuel Distribution System Operator                $ 14.80
    21020     Material Coordinator                             $ 14.64
    21030     Material Expediter                               $ 14.64
    21040     Material Handling Laborer                        $ 10.01
    21071     Forklift Operator                                $ 10.93
    21100     Shipping/Receiving Clerk                         $ 11.78
    21130     Shipping Packer                                  $  9.27
    21150     Stock Clerk                                      $  9.27
    21210     Tools and Parts Attendant                        $ 12.73
    21400     Warehouse Specialist                             $ 11.25

    MECHANICS AND MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR:
    23010     Aircraft Mechanic                                $ 17.57
    23040     Aircraft Mechanic Helper                         $ 12.79
    23060     Aircraft Servicer                                $ 14.78
    23070     Aircraft Worker                                  $ 15.72
    23100     Appliance Mechanic                               $ 16.66
    23120     Bicycle Repairer                                 $ 13.79
    23125     Cable Splicer                                    $ 17.57
    23130     Carpenter, Maintenance                           $ 16.66
    23140     Carpet Layer                                     $ 16.66
    23160     Electrician Maintenance                          $ 17.57
    23181     Electronics Technician, Maintenance              $ 13.01
              I
    23182     Electronics Technician, Maintenance              $ 16.79
              II
    23183     Electronics Technician, Maintenance              $ 19.56
              III
    23260     Fabric Worker                                    $ 11.51
    23290     Fire Alarm System Mechanic                       $ 17.57
    23310     Fire Extinguisher Repairer                       $ 13.79
    23340     Fuel Distribution System Mechanic                $ 17.57
    23370     General Maintenance Worker                       $ 10.53
    23400     Heating, Refrigeration and Air                   $ 17.57
              Conditioning Mechanic
    23430     Heavy Equipment Mechanic                         $ 17.57
    23460     Instrument Mechanic                              $ 17.57
    23500     Locksmith                                        $ 16.66
    23530     Machinery Maintenance Mechanic                   $ 17.57
    23550     Machinist, Maintenance                           $ 17.57
    23580     Maintenance Trades Helper                        $ 12.79
    23640     Millwright                                       $ 17.57
    23700     Office Appliance Repairer                        $ 16.66
    23740     Painter, Aircraft                                $ 16.66
    23760     Painter, Maintenance                             $ 16.66
    23790     Pipefitter, Maintenance                          $ 17.57
    23800     Plumber, Maintenance                             $ 16.66
    23820     Pneudraulic Systems Mechanic                     $ 17.57
    23850     Rigger                                           $ 17.57
    23870     Scale Mechanic                                   $ 15.72
    23890     Sheet-metal Worker, Maintenance                  $ 17.57
    23910     Small Engine Mechanic                            $ 15.72
    23930     Telecommunications Mechanic I                    $ 17.57
    23940     Telecommunications Mechanic II                   $ 18.50
    23950     Telephone Lineman                                $ 17.57
    23960     Welder, Combination, Maintenance                 $ 17.57
    23965     Well Driller                                     $ 17.57
    23970     Woodcraft Worker                                 $ 17.57
    23980     Woodworker                                       $ 14.80

    PERSONAL NEEDS:
    24570     Child Care Attendant                             $  6.57
    25600     Chore Aide                                       $  6.14
    24630     Homemaker                                        $  9.11

    PLANT AND SYSTEM OPERATION:
    25010     Boiler Tender                                    $ 17.57
    25040     Sewage Plant Operator                            $ 16.66
    25070     Stationary Engineer                              $ 17.57
    25190     Ventilation Equipment Tender                     $ 12.79
    25210     Water Treatment Plant Operator                   $ 16.66

    PROTECTIVE SERVICE:
    27004     Alarm Monitor                                    $ 11.20
    27010     Court Security Officer                           $ 14.23
    27040     Detention Officer                                $ 14.23
    27070     Firefighter                                      $ 13.16
    27101     Guard I                                          $  8.50
    27102     Guard II                                         $ 11.20
    27130     Police Officer                                   $ 15.74

    TECHNICAL:
    29010     Air Traffic Control Specialist,                  $ 21.91
              Center
    29011     Air Traffic Control Specialist,                  $ 15.11
              Station
    29012     Air Traffic Control Specialist,                  $ 16.64
              Terminal
    29020     Archeological Technician                         $ 18.27
    29030     Cartographic Technician                          $ 18.27
    29040     Civil Engineering Technician                     $ 18.27
    29061     Drafter I                                        $ 10.35
    29062     Drafter II                                       $ 12.95
    29063     Drafter III                                      $ 14.54
    29064     Drafter IV                                       $ 18.27
    29070     Embalmer                                         $ 18.40
    29081     Engineering Technician I                         $ 11.03
    29082     Engineering Technician II                        $ 13.03
    29083     Engineering Technician III                       $ 15.61
    29084     Engineering Technician IV                        $ 17.14
    29085     Engineering Technician V                         $ 22.31
    29086     Engineering Technician VI                        $ 23.60
    29090     Environmental Technician                         $ 18.27
    29210     Laboratory Technician                            $ 14.68
    29240     Mathematical Technician                          $ 18.27
    29330     Mortician                                        $ 18.40
    29390     Photooptics Technician                           $ 18.27
    29480     Technical Writer                                 $ 14.54
    29620     Weather Observer, Senior 2/                      $ 17.68
    29621     Weather Observer, Combiner 2/ Upper              $ 14.68
              Air and Surface Programs
    29622     Weather Observer, Upper Air 2/                   $ 14.68

    TRANSPORTATION/MOBILE EQUIPMENT OPERATION:
    31030     Bus Driver                                       $ 13.24
    31100     Driver Messenger                                 $  9.47
    31200     Heavy Equipment Operator                        $  18.66
    31290     Shuttle Bus Driver                               $ 10.42
    31300     Taxi Driver                                      $  9.47
    31361     Truckdriver, Light Truck                         $ 10.42
    31362     Truckdriver, Medium Truck                        $ 13.24
    31363     Truckdriver, Heavy Truck                         $ 14.49
    36364     Truckdriver, Tractor-Trailer                     $ 16.93

    MISCELLANEOUS:
    99005     Aircraft Quality Control Inspector               $ 18.12
    99020     Animal Caretaker                                 $  8.18
    99030     Cashier                                          $  5.64
    99040     Child Care Center Clerk                          $  9.14
    99050     Desk Clerk                                       $  8.19
    99260     Instructor                                       $ 18.40
    99300     Lifeguard                                        $  5.97
    99350     Park Attendant (Aide)                             $ 7.35
    99400     Photofinishing Worker                            $  6.57
    99500     Recreation Specialist                            $ 13.35
    99510     Recycling Worker                                 $  8.84
    99610     Sales Clerk                                      $  5.85
    99630     Sports Official                                  $  5.85
    99658     Survey Party Chief                               $  9.50
    99659     Surveying Technician                             $  8.19
    99660     Surveying Aide                                   $  5.36
    99690     Swimming Pool Operator                           $ 10.77
    99720     Vending Machine Attendant                        $  8.84
    99730     Vending Machine Repairer                         $ 10.77
    99740     Vending Machine Repairer Helper                  $  8.84

          ** Fringe Benefits Required For All Occupations Included In 
                           This Wage Determination **

   HEALTH & WELFARE:  $0.90 per hour or $36.00 per week or $156.00 per month.

   VACATION:  Two weeks paid vacation after 1 year of service with a
   contractor or successor; 3 weeks after 5 years; 4 weeks after 15 years. 
   Length of service includes the whole span of continuous service with the
   present contractor or successor, wherever employed, and with the
   predecessor contractor in the performance of similar work at the same
   Federal facility.  (Reg. 4.173)

   HOLIDAYS:  Minimum of ten paid holidays per year:  New Year's Day, Martin
   Luther King Jr.'s Birthday, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day,
   Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving
   Day, and Christmas Day.  (A contractor may substitute for any of the named
   holidays another day off with pay in accordance with a plan communicated
   to the employees involved.)  (See 29 CFR 4.174)

   Does not apply to employees employed in a bona fide executive,
   administrative, or professional capacity as defined and delineated in 29
   CFR 541.  (See 29 CFR 4.156)

   NIGHT PAY & SUNDAY PAY:  If you work at night as a part of a regular tour
   of duty, you will earn a NIGHT DIFFERENTIAL and receive an additional 10%
   of basic pay for any hours worked between 6 p.m. and 6 a.m.  If you are a
   full-time employee (40 hours a week) and Sunday is part of your regularly
   scheduled workweek, you are paid at your rate of basic pay plus a Sunday
   premium of 25% of your basic rate for each hour of Sunday work which is
   not overtime (i.e. occasional work on Sunday outside the normal tour of
   duty is considered overtime work).

                             ** UNIFORM ALLOWANCE **

        If employees are required to wear uniforms in the performance of
        this contract (either by the terms of the Government contract,
        by the employer, by the state or local law, etc.), the cost of
        furnishing such uniforms and maintaining (by laundering or dry
        cleaning) such uniforms is an expense that may not be borne by
        an employee where such cost reduces the hourly rate below that
        required by the wage determination.  The Department of Labor
        will accept payment in accordance with the following standards
        as compliance:

        The contractor or subcontractor is required to furnish all
        employees with an adequate number of uniforms without cost or to
        reimburse employees for the actual cost of the uniforms.  In
        addition, where uniform cleaning and maintenance is made the
        responsibility of the employee, all contractors and
        subcontractors subject to this wage determination shall (in the
        absence of a bona fide collective bargaining agreement providing
        for a different amount, or the furnishing of contrary
        affirmative proof as to the actual cost), reimburse all
        employees for such cleaning and maintenance at a rate of $4.25
        per week (or $.85 cents per day).

        However, in those instances where the uniforms furnished are
        made of "wash and wear" materials, may be routinely washed and
        dried with other personal garments, and do not require any
        special treatment such as dry cleaning, daily washing, or
        commercial laundering in order to meet the cleanliness or
        appearance standards set by the terms of the Government
        contract, by the contractor, by law, or by the nature of the
        work, there is no requirement that employees be reimbursed for
        uniform maintenance costs.

                ** NOTES APPLYING TO THIS WAGE DETERMINATION ** 

        Source of Occupational Titles and Descriptions:  

        The duties of employees under job titles listed are those
        described in the "Service Contract Act Directory of
        Occupations,"  Fourth Edition, January 1993, as amended by First
        Supplement December 1993, unless otherwise indicated.  This
        publication may be obtained from the Superintendent of
        Documents, at 202-783-3238, or by writing to the Superintendent
        of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
        20402.  Copies of specific job descriptions may also be obtained
        from the appropriate contracting officer.

   REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE
   {Standard Form 1444 (SF 1444)}

        Conformance Process:

        The contracting officer shall require that any class of service
        employee which is not listed herein and which is to be employed
        under the contract (i.e., the work to be performed is not
        performed by any classification listed in the wage
        determination), be classified by the contractor so as to provide
        a reasonable relationship (i.e., appropriate level of skill
        comparison) between such unlisted classifications and the
        classifications listed in the wage determination.  Such
        conformed classes of employees shall be paid the monetary wages
        and furnished the fringe benefits as are determined.  Such
        conforming process shall be initiated by the contractor prior to
        the performance of contract work by such unlisted class(es) of
        employees.  The conformed classification, wage rate, and/or
        fringe benefits shall be retroactive to the commencement date of
        the contract.  {See Section 4.6 (C) (vi)} When multiple wage
        determinations are included in a contract, a separate SF 1444
        should be prepared for each wage determination to which a
        class(es) is to be conformed.

        The process for preparing a conformance request is as follows:

        1)   When preparing the bid, the contractor identifies the need for a
             conformed occupation(s) and computes a proposed rate(s).

        2)   After contract award, the contractor prepares a written report
             listing in order proposed classification title(s), a Federal
             grade equivalency (FGE) for each proposed classification(s), job
             description(s), and rationale for proposed wage rate(s),
             including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of
             the authorized representative of the employees involved, or
             where there is no authorized representative, the employees
             themselves.  This report should be submitted to the contracting
             officer no later than 30 days after such unlisted class(es) of
             employees performs any contract work.

        (3)  The contracting officer reviews the proposed action and promptly
             submits a report of the action, together with the agency's
             recommendations and pertinent information including the position
             of the contractor and the employees, to the Wage and Hour
             Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department
             of Labor, for review.  (See section 4.6(o)(2) of Regulations 29
             CFR Part 4).

        (4)  Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division approves,
             modifies, or disapproves the action via transmittal to the
             agency contracting officer, or notifies the contracting officer
             that additional time will be required to process the request.

        (5)  The contracting officer transmits the Wage and Hour decision to
             the contractor.

        (6)  The contractor informs the affected employees.

        Information required by the Regulations must be submitted on SF 1444
        or bond paper.

        When preparing a conformance request, the "Service Contract Act
        Directory of Occupations" (the Directory) should be used to compare
        job definitions to insure that duties requested are not performed by
        a classification already listed in the wage determination.  Remember,
        it is not the job title, but the required tasks that determine
        whether a class is included in an established wage determination. 
        Conformances may not be used to artificially split, combine, or
        subdivide classifications listed in the wage determination.


                                   APPENDIX B

                              Billing Instructions

             Items invoiced under this Agreement shall include only those
   allowable actual and necessary costs incurred in allocable performance of
   the work plus the fee agreed upon in this Agreement.  No item contained in
   these billing instructions is intended to be in conflict with the terms or
   conditions negotiated in the prime contract or this Agreement, nor shall
   they be construed to constitute such change.  Any monetary constraints or
   limitations specified in this Agreement shall prevail over any conflicting
   instructions provided herein.

   I.   Invoice Submission

        A.   Invoices should be submitted on Subcontractor's letterhead, and
             include the signature and title of an appropriate official,
             certifying allocability and allowability of such cost.  Each
             Task Order shall be invoiced and supported as a separate
             subcontract.

        B.   An original and two copies of the invoice should be submitted on
             a monthly basis and should reference the UHC subcontract number.

        C.   The time period for which costs are being invoiced must be
             specified on the invoice.  If more than one period is covered in
             a single invoice, the support document must detail each period
             separately.

        D.   Invoices for this subcontract shall be submitted to:

             United HealthCare Corporation
             P. O. Box 1459
             Minneapolis, Minnesota  55440-1459

             Attn:     Kim Coran MN008-W189
                       (612) 936-1114

             Fax #     (612) 936-7404

   II.  Invoice Preparation

             Invoices should be itemized as specified below.  Columns for
   "Current" and "Cumulative" costs, by category, should be provided.  For
   TASK ORDER TYPE, cost based contracts, it will be necessary to receive
   supporting information which provides "Current" and "Cumulative"
   expenditures by category FOR EACH TASK.

             Invoices shall be itemized using one or more of the categories
   listed below, as specifically described in each Task Order.

        A.   Direct Labor for professional staff should include the employee
        name, number of hours charged, the unloaded hourly rate and the total
        labor charge.  Clerical and/or support labor may be grouped as one
        line.  Direct costs including all categories for which reimbursement
        has been claimed shall reflect the actual hours worked or materials
        delivered to this subcontract.

        B.   Indirect Costs.  Overhead costs and G & A costs shall be
        separately identified and the rate and the total for each shall be
        specified.  Subcontractor shall identify the base(s) to which these
        indirect costs apply.

        C.   Other Direct Costs should include commercial items, materials
        and supplies and all other items that the Subcontractor normally
        treats as other direct costs.  Identify these costs by major
        classifications or categories such as office supplies, telephone,
        etc. and include any applicable indirect costs in the appropriate
        indirect cost line.

        D.   Travel, as authorized by Article 6.1 of this Agreement, shall
        include the name of each traveler and the origin and destination for
        each trip, the dates of each trip, and the total cost (transportation
        and subsistence) for each trip.  All travel costs must be itemized in
        this fashion, along with the appropriate subtotals and totals. 
        Whenever appropriate, for example when travel or subsistence has been
        invoiced, receipts must be on file in Subcontractor's records and be
        available upon demand for cost or compliance audits.

        E.   Fee, if invoiced, should be billed based on labor and overhead
        costs incurred.

             Any invoice requesting payment which contains items questioned
   by UHC's Project Manager may be approved with the payment deferred for the
   items questioned, until such time as the Parties have discussed and
   resolved the questioned items.  Any such deferment shall be preceded by
   notice to the Subcontractor. 


                                   APPENDIX C

            DELIVERY ORDER AND TASK ORDER ADDENDUM TO THE SUBCONTRACT

                                     BETWEEN

                          UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
                                       AND
                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION


   This Addendum to the Subcontract Between United HealthCare Corporation
   (UHC) and National Research Corporation is effective May 9, 1997, and is
   as follows:

   1.   The attached documents are hereby incorporated into the Agreement:

        a.   Delivery Order No. 0005 issued by the Department of Defense to
             UHC on March 7, 1997; and

        b.   Task Order No. 0005 (4/97 revision).

   UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION      NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION



   By /s/ Ken H. Roche                By /s/ Michael Hays                 
   Title CEO, Applied Healthcare      Title CEO                        
   Date 5-13-97                       Date 5-9-97                      




                                  APPENDIX C-1

   AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT

   1.   Contract ID Code

        [Blank]

   2.   Amendment/Modification No.

        000501

   3.   Effective Date

        03/04/97

   4.   Requisition/Purchase Reg. No.

        [Blank]

   5.   Project No. (If applicable)

        [Blank]

   6.   Issued By Code W74V8H

        DEFENSE SUPPLY SERVICE - WASHINGTON
        5200 Army Pentagon
        Room 10245 Pentagon
        Washington, D.C.  20310-5200
        Faye D. Harler FDH (703) 681-9534

   7.   Administered By (If other than Item 6)

        DCMAO TWIN CITIES
        3001 Metro Drive
        Bloomington, MN  55425-1573

   8.   Name and Address of Contractor      Vendor ID:  00011849

        UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
        9900 Bren Road East
        Minnetonka, MN  55343

   9A.  Amendment of Solicitation No.

        [Blank]

   9B.  Dated (See Item 11)

        [Blank]

   10A. Modification of Contract/Order No.

        DASW01-95-D-0029       0005

   10B. Dated (See Item 13)

        12/19/96

   11.  This Item Only Applies to Amendments of Solicitations

         The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. 
        The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers  is extended,  is
        not extended.  Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment
        prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as
        amended, by one of the following methods:  (a) By completing Items 8
        and 15, and returning ___ copies of the amendment; (b) By
        acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer
        submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a
        reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.  FAILURE OF YOUR
        ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT
        OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN
        REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER.  If by virtue of this amendment you desire
        to change an offer already submitted, such change may be made by
        telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference
        to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the
        opening hour and date specified.

   12.  Accounting and Appropriation Data (If required)

        No Change

   13.  THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS, IT
        MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.

        A.   This change order is issued pursuant to:  (Specify authority)
             The changes set forth in Item 14 are Made in the Contract Order
             No. in Item 10A.

        B.   The above numbered contract/order is modified to reflect the
             administrative changes (such as changes in paying office,
             appropriation date, etc.) set forth in Item 14, pursuant to the
             authority of Far 43.103(b).    X

        C.   This supplemental agreement is entered into pursuant to
             authority of:

        D.   Other (specify type of modification and authority)

        E.   IMPORTANT:   Contractor  [X]is not      is required to sign this
             document and return ___ copies to the issuing office.

   14.  Description of Amendment/Modification (Organized by UCF section
        headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where
        feasible.)

        Delivery order noted above it.  Blk #10A is hereby modified to update
        the statement of work to more accurately reflect the Government's
        requirement and extend the period of performance thru 30 JUN 97 at no
        additional cost to the Government.  The revised SOW is attached.

        There are no other changes to the terms and conditions of this
        delivery order as a result of this modification.

   15A. Name and Title of Signer (Type or print)

        [Blank]

   15B. Contractor/Offeror

        [Blank]

   15C. Date Signed

        [Blank]

   16A. Name and Title of Contracting Officer (Type or print)

        Gregory J. Nowak     GJN

   16B. United States of America

        By                                    
           (Signature of Contracting Officer)

   16C. Date Signed

        7 MAR 97



                                D/SIDDOMS Lot III
               Task Statement #1 for United HealthCare Corporation
                            Contact Number WP-95-0029
                           Delivery Order Number 0005
                          Customer Satisfaction Survey


   I.   Introduction

        United HealthCare Corporation's technical approach will meet the
        requirements and objectives of the Customer Satisfaction Survey
        project as defined by the Department of Defense (DoD).  We will
        conduct an Outpatient Satisfaction Survey on all the bedded Military
        Treatment Facilities (MTFs) and freestanding clinics in the United
        States, including Alaska and Hawaii.  The list of participating
        facilities and clinics will be provided to United HealthCare by
        Health Affairs.  The scope of task statement #1 amounts to
        approximately * MTFs and * clinics.  The specifics of our approach to
        the outpatient satisfaction surveys are outlined below.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        -    We will design and mail a survey to a sample of patients seen in
             the month of January and investigate satisfaction with specific
             patient visits.  Respondents will reply directly to United
             HealthCare.  We will process the reply forms and prepare reports
             for each clinic and aggregate the reports for higher
             headquarters levels: Air Force Major Air Commands (MAJCOMs),
             Navy Health Services Support Organization (HSOs), Army Regional
             Medical Commands (RMCs), MTFs, Lead Agents, Surgeon Generals and
             Health Affairs.  Fundamental unit of analysis of the study is
             the individual clinic which delivered the care.  The sample will
             be restricted to those beneficiaries who actually used the
             direct care system, specifically those who received care at a
             U.S. DoD treatment facility between January 1 and 31.  The
             reports under task statement #1 will include survey results and
             data comparing military satisfaction with civilian benchmark
             measures.

   II.  Analysis Approach for Specific Tasks for Task Statement #1

        The following tasks pertain to the project.

        A.   Task 1 -- Devise sample methodology

             We will devise weighted sample methodology which includes all
             clinics with more than * monthly patient visits at all U.S. MTFs
             and freestanding outpatient facilities.  Sample size should be
             sufficient to insure +/- *% to *% margin of sampling error. 
             This is approximately * surveys per * clinics for a total
             estimate of * surveys.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        B.   Task 2 -- Develop survey instrument

             We will develop a * item survey instrument with validated and
             reliable questions focusing on patient satisfaction with their
             clinic visit and with their experience obtaining that
             appointment.  Questions will be consistent with questions in the
             Annual Health Care Survey of DoD beneficiaries.  The initial
             survey design will be reviewed within the Military Health
             Services System (MHSS) and the finalized instrument will be
             returned to United HealthCare within three weeks post submission
             of the draft version.  We anticipate few changes to the
             questionnaire once it is in use.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        C.   Task 3 -- Develop individual reports

             We will develop a one-page, graphical, standard individual
             clinic report format to be reviewed and finalized within the
             MHSS.  Individual clinic reports will be aggregated for higher
             level of management (MTFs, Air Force Commands, Army Commands,
             Navy Commands, Service Surgeon Generals, Lead Agents, and Health
             Affairs).  Reports will indicate name of facility/clinic
             surveyed and the sample size.  The reports will compare the
             facility/clinic against (1) other clinics within the same MTF,
             (2) overall MHSS wide averages, and (3) civilian Health
             Maintenance Organizations (HMOs).  The reports will present
             scores from individual questions, composite scale scores and
             overall ratings, such as likelihood to recommend
             hospital/clinic.

        D.   Task 4 -- Develop Survey Procedures Guide

             We will develop a Customer Satisfaction Survey Procedures Guide
             detailing how each MTF should gather data on all patient visits
             in qualifying clinics in the Composite Health Care System, and
             how to forward the data to Fort Detrick.  We will conduct a site
             visit at Andrews Air Force Base.  We will devise the most
             appropriate means for forwarding data from the MTFs to Ft.
             Detrick and from Fort Detrick to UHC (i.e., asking Ft. Detrick
             to mail a tape/CD ROM, encrypted File Transfer Protocol, or
             other means consistent with the Privacy Act).  If data for the
             previous month are not received by the 13 of February 1997, we
             will follow up with the CHCS Host point of contact (POC) until
             18 of February 1997.  We will provide two conference call
             training sessions for CHCS POCs.  These sessions will provide an
             opportunity for CHCS POCs to ask questions about the procedure
             guide and the process for extracting and forwarding data.  In
             order to facilitate timely production of the survey and report
             processes, it will not be possible to include any MTFs for which
             we have not received data by the 18th of February 1997 in the
             initial analysis.

             Information that the MTF must forward to United HealthCare must
             include, at a minimum, Initial Entry Number of IEN (sequential
             appointment number), patient social security number (encrypted
             if preferred), patient name (first, middle initial, last name),
             patient address (apartment # if any, street address, city,
             state, zip code), sponsor name (last, first, middle initial) if
             patient is a minor, sponsor address (if different from patient
             address), patient's date of birth, gender, rank, Family Member
             Prefix (beneficiary category), name of MTF, name of clinic,
             branch of MTF (Army, Navy, Air Force), region number or lead
             agent (1-13), name of clinic, MEPRS code, name of provider
             (first, middle initial, last), type of provider (physician,
             nurse practitioner, etc.), date of visit (ambulatory visit with
             past 30 days), and type of visit (acute, chronic, routine).

             In order to perform a statistically sound analysis, it is
             necessary that data from both the Composite Health Care System
             (CHCS) and the Ambulatory Data System (ADS) be combined to
             provide a data pool from which a random sample can be drawn. 
             CHCS and ADS data will be sent from each participating MTF to
             Ft. Detrick separately.

             Customer Service Division (CSD), Corporate Executive Information
             Systems will merge and manipulate Composite Health Care System
             and Ambulatory Data System data into one file on the FT Detrick
             mainframe.  CSD will run a program to select only the MTFs
             (using DMIS ID number) and clinics (using MEPRS code) that were
             pre-identified for participation in this study.  CSD will also
             run a program to eliminate all mental health and substance abuse
             patient visits and to eliminate records of patients 17 years or
             younger who visited an OB/GYN clinic.  Further, CSD will, under
             the Medical Command's direction, store and transmit the final
             data set to an agreed upon medium and provide any further
             analysis of the collected data beyond what UHC provides.

             Directorate of Information Management (DOIM), Fort Detrick will
             provide data storage and processing space on the main frame
             computer and will assist in problems that may arise pertaining
             to usage of the mainframe.

             CHCS data (as the primary data source) will be supplemented
             whenever possible by data from the Ambulatory Data System (ADS)
             according to one of three scenarios.  The link is the DMIS
             ID-IEN combination.

             1)   Both CHCS data and ADS data on the same appointment exist -
                  When CSD merges CHCS and ADS data sets, patient records
                  will be updated to reflect name of provider patient
                  actually saw and whether patient kept appointment.  (This
                  will ensure that the survey questionnaire correctly
                  identifies the person who provided the care and that the
                  patient kept his/her appointment).

             2)   CHCS data exists but there is no corresponding ADS data -
                  This will occur frequently until ADS is deployed throughout
                  the MHSS.  UHC will use CHCS data for sampling and mailing.

             3)   CHCS data does not exist by ADS data does - This will occur
                  infrequently, most likely for "walk-in" visits which were
                  not properly input after the fact into CHCS.  UHC will
                  sample from ADS data only when it is sufficiently complete;
                  otherwise UHC will ignore the ADS data.

        E.   Task 5 -- Reproduce customized surveys

             We will reproduce customized surveys including the name of the
             MTF, name of the clinic, and date of the patient's visit.  In
             order to maximize the customer response, all patient identifying
             data will be included on a cover letter from the Assistant
             Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs) and not on the
             questionnaire.  We will purge all patient identifying data
             (social security numbers, name, address) from our records
             following the *.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        F.   Task 6 -- Mail surveys

             *.  We will use first class mail insuring that maximum U.S.
             Postal Service discounts are obtained via appropriate sorting,
             bundling and bar coding.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        G.   Task 7 -- Process completed surveys and maintain data

             We will process the completed surveys after they are returned. 
             We will be prepared to maintain at least five years of data, and
             maintain all data in standard data format, such as SAS or SPSS
             portable.  We will provide copies of the raw patient response
             data in SPSS-Portable via CD ROMs to selected Health Affairs
             (HA), Service Surgeons General (SG), Lead Agent (LA), Air Force
             Command, Navy Command and Army Command personnel for individual
             analyses at the end of the initial project phase.

        H.   Task 8 -- Forward written comments to MTFs

             We will forward written comments directly to the MTFs.  No
             analysis of comments is required.  Survey forms will include a
             statement informing the respondents that their comments will be
             forwarded through channels to the local MTFs.

        I.   Task 9 -- Generate and mail reports

             We will generate reports based on January 1997 data and mail the
             reports directly to * MTFs, * Air Force Commands, * MEDCOM
             Commands, * Navy Commands, * Lead Agents, * Military Department
             Surgeons General and * OSD Health Affairs by * .  The reports
             will show trending information, and include appropriate
             benchmarks with civilian HMOs.  We will provide copies of the
             raw patient response data in Excel via 3.5 diskettes to each
             MTF.  Each MTF mailing will include an MTF report, the
             individual clinic reports for that MTF, the written comments on
             a 3.5 diskette (readable in Excel), and the raw patient response
             data in Excel on a 3.5 diskette.  Each mailing for the higher
             headquarters levels will include their respective report and a
             CD ROM of raw patient response data (i.e., Lead Agent 1 will
             receive the report analyzing performance of MTFs in Region 1
             plus a CD ROM with raw patient response data in SPSS-Portable
             for all MTFs).

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        J.   Task 10 -- Provide operational items

             We will provide all labor, postage, processing and computing,
             and work facilities.

   III. Period of Performance

        The period of performance for this delivery order is from award date
        to 30 June 1997.  Reports will be forwarded within * after the end 
        of the contract period.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

   IV.  Schedule and Deliverables

        The following table details estimated completion of tasks and
        deliverables.  Due dates are stated in terms of work days following
        award (DFA).

    Deliverables                      Copies           Due Date *

    Kick-off meeting                  Attendees + 10        *
    Site Visits                                             *
    Draft Survey Questionnaire        10 for HA             *
    Draft Sampling Plan               10 for HA             *
    Draft Analysis Plan/Report        10 for HA             *
    Layout
    Draft MTF Procedure Guide         10 for HA             *
                                                            *
    Final MTF Procedure Guide         2 each for            *
                                      HA/LA/MTF
    Final/Approved Questionnaire      10 for HA             *
    Final/Approved Sampling Plan      10 for HA             *
    Final/Approved Analysis           10 for HA             *
    Plan/Report Layout
                                                            *
    Receipt of data from MTFs                               *
    Draw samples & mail surveys                             *
    Send reminder note to                                   *
    nonrespondents
    Terminate collection period &                           *
    process replies
                                                            *
    Forward required reports                                *
    directly to:
    Report of MTF Performance (1)     10 to HA              *
    overall
    Report of MTF Performance by (3)  10 to each SG         *
    Service SG
    Report of MTF Performance by      10 to each LA         *
    (13) Lead Agent
    Report of MTF Performance by (7)  5 to ea. Cmd          *
    MAJCOM
    Report of MTF Performance by (7)  5 to ea. Cmd          *
    MEDCOM
    Report of MTF Performance by (3)  5 to ea. Cmd          *
    Navy HSO
    Report of Individual (130) MTF    10 to each MTF        *
    Results
    Report by (2100) Individual       1 to each             *
    Clinics                           clinic

   *  Due dates are based on number of work days.

   ** Ability to meet dates is contingent on receiving all, complete data
      from MTFs by *
   HA = Health Affairs
   SG = Surgeon General
   LA = Lead Agent

   _______________
   *  Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


   V.   Delivery Order Management

        Kathia Kennedy will be the United HealthCare Delivery Order Manager. 
        She will provide technical management and liaison services with the
        government to ensure that all requirements are met.  Ms. Kennedy
        reports to Ms. Lori McDougal, who serves as the United
        HealthCare-D/SIDDOMS Lot III Contract Manager.

   VI.  Level of Effort

        One work day is defined as 8 hours; one work week is defined as 40
        hours.

        A.   Staffing

    Staff              Labor Category       Hours

    Pat Venus          Expert                 *

    Jane Heinen        Expert                 *

    Lori McDougal      Program Manager        *

    Kathia Kennedy     Task Manager           *

    Danni Luo          Sr. Systems            *
                       Analyst

    Stacy Hakanson     Sr. Systems            *
                       Analyst
    TBD                Systems Analyst        *

    Pam Oleson-Kremer  Systems Analyst        *

    TBD                Clerical               *
                                            -----
    TOTAL DIRECT LABOR HOURS                  *

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


   VII. Place of Performance

        The place of performance for this delivery order will be at
        designated United HealthCare and subcontractor's facilities.

   VIII.     Proprietary Information Statement

        The government will retain rights to all intellectual property
        produced in the course of developing, deploying, conducting and
        reporting the survey.  We will negotiate agreements with commercial
        system vendors relating to non-disclosure of vendor-proprietary
        information.

        The subcontractor, National Research Corporation (NRC), will provide
        the Healthcare Market Guide Report Card Series benchmark data and the
        Report Card System software for Government use to compare performance
        against civilian benchmarks.  This information was developed
        exclusively at private expense and is confidential and proprietary to
        National Research Corporation.  National Research Corporation grants
        the Government only Limited right to this information and retains the
        rights to license the information and does not transfer any ownership
        rights of the benchmark data or the Report Card System software. 
        National Research Corporation also retains all rights to the original
        format of the questionnaire, including the original questions, and
        original format of the Action Plan Report Card, which were developed
        exclusively at private expense, and is granting only the rights to
        the modified versions of these documents that were prepared
        specifically for this project.

   IX.  Security Requirements

        Classified materials or locations are not associated with this order.


                                  APPENDIX C-2


   UNiTEDhealthcare 

   DASW01-95-0029

   Issued By:
   United HealthCare Corporation
   PO Box 1459
   MN08-W125
   Minneapolis, MN  55440-1459


                         Subcontract Task Order No. 0005
                                 (4/97 Revision)


        This is Subcontract Task Order No. 0005, issued to National Research
   Corporation, for assistance in performance of Prime Contract Delivery
   Order No. 0005.  The following specifications are material to performance
   and delivery under this work assignment:

   a)   Description of the work to be performed

             The Subcontractor, NRC, shall provide services in accordance
        with the Technical Proposal titled "Customer Satisfaction Survey", a
        copy of which is in possession of both parties.

             NRC, with input from UHC and the DoD, will be responsible for
        design of the survey instrument and design of the reporting format
        for all levels.  NRC provides all materials and performs all
        activities related to the mailing, processing of the surveys and
        reporting of results.  NRC's involvement includes:

        -    the use of NRC's personalized 11"x17" survey (approximately *
             questions) with integrated cover letter and one common logo for
             all MTFs.  Survey instrument should focus on patient
             satisfaction with their clinic visit and with their experience
             obtaining that appointment.

        -    Electronic data entry using image scanners.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        -    *  First class mail is to be used insuring that maximum U.S.
             Postal Service discounts are obtained via appropriate sorting,
             bundling and bar coding.

        -    *

        -    *

        -    Development of a one-page, graphical, standard individual clinic
             report format to be reviewed and finalized within the MHSS. 
             Individual clinic reports will be aggregated for higher level of
             management (MTFs, Air Force Command, Navy Commands, Army
             Commands, Service Surgeon Generals, Lead Agents, and Health
             Affairs).  Reports will indicate name of facility/clinic
             surveyed and the sample size.  The reports will compare the
             facility/clinic against other clinics within the same community
             hospital or MTF, overall MHSS wide averages, and civilian HMOs. 
             The reports will present scores from individual questions,
             composite scales scores and overall ratings, such as likelihood
             to recommend hospital/clinic.  Individual reports will show
             trending information.

        -    Integration of local benchmark data from the 1996 NRC Healthcare
             Market Guide Report Card Series.

        -    NRC will reproduce customized surveys including the name of the
             MTF, name of the clinic, and date of the patient's visit.  NRC
             will purge all patient/sponsor identifying data (IEN, social
             security numbers, name, address) from the records following the
             reminder postcard mailing.

        -    NRC will process the complete surveys after they are returned. 
             NRC will be prepared to maintain at least five years of data,
             and maintain all data in standard data format, such as SAS or
             SPSS portable.  NRC will provide copies of the raw patient
             response data in SPSS-Portable via CD ROMs to selected Health
             Affairs (HA), Service Surgeon Generals (SG), Lead Agent (LA),
             MAJCOM, Navy Command and MEDCOM personnel for individual
             analyses at the end of the initial project phase.  NRC will
             provide one additional copy of all raw patient response data in
             SPSS-Portable via CD ROM to UHC.

        -    NRC will provide copies of the raw patient response data in
             Excel via 3.5" diskettes.  Each MTF mailing will include an MTF
             report, the individual clinic reports for that MTF, the written
             comments, and the raw patient response data in Excel on a 3.5"
             diskette and forward to UHC.

             Key Personnel - David Johnson, David Copper, Jonathan Boumstein,
        Dennis Vollenweider, Robert Bergman, Michael Hayes and Marvin Lambie.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.



   b)   Period of Performance - From Date of Award to 30 June 1997.

   c)   Project Management - Kathia Kennedy will be the UHC Project Manager
        and point of contact for this delivery order.

   d)   Schedule of Deliverables

        -    Draft of Survey Questionnaire and Analysis Plan/Report Layout.
             Due Date:  *

        -    Final/Approved Questionnaire and Sampling Plan
             Due Date:  Award + *

        -    Final/Approved Analysis Plan/Report Layout
             Due Date:  *

        -    One page Action Plan reports for the following:  * Individual
             Clinic Reports (1 copy each); * MTF Reports (10 copies each); *
             Service Branch Reports (10 copies each); * Regional Reports (10
             copies each); * Air Force Command Reports (5 copies each); *
             Army Command Reports (5 copies each); * Navy Command Reports (5
             copies each); * Overall Summary Report (10 copies each).  Number
             of individual clinic and MTF reports are based upon quantity of
             valid records received from MTFs.
             Due Date:  *

        -    Copies of the raw patient response data in Excel via 3.5"
             diskettes.  Each MTF mailing will include an MTF report, the
             individual clinic reports for that MTF, the written comments,
             and the raw patient response data in Excel on a 3.5" diskette
             and forward to UHC.
             Due Date:  *

        -    Reporting of the raw patient response data in a SPSS portable
             database file to all higher levels in CD ROM (i.e., Air Force
             Commanders, Army Commanders, Navy Commanders, Surgeon Generals,
             Lead Agents and Health Affairs).  Provide one copy of CD ROM to
             UHC, as well.
             Due Date:  *

        -    Mailing of actual written comments to UHC, sorted by MTF, at the
             end of the project.
             Due Date:  *


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        -    All deliverables will be shipped directly to UHC for delivery to
             the DoD.

        Article 4, Reports and Deliverables, of the Subcontract should be
        referenced for all other reporting requirements of this task order.

   e)   Other Direct Costs/Travel

        -    A maximum of * initial surveys (based upon quantity of valid
             records received from MTFs) mailed out, which includes
             questionnaire design/formatting; report design/formatting; outgo
             and return postage; labor; printing of initial questionnaires,
             reminder postcards, outgo envelopes, return envelopes; image
             scanning of returned questionnaires; and reporting of the
             results on hard copy - *.

        -    Written comments sorted by MTF (approximately * comments at $* )
             - $*  Replacement surveys sent upon request by respondent
             (approximately * replacement surveys at $*) - $*

        -    Raw patient response data in Excel to all * MTFs and SPSS
             portable files to all higher levels - $* 

        -    NRC Healthcare Market Guide Report Card Series - $*

        -    Travel includes one person to Washington, D.C. for Delivery
             Order Kick-Off Meeting plus two people to the Washington, D.C.
             area to participate in site visits - $*.
             Total allowable costs not to exceed $*.

        For computational purposes, the direct labor portion of NRC's
        commercial pricing method is *%.

   f)   Billing Instructions

             Billing instructions for this task order shall be as stated in
        Appendix B of the Subcontract except that Subcontractor may only
        utilize the "commercial pricing" option under Item C of Section II
        (Other Direct Costs) upon providing verification to UHC of their
        commercial market pricing comparisons to validate that equal or
        better pricing is offered to UHC/DOD than to their best client (other
        than UHC/DOD).  In such a case, "Invoice Preparation" as stated in
        Section II of Appendix B will be substituted with the following:

             Other Direct Costs should include all items other than travel
        costs and should be identified, by line item, on a per unit basis
        consistent with the Subcontractor's cost proposal for this effort.

             NRC will provide auditable documentation verifying the number of
        surveys mailed out and processed, as well as any other documentation
        applicable to billing amounts.  Proof of surveys mailed will be
        provided in the form of receipts(s) from the United States Postal
        Service.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.



                                   APPENDIX D

            DELIVERY ORDER AND TASK ORDER ADDENDUM TO THE SUBCONTRACT
                                     BETWEEN
                          UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
                                       AND
                          NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION



   This Addendum to the Subcontract Between United HealthCare Corporation
   (UHC) and National Research Corporation is effective May 29, 1997, and is
   as follows:

   1.   The attached documents are hereby incorporated into the Agreement:

        a.   Delivery Order No. 0007 issued by the Department of Defense to
             UHC on May 29, 1997; and

        b.   Task Order No. 0007.


   UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION      NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION


   By:  /s/ Ken H. Roche              By:  /s/ Michael Hays                  
   Title:    CEO-AHI                  Title:   CEO            
   Date:     6-18-97                  Date:    6-20-97                      




                                D/SIDDOMS LOT III

   Task Statement #2 for United HealthCare Corporation
   Contact Number DASW01-95-D-0029
   Delivery Order Number 0007
   Customer Satisfaction Survey



   I.   Introduction

        United HealthCare Corporation's technical approach will meet the
        requirements and objectives of the Customer Satisfaction Survey
        project as defined by the Department of Defense (DoD).  We do conduct
        an Outpatient Satisfaction Survey on all the bedded Military
        Treatment Facilities (MTFs) and freestanding clinics in the United
        States, including Alaska and Hawaii.  The list of participating
        facilities and clinics will be provided to United HealthCare by
        Health Affairs.  The scope of work amounts to approximately * MTFs
        and * clinics.  The specifics of our approach to the outpatient
        satisfaction surveys are outlined below.

        -    We will design and mail a survey to a sample of patients seen
             each month beginning in May and investigate satisfaction with
             specific patient visits.  Respondents will rely directly to
             United HealthCare.  We will process the reply forms and prepare
             reports for each clinic and aggregate the reports for higher
             headquarters levels:  Air Force Major Air Commands (MAJCOMS),
             Navy Health Services Support Organizations (HSOs), Army Regional
             Medical Commands (RMCs), MTFs, Lead Agents, Surgeon Generals and
             Health Affairs.  Fundamental unit of analysis of the study is
             the individual clinic which delivered the care.  (Deadlines
             falling on non-business days throughout this document shall be
             extended until the next business day(s)).

        -    The sample will be restricted to those beneficiaries who
             actually used the direct care system, specifically those who
             received care at a CONUS MTF within the last 30 days.  The
             survey will focus on satisfaction with the services received. 
             Survey results will be reported on a monthly basis to the
             clinic/MTF and on a quarterly basis to higher headquarters. 
             This survey will replace most of the ad hoc satisfaction surveys
             currently being done locally at MTFs.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


   II.  Analysis Approach for Specific Tasks

        The following tasks pertain to the project.

        A.   Task 1 -- Review sample methodology

        We will review the same methodology based on results of March 1997
        mailing.  Survey population includes patients seen at specified
        clinics at CONUS MTFs and freestanding outpatient facilities with
        more than * monthly patient visits (approximately * clinics).  A+/-
        *% margin of sampling error at each clinic is the desired margin of
        error; however, the sample size may vary depending on funds
        available.  This amounts to approximately * completed surveys per *
        clinics or approx. * total surveys each month, or approximately *
        completed surveys per * clinics, or approx. * total surveys, for each
        of the three rolling months reporting period.

        Health Affairs will provide a spreadsheet listing of all
        participating MTFs and their respective clinics by number of monthly
        outpatient visits, DMIS, MEPRS, CHCS & ADS code listings.

        B.   Task 2 -- Review survey instrument

        We will review the design of the survey based on March 1997 mailing.  
         The proposed final design will be reviewed within the Military
        Health Services System (MHSS) and a finalized instrument returned to
        the United HealthCare within two weeks post submission of the
        proposed version.  We anticipate few changes to the questionnaire
        once it is in use.

        C.   Task 3 -- Review individual reports

        We will review the one-page, graphical, individual clinic report
        format.  Individual clinic reports must be aggregated for higher
        levels of management:  Health Affairs (HA), Service Surgeons General
        (SGs) and Lead Agents (LA), Intermediate Commands and MFT Commanders. 
        Reports will indicate name of facility/clinic surveyed and the sample
        size.  The reports will compare the facility/clinic against:  (1)
        other clinics within the same MTF, (2) overall MHSS wide averages,
        and (3) civilian Health Maintenance Organizations (HMOs).  The
        reports will present scores from individual questions, composite
        scale scores and overall satisfaction ratings.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        D.   Task 4 -- Review the procedures guide

        We will review the Customer Satisfaction Survey Data Extraction
        Procedures Guide based on results of March 1997 mailing, and only
        make changes if necessary.  We will redistribute the Guide via postal
        mail or E-mail (where possible) to CHCS Information Systems officers
        and by postal mail to MTF Commanders.

        E.   Task 5 -- Review the process of transferring MTF data

        We will review the patient data fields and means of data transfer
        from the MTFs to the Ft. Detrick mainframe used in March 1997
        mailing.  Monthly throughout the contract period, we will follow up
        with individual MTFs which do not forward their patient appointment
        data (for the previous month) by the 10th of a month.  These follow-
        up efforts will be conducted until Close of Business on the 10th of
        each month which shall be the cut off date for MTFs to respond.

        Health Affairs will provide current addresses for all participating
        MTFs as well as current and accurate list of CHCS Points of Contact
        names, addresses and commercial phone numbers.

        Information that the MTFs must forward to United HealthCare must
        include, at a minimum, Initial Entry Number of IEN (sequential
        appointment number) patient social security number (encrypted if
        preferred), patient name (first, middle initial, last name), patient
        address (apartment # if any, street address, city, state, zip code),
        sponsor name (last, first, middle initial) if patient is a minor,
        sponsor address (if different from patient address), sponsor social
        security number, patient's date of birth, gender, rank, Family Member
        Prefix (beneficiary category), name of MTF, name of clinic, branch of
        MTF (Army, Navy, Air Force), region number of lead agent (1-13), name
        of clinic, MEPRS code, name of provider (first, middle initial,
        last), type of provider (physician, nurse practitioner, etc.), date
        of visit (ambulatory visit with past 30 days), and type of visit
        (acute, chronic, routine).

        In order to perform a statistically sound analysis, it is necessary
        that data from both the Composite Health Care System (CHCS) and the
        Ambulatory Data System (ADS) be combined to provide a data pool from
        which a random sample can be drawn.  CHCS and ADS data will be sent
        from each participating MTF to Ft. Detrick separately.

        Customer Service Division (CSD), Corporate Executive Information
        Systems (CEIS) will match and merge Composite Health Care System
        (CHCS) data (as the initial primary data source) with data from the
        Ambulatory Data System (ADS).  The CHCS and ADS data will be
        separately available monthly at the Ft. Detrick computer system. 
        This data will be merged into one file on the Fort Detrick mainframe. 
        The basis of the match will be DMIS ID CODE and Initial Entry Number
        (IEN).  In addition to combining the CHCS and ADS data, CSD will
        remove specified clinics and individuals from the sampling frame. 
        For example, CSD will run a program to select only the MTFs (using
        DMIS ID number) and clinics (using MEPRS code) and were pre-
        identified for participating in this study.  CSD will also run a
        program to eliminate all mental health and substance abuse patient
        visits and to eliminate records of patients 17 years or younger who
        visited an OB/GYN clinic.  Further, CSD will, under the Medical
        Command's direction, store and transmit the final data set to an
        agreed upon medium and provide any further analysis of the collected
        data. 

        Directorate of Information Management (DOIM), Fort Detrick will
        provide data storage and processing space on the main frame computer
        and will assist in problems that may arise pertaining to usage of the
        mainframe.

        CHCS data (as the primary data source) will be supplemented whenever
        possible by data from the Ambulatory Data System (ADS) according to
        one of three scenarios.  Again, the link is the DMIS ID-IEN
        combination.

        1)  Both CHCS data and ADS data on the same appointment exist -  When
        CSD merges CHCS and ADS data sets, patient records will be updated to
        reflect name of provider patient actually saw and whether patient
        kept the appointment.  This will ensure that the survey questionnaire
        correctly identifies the person who provided the care and that the
        patient kept his/her appointment.

        2)  CHCS data exists but there is no corresponding ADS data -  This
        will occur frequently until ADS is deployed throughout the MHSS.  UHC
        will use CHCS data for sampling and mailing.

        3)  CHCS data does not exist but ADS data does -  This will occur
        infrequently, most likely for "walk-in" visits which were not
        properly input after the fact into CHCS.  UHC will sample from ADS
        data only when it is sufficiently complete; otherwise we will ignore
        the ADS data.

        When ADS is fully deployed, CHCS information will no longer be used
        in the operation of the Customer Satisfaction Survey.

        F.   Task 6 -- Pull random sample

        From this universe of patients, we will conduct a random sampling of
        patient data and generate a list of sample patients who will
        ultimately receive the questionnaire.  The basis of the larger
        universe is * percent of the original patient data (appointment data
        with IENs that end in "1" or "5").  A magnetic tape (CD ROM)
        containing the sampled data will be transferred via overnight
        delivery from Ft. Detrick to United HealthCare.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        G.   Task 7 -- Reproduce customized surveys

        We will reproduce the customized cover letters and questionnaires
        including name of the MTF, name of the clinic, date of patient's
        visit and provider's name.  In order to maximize customer response,
        all patient identifying data will be included on a cover letter/tear
        sheet from the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs) and
        appropriate Service Surgeon General and not on the questionnaire.  We
        will comply with all provisions of the Privacy Act in designing,
        mailing and processing patient questionnaires.  Number of surveys
        mailed (and resulting margin of sampling error) will be closely
        coordinated with the Task Manager so that budget ceiling is not
        exceeded.

        H.   Task 8 -- Mail surveys

        *  We will use first class mail insuring that maximum U.S. Postal
        Service discounts are obtained via appropriate sorting, bundling and
        bar coding.  We will purge all patient identifying data (such as
        social security numbers, IENs patient and sponsor name and street
        address) from our records immediately after reminder postcards are
        mailed.  Upon request, we will forward replacement surveys to
        respondents who have either lost or discarded the original survey.

        I.   Task 9 -- Process completed surveys and maintain data

        We will process the completed surveys after they are returned.  We
        will be prepared to maintain at least five years of raw patient
        response data (excluding written comments data) in standard format
        (such as SAS or SPSS-portable).

        J.   Task 10 -- Forward written comments to MTFs

        We will forward written comments directly to MTFs by detaching
        patient comments found on separate sheets of paper.  No analysis of
        comments is required.  Questionnaires will include a statement
        informing the respondent that the written comments will be forwarded
        to the Commanding Officer of the MTF that provided the care.

        K.   Task 11 -- Generate and mail paper reports

        There are six types of paper reports:

        Individual clinic reports which compare the results of each clinic
        against all other clinics within the same MTF, all other peer clinics
        within MHSS, and civilian benchmark data.  Timing:  clinics paper
        reports are produced monthly.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        Individual MTF reports which compare the results of each MTF against
        all same-Service MTFs, MHSS wide averages and local civilian
        benchmark data.
        Timing:  MTF paper reports are produced monthly.

        Surgeons General reports for each of the three Services which compare
        the aggregate results for all same-Service MTFs (Army, Navy or Air
        Force) against MHSS wide averages and local civilian benchmark data.
        Timing:  Service SG paper reports are produced quarterly.

        Region/Lead Agent reports which compares the aggregate results of all
        MTFs within each region against MHSS wide averages and local civilian
        benchmark data.

        Timing:  Region/LA paper reports are produced quarterly.
        Intermediate Command reports under each of the services which
        compares the aggregate results of each of the Intermediate Commands
        against all same-service MTFs, MHSS wide averages and local civilian
        benchmark data.  Intermediate Commands include six Army Regional
        Medical Commands (Northwest RMC, North Atlantic RMC, Southeast RMC,
        Great Plains RMC, Southwest RMC, and Pacific RMC), three Navy Health
        Services Support Organizations (Norfolk HSO, San Diego HSO, and
        Jacksonville HSO), and five Air Force Major Air Commands (AETC, AMC,
        ACC, AFMC, and AFSPC).  Timing:  Intermediate Command paper reports
        are produced quarterly.

        Military Health Services System report which compares the aggregate
        results of all MHSS MTFs against national civilian benchmark data.
        Timing:  MHSS paper reports are produced quarterly.

        We will generate paper reports on the clinics and MTFs based on three
        previous months of appointment data and mail reports directly to the
        MTF Commanders or other designated individual in each MTF.  Reports
        will show trading information and include appropriate
        comparisons/benchmarks with civilian Health Maintenance
        Organizations.  The "rolling" three-month averages are required to
        maintain statistical significance.

        Within  *  business/work days of the end of a quarter, we will
        prepare quarterly paper reports aggregating the MTFs under their
        jurisdictions to Intermediate Commands, Lead Agents, Service Surgeons
        General and OSD Health Affairs.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        L.   Task 12 -- Generate and mail electronic reports

        There are five types of electronic papers:

        Raw patient response data in Excel on a 3.5" diskette for each MTF. 
        A different diskette will be created for each MTF and include only
        data for that MTF.  Data will be sorted by date of appointment.
        Timing:  On a quarterly basis, we will forward a raw patient response
        data for that quarter in Excel format on a 3.5" diskette to the MTF
        Commander.

        Raw patient response data on a CD ROM for each of the Intermediate
        Commands.  Each CD ROM will include data for all MHSS MTFs.  For
        great readability, data will be sorted by each Intermediate Command
        and by date of appointment.
        Timing:  Raw patient response data on a CD ROM are produced semi-
        annually.

        Raw patient response data on a CD ROM for each Lead Agent.  Each CD
        ROM will include data for all MHSS MTFs.  For greater readability,
        data will be sorted by each region and by date of appointment.
        Timing:  Raw patient response data on a CD ROM are produced semi-
        annually.

        Raw patient response data on a CD ROM for each of the Service
        Surgeons General.  Each CD ROM will include data for all MHSS MTFs. 
        For greater readability, data will be sorted by each of the three
        services and by date of appointment.
        Timing:  Raw patient response data on a CT ROM are produced semi-
        annually.

        Raw patient response data on a CD ROM for Health Affairs.  Each CD
        ROM will include data for all MHSS MTFs and by date of appointment.
        Timing:  Raw patient response data on a CD ROM are produced semi-
        annually.

        Semi-annually, we forward Intermediate Commands, Lead Agents, Service
        Surgeons General and Health Affairs CD-ROMs containing the entire
        MHSS raw response data file so that each respective Headquarters can
        analyze its own data and easily make comparisons of its data against
        other MHSS organizations.  Formats shall be, at a minimum, SPSS-
        Portable and/or flat ASCII.

        M.   Task 13 -- Provide benchmark data

        n)   Annually, the contractor shall make available to the Immediate
        Commands, Lead Agents, Surgeons General and Health Affairs CD-ROM
        copies of benchmark data set.  Cost for benchmark data are not
        included in this phase of the project.

        N.   Task 14 -- Provide operational items

        We will provide all labor, postage, processing and computing, and
        work facilities.

   III. Period of Performance

        The period of performance for this delivery order is from award date
        to 30 November 1997.  Six survey "cycles" will be executed throughout
        the contract period.  A cycle shall be defined as monitoring and 
        facilitating the transfer of CHCS and ADS data from MTFs to the Ft. 
        Detrick mainframe.  Each cycle includes the following time frames:

        1.   Transfer of CHCS and ADS data = * days (beginning on * of each
             month)
        2.   Follow-up period with MTFs = * days (until * of each month -
             time overlaps with step 1)
        3.   Combine CHCS and ADS data & draw random sample = * days
        4.   Receive data from Ft. Detrick = * 
        5.   Send & download data file = * work days
        6.   Conduct quality checks on the data = * work days
        7.   Conduct sampling/print checks = * days
        8.   Print/mail questionnaires = * work days (time overlaps with step
             7)
        9.   Print/mail reminder postcards = * work days
        10.  Field time for surveys = * days
        11.  Produce reports = * days (begins one day after cut-off date)

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

   IV.  Schedule and Deliverables

        The following table details estimated completion of tasks and
        deliverables.  Due dates are stated in terms of work days.

    Deliverables                            Copies       Due Date*

    Review of Survey Questionnaire          10 for HA    *
    Review of Sampling Plan                 10 for HA    *
    Review of Analysis Plan/Report Layout   10 for HA    *
    Final MTF Procedures Guides (if         1 per        *
    necessary)                              recipients

   PAPER REPORTS

   Directly forward required reports (i.e. do not send them to Health Affairs
   for review):

    Summary of MTF Performance,         10 to HA           Quarterly (see 1)
    overall
    Summary of MTF Performance, by      10 to each SG      Quarterly (see 1)
    Service SG
    Summary within Intermediate         5 to each CMD      Quarterly (see 1)
    Command
    Summary of MTF Performance, by      10 for each to LA  Quarterly (see 1)
    Lead Agent
    Individual MTF summary              10 to each MTF     Monthly (see 2)
    Summary of Individual Clinic        1 to each clinic   Monthly (see 2)

   *    Ability to meet dates is contingent on receiving all and complete
        data from MTFs by the * of each month post the month of appointment
        data.

   NOTE 1 -- Quarterly reports to Intermediate Command, SG, LA, and HA are
   due * following the end of the quarter:

   * quarter reports due on *
   * quarter reports are due on *

   NOTE 2 -- Monthly MTF and clinic reports will begin once two months of
   appointment data is collected and analyzed.  Monthly reports are due by
   the * of the * month following the appointment (* if the * is a non-
   business day):

   *
   *
   *
   *
   *

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        ELECTRONIC REPORTS;

        All raw response data must be segregated by month.  Patient
        identifiable data has been purged in Task 4h.

        QUARTERLY -- MTFs receive Excel spreadsheets on 3.5" diskettes with
        that MTF's data
        SEMI-ANNUALLY -- Intermediate Commands and above receive CD ROMs with
        ALL MHSS data
        ANNUALLY -- Intermediate Commands and above receive the civilian
        benchmark data set

   V.   Delivery Order Management

        Kathia Kennedy will be the United HealthCare Delivery Order Manager. 
        She will provide technical management and liaison services with the
        government to ensure that all requirements are met.  Ms. Kennedy
        reports to Ms. Lori McDougal, who serves as the United HealthCare-
        D/SIDDOMS Lot III Contract Manager.

   VI.  Level of Effort

        One work day is defined as 8 hours; one work week is defined as 40
        hours.

        A.   Staffing

    Staff               Labor Category       Hours

    Pat Venus           Expert               *
    Jane Heinen         Expert               *
    Steve Wickstrom     Expert               *
    Lori McDougal       Program Manager      *
    Kathia Kennedy      Task Manager         *
    Cyndy Taylor        Task Manager         *
    Kevin Den Hartog    Sr. Systems Analyst  *
    Yingjia Shen        Sr. Systems Analyst  *
    Ruth Tauer          Systems Analyst      *
    John Gall           Systems Analyst      *
    TBD                 Clerical             *


    TOTAL DIRECTOR LABOR HOURS               *


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


   VII. Proprietary Information Statement

        The government will retain rights to all intellectual property
        produced in the course of developing, deploying, conducting and
        reporting the survey.  We will negotiate agreements with commercial
        system vendors relating to non-disclosure of vendor-proprietary
        information.

        The subcontractor, National Research Corporation (NRC), will provide
        the HealthCare Market Guide Report Card Series benchmark data and the
        Report Card System software for Government use to compare performance
        against civilian benchmarks.  This information was developed
        exclusively at private expense and is confidential and proprietary to
        National Research Corporation.  National Research Corporation grants
        the Government only Limited right to this information and retains the
        rights to license the information and does not transfer any ownership
        rights of the benchmark data or the Report Card System software. 
        National Research Corporation also retains all rights to the original
        format of the questionnaire, including the original questions, and
        original format of the Action Plan Report Card, which were developed
        exclusively at private expense, and is granting only the rights to
        the modified versions of these documents that were prepare
        specifically for this project.

   VIII.     Security Requirements

        Classified materials or locations are not associated with this order.

   IX.  Place of Performance

        The place of performance for this delivery order will be a designated
        United HealthCare and subcontractor's facilities.


                         ORDER FOR SUPPLIES OR SERVICES
                (Contractor must submit four copies of invoice.)

   Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimates to
   average 1 hour per response, including the time for reviewing
   instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining
   the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of
   information.  Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other
   aspect of this collection of information including suggestions for
   reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters
   Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215
   Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA  22202-4302, and to the
   Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0187),
   Washington, DC  20503.

          PLEASE DO NOT RETURN YOUR FORM TO EITHER OF THESE ADDRESSES.
              SEND YOUR COMPLETED FORM TO THE PROCUREMENT OFFICIAL
                              IDENTIFIED IN ITEM 6.

   1.   Contract/Purch Order No.

        DASW01-95-D-0029

   2.   Delivery Order No.

        0007

   3.   Date of Order

        97MAY29

   4.   Requisition/Purch Request No.

        HT0003-7077-0331

   5.   Priority

        [Blank]

   6.   Issues By      Code - W74V8H

        DEFENSE SUPPLY SERVICE - WASHINGTON
        5200 Army Pentagon
        Room 1D245 Pentagon
        Washington, D.C.  20310-5200
        Faye D. Harler FDH (703) 681-9534

   7.   Administered by (If other than 6)       Code - S2401A

        DCMAO Twin Cities
        3001 Metro Drive
        Bloomington, MN  55425-1573

   8.   Delivery FOB

        DEST

   9.   Contractor - Vender Id:  00011849       Code - 02XQ3   FACILITY CODE 
                                                               [_]

        United Healthcare Corporation
        9900 Bren Road East
        Minnetonka, MN  55143

   10.  Deliver to FOB Point By (Date)

        97NOV30

   11.  Mark if Business Is

        [Blank]

   12.  Discount Terms

        0% 00 Days Net 030

   13.  Mail Invoices To

        See Block 15

   14.  Ship To      Code - [Blank]

        DASW0195D0029

   15.  Payment Will Be Made By  Code - S2603A

        DFAS COLUMBUS CENTER
        Gateway Contract Acctg Div
        P. O. Box 192251
        Columbus, OH  43218-2251

   16.  Type of Order

        Delivery - This delivery order is issues on another Government agency
        or in accordance with and subject to terms and conditions of above
        numbered contract.

   17.  Accounting and Appropriation Data/Local Use

        AA:9770130.1884 8623 2522 (APC:  95L5) 012123 DRAC 70331
        Award Oblig Amt US$ 1,774,241.00

   18.  Item No.

        [Blank]

   19.  Schedule of Supplies/Service

        The Contractor shall provide services from date of award thru 30 NOV
        97 on "Customer Satisfaction Survey" in accordance with proposal
        dated 13 MAY 97 incorporated herein by reference.

        SEE CONTINUATION SHEET

   20.  Quantity Ordered/Accepted

        [Blank]

   21.  Unit

        [Blank]

   22.  Unit Price

        [Blank]

   23.  Amount

        [Blank]

   24.  United States of America

        By:  Joyce G. Ellis 
             Contracting/Ordering Officer

   25.  Total

        $1,774,241.00

   26.  Quantity in Column 20 Has Been

        [Blank]

   27.  Ship No.

        [Blank]

   28.  D.O. Voucher No.

        [Blank]

   29.  Differences

        [Blank]

   30.  Initials

        [Blank]

   31.  Payment

        [Blank]

   32.  Paid By

        [Blank]

   33.  Amount Verified Correct For

        [Blank]

   34.  Check Number

        [Blank]

   35.  Bill of Lading No.

        [Blank]

   36.  I certify this account is correct and proper for payment

        [Blank]

   37.  Received At

        [Blank]

   38.  Received By

        [Blank]

   39.  Date Received (YYMMMDD)

        [Blank]

   40.  Tot. Containers

        [Blank]

   41.  S/R Account Number

        [Blank]

   42.  S/R Voucher No.

        [Blank]


                                DASW01-95-D-0029     2 of 2

                          UNITED HEALTHCARE CORPORATION


                Schedule of
    Item No.    Supplies/Service     Quantity  U/I  Unit Price    Amount

    0008 DO #7                       1.00      EA   *             *












        Total Estimated Cost, Fixed Fee, and Total Estimated Cost-Plus-Fixed
        Fee is as follows:

        Estimate Cost:           $*
        Fixed Fee:                * 
        Total Est CPFF:          $*


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


                                  APPENDIX D-2

                                UNITED HEALTHCARE


   DASW01-95-0029

   Issued by:
   UnitedHealthCare Corporation
   PO Box 1459
   MN008-W125
   Minneapolis, MN  55440-1459


             Subcontract Task Order No. 0007

             This Subcontract Task Order No. 0007, issued to National
   Research Corporation, for assistance in performance of Prime Contract
   Delivery Order No. 0007.  The following specifications are material to
   performance and delivery under this work assignment:

   a)   Description of the work to be performed
        The Subcontractor, NRC, shall provide services in accordance with the
        Technical Proposal titled "Customer Satisfaction Survey", a copy of
        which is in possession of both parties.

             NRC, with input from UHC and the DoD, will be responsible for
        design/formatting of the survey instrument and design/formatting of
        the reporting format for all levels.  NRC provides all materials and
        performs all activities related to the mailing, processing of the
        surveys and reporting of results.  NRC's involvement includes:

        -    The use of NRC's personalized 11"x17" survey (approximately 15
             to 25 questions) with integrated cover letter and one common
             logo for all MTFs.  Survey instrument should focus on patient
             satisfaction with their clinic visit and with their experience
             obtaining that appointment.

        -    Electronic data entry using image scanners.

        -    *   First class mail is to be used insuring that maximum U.S.
             Postal Service discounts are obtained via appropriate sorting,
             bundling and bar coding.

        -    *

        -    *

        -    Development of a one-page, graphical, standard individual clinic
             report format to be reviewed and finalized within the MHSS. 
             Individual clinic reports will be aggregated for higher level of
             management (MTFs, Air Force Command, Navy Commands, Army
             Commands, Service Surgeon Generals, Lead Agents, and Health
             Affairs).  Reports will indicate name of facility/clinic
             surveyed and the sample size.  The reports will compare the
             facility/clinic against other clinics within the same community
             hospital or MTF, overall MHSS wide averages, and civilian HMOs. 
             The reports will present scores from individual questions,
             composite scales scores and overall ratings, such as likelihood
             to recommend hospital/clinic.  Individual reports will show
             trading information.  NRC will mail these reports directly to
             the MTF Commanders and designated higher levels.

        -    Integration of local benchmark data from the 1996 NRC Healthcare
             Market Guide Report Card Series.

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        -    NRC will reproduce customize surveys including the name of the
             MTF, name of the clinic, and date of the patient's visit.  NRC
             will purge all patient/sponsor identifying data (IEN, social
             security numbers, name, address) from the records following the
             reminder postcard mailing.

        -    NRC will process the completed surveys after they are returned. 
             NRC will be prepared to maintain at least five years of data,
             and maintain all data in standard data format, such as SAS or
             SPSS portable.  NRC will provide and mail copies of the raw
             patient response data in SPSS-Portable via CD ROMs to selected
             Health Affairs (HA), Service Surgeon Generals (SG), Lead Agent
             (LA), MAJCOM, Navy Command and MEDCOM personnel for individual
             analyses at the end of the initial project phase.  NRC will
             provide one additional copy of all raw patient response data in
             SPSS-Portable via CD ROM to UHC.

        -    NRC will provide and mail copies of the raw patient response
             data in Excel via 3.5" diskettes to the MTF Commanders.  Each
             MTF mailing will include an MTF report, the individual clinic
             reports for that MTF, the written comments, and the raw patient
             response data in Excel on a 3.5" diskettes and forward to UHC.

        Key Personnel - David Johnson, David Copper, Jonathan Boumstein,
        Dennis Vollenweider, Robert Bergman, Michael Hayes and Marvin Lambie.

        b)   Period of Performance - From Date of Award to 30 November 1997.

        c)   Project Management - Kathia Kennedy will be the UHC Project
             Manager and point of contact for this delivery order.

        d)   Schedule of Deliverables

        -    Review of Survey Questionnaire, Report Layout and Sampling Plan. 
             Provide 10 copies of questionnaire and report formats to Health
             Affairs and one copy of each to UHC.
             Due Date:  Award + *.

        -    Provide one page Action Plan reports for the following:  Maximum
             of * Individual Clinic Reports (1 copy each); * MTF Reports (10
             copies each); * Service Branch Reports (10 copies each); *
             Regional Reports (10 copies each); * Air Force Command Reports
             (5 copies each); * Army Command Reports (5 copies each); * Navy
             Command Reports (5 copies each); * Overall Summary Report (10
             copies each).  Number of individual clinic and MTF reports are
             based upon quantity of valid records received from MTFs.
             Frequency of paper reports:
             Clinic Reports                          Monthly
             MTF Reports                             Monthly
             Reports by Service SG                   Quarterly
             Report by Intermediate Commands         Quarterly
             Reports by Region                       Quarterly
             Overall Summary Report                  Quarterly


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        Due Date:  Every effort should be made to provide paper reports by
        the end of second month following the appointment month

             * Monthly Reports due on *
             * Monthly Reports due on * 
             * Monthly Reports due on * 
             * Monthly Reports due on * 
             * Monthly Reports due on * 
             * Quarterly Reports are due on * 
             * Quarterly Reports are due on *

        -    Copies of the raw patient response data in Flat SCII Text via
             3.5" diskettes with weights.  Each MTF mailing will include an
             MTF report, the individual clinic reports for that MTF, the
             written comments, and the raw patient response data in Flat
             ASCII Text on a 3.5" diskettes and forward to MTF commanders
             directly.

             Frequency:     Quarterly
             Due Dates:     First Quarterly Reports are due on * 
                       Second Quarterly Reports are due on *

        -    Reporting to the raw patient response data in a SPSS portable
             database file to all higher levels in CD ROM (i.e. Air Force
             Commanders, Army Commanders, Navy Commanders, Surgeon Generals,
             Lead Agents and Health Affairs).  Provide one copy of CD ROM to
             UHC, as well.

             Frequency:     Semi annually
             Due Dates:     CD ROMS are due on *


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.


        -    Mailing of actual written comments to UHC, sorted by MTF, at the
             end of the project.
             Due Date: Monthly, along with Action Plan Reports.

        Article 4, Reports and Deliverables, of the Subcontract should be
        referenced for all other reporting requirements of this task order.

        e)   Other Direct Costs/Travel

        -    A maximum of * monthly surveys or a total of * surveys (based
             upon quantity of valid records received from MTFs) mailed out,
             which includes questionnaire formatting; report formatting;
             outgo and return postage; labor; printing of initial
             questionnaires, reminder postcards, outgo envelopes, return
             envelopes, image scanning of returned questionnaires; and
             reporting of the results on hard copy - *.

        -    Replacement surveys sent upon request by respondent
             (approximately * replacement surveys at $* ) - $*

        -    Management of project and sampling - $*

        -    Cost for reporting (* reports @ $*) - $*

        -    Handling of written comments (estimated at *% of total returns
             (*) @ $*) - $*

        -    Raw patient response data in Excel to all * MTFs and SPSS
             portable files to all higher levels - $*

        -    Diskettes for MTFs ($* x 2) and all MHSS on CD-ROM ($* x 1) - $*

        -    Costs to have NRC ship reports to * hospitals ($* x 5) - $*

   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.

        -    Costs to have NRC ship reports to * upper level departments ($*)
             - $*

        -    Total allowable costs not to exceed $*.

        f)   Billing Instructions

                  Billing instructions for this task order shall be as stated
             in Appendix B of the Subcontract except that Subcontractor may
             only utilize the "commercial pricing" option under Item C of
             Section II (Other Direct Costs) upon providing verification to
             UHC of their commercial market pricing comparisons to validate
             that equal or better pricing is offered to UHC/DOD than to their
             best client (other than UHC/DOD).  In such a case, "Invoice
             Preparation" as stated in Section II of Appendix B will be
             substituted with the following:

                  Other Direct Costs should include all items other than
             travel costs and should be identified, by line item, on a per
             unit basis consistent with the Subcontractor's cost proposal for
             this effort.

                  NRC will provide auditable documentation verifying the
             number of surveys mailed out and processed, as well as any other
             documentation applicable to billing amounts.  Proof of surveys
             mailed will be provided in the form of receipt(s) from the
             United States Postal Service.


   _______________
   *    Indicates that material has been omitted and confidential treatment
   has been requested therefor.  All such omitted material has been filed
   separately with the SEC pursuant to Rule 406.




                                                               Exhibit (23.2)



                              ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT


   We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference
   of our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.



                                      KPMG Peat Marwick LLP




   Lincoln, Nebraska
   September 12, 1997



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS OF NATIONAL RESEARCH CORPORATION AS OF AND FOR THE PERIOD ENDED JUNE
30, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                           3,622
<SECURITIES>                                       307
<RECEIVABLES>                                    2,226
<ALLOWANCES>                                        55
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 7,382
<PP&E>                                           1,005
<DEPRECIATION>                                     515
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   7,883
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            4,551
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             6
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,942
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     7,883
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 5,314
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    2,327
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 1,391
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,670
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              1,670
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,670
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<FN>
<F1> THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ONLY REFLECTS PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


                                                                 Exhibit (99)


                               September 15, 1997


   National Research Corporation
   1033 "O" Street
   Lincoln, NE  68508

   Gentlemen:

             Immediately prior to the effective date of National Research
   Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the proposed
   initial public offering of shares of its common stock, $.001 par value
   ("Common Stock"), I will become a director of National Research
   Corporation (the "Company").  Consequently, I hereby consent to the use of
   my name and all references to, and information about, me contained in the
   Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 and the accompanying
   Prospectus for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended, shares of Common Stock to be offered to the public.  I
   also hereby consent to the use of this letter as an exhibit to said
   Registration Statement.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      /s/ Patrick E. Beans

                                      Patrick E. Beans




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission